Citation
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1989-1990

Material Information

Title:
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1989-1990
Alternate Title:
Metropolitan State College bulletin
Creator:
Metropolitan State College (Denver, Colo.)
Place of Publication:
Denver, CO
Publisher:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Publication Date:

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
18507087 ( OCLC )

Full Text
DENVER, COLORADO
1989-1990

MM


Metropolitan State College Bulletin 1989-90
1006 11th Street Denver, Colorado 80204
Metropolitan State College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, handicaps, or sex. Inquiries concerning the college grievance procedures may be directed to the designated MSC officials.
Metropolitan State College is an equal opportunity employer; applications from minorities and women are particularly invited. Metropolitan State College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or handicap in admissions or access to, or treatment or employment in, its educational programs or activities. Inquiries concerning Title VI and Title IX may be referred to Dr. Percy Morehouse,.Jr., Director of Equal Opportunity/Assistant to the President, 1006 11 th Street, Box 63, Denver, CO 80204, (303) 556-2999. Inquiries concerning Section 504 may be referred to AHEC, P.O. Box 4615-P, Denver, CO 80204, (303)556-8387. Or, inquiries may be referred to the Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 1961 Stout Street, Denver, CO 80294.
The programs, policies, statements, and procedures contained in this catalog are subject to change by the college without prior notice. Metropolitan State College reserves the right to withdraw courses at anytime, rules, calendar, curriculum, graduation procedures, and any other requirements affecting students. Changes will become effective whenever the proper authorities so determine and will apply to prospective students.
1


College Calendar 1989-90
College Calendar 1989-90
Summer Semester 1989
Applications guaranteed processing............June 2
Classes begin.................................June 12
Independence Day* no classes...................July 4
Summer exams end..............................August 9
Fall Semester 1989
1 st-time college student less than 20 years of age.August 1
All other applicants guaranteed processing....August 1
Classes begin..................................August 24
Labor Day* no classes......................September 4
Thanksgiving Holiday* no classes........November 23-24
Fall exams end..............................December 18
Spring Semester 1990
Applications guaranteed processing............January 3
Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday no classes....January 15
Classes begin...................................January 16
Spring Break no classes....................March 19-23
Spring exams end....................................May 14
Commencement........................................May 20
'College offices also closed during this holiday.
METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE HOLIDAY CALENDAR
All College Offices Will Be Closed
1989
July 4
September 4 November 23
December 25, 26, 27, 28, 29
1990
January 1 May 28 July 4
September 3 November 22
December 25, 26, 27, 28, 31
2


Administration
TRUSTEES OF THE STATE COLLEGES IN COLORADO
Date of First Present Term Appointment Expires
James B. Osbourn, Denver, Chair.......................................................................... 1985 1989
David M. Herrera, Ft. Collins, Vice Chair................................................................ 1985 1991
Norman M. Dean, Greeley.................................................................................. 1983 1989
Anne Steinbeck, Gunnison ................................................................................ 1987 1991
Vickie L. Ford, Center .................................................................................. 1985 1991
Gladys B. Foster, Littleton ............................................................................. 1977 1989
Thomas Thornberry, Craig........................................................................... 1987 1991
Mary Jo Wright, Student, Mesa State College ............................................................. 1988 1989
Charles Angeletti, Faculty, Metropolitan State College................................................... 1989 1990
Houston G. Elam, Ph.D., President of the State Colleges in Colorado
METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
President..................................................
Assistant to the President..............................
Director of Planning....................................
Director of Institutional Research......................
Equal Opportunity Director and Assistant to the President.
Provost....................................................
Interim for Academic Affairs...............................
Vice President for Business Affairs........................
Vice President for Institutional Advancement...............
Vice President for Student Affairs.........................
.....Thomas B. Brewer, Ph.D.
.....Charles M. Dobbs, Ph.D.
...Carol Werner Futhey, Ph.D.
............(To be appointed)
Percy A. Morehouse, Jr., Ph.D.
......Tobin G. Barrozo, Ph.D.
.......James E. Perdue, Ph.D.
.....Joseph F. Arcese, M.B.A.
....Harry R. Gianneschi, Ph.D.
.......Antonio Esquibel, Ph.D.
OFFICE OF THE PROVOST
Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs
Interim Vice President for Academic Affairs...........................
Special Assistant to the Provost for Minority Affairs.................
Associate Vice President..............................................
Assistant Vice President for Off Campus Programs..................
Director of Adult Learning Services............................
Associate Director.........................................
Director of Conferences and Seminars...........................
Director of Cooperative Education Program......................
Assistant Director.........................................
Assistant Director.........................................
Coordinator of Business....................................
Coordinator................................................
Director of Extended Campus Credit Program.....................
Associate Director.........................................
Assistant Director.........................................
Director of Honors Program........................................
Associate Vice President..............................................
Executive Director of Academic Assessment and Support Center......
Assessment Coordinator.........................................
Advising Coordinator School of Business......................
Advising Coordinator School of Letters, Arts and Sciences....
Advising Coordinator School of Professional Studies..........
California Achievement Test Coordinator....................
Director, Freshman Year Program................................
Freshman Year Program Developer and Instructor.............
Director of Special Services...................................
Assistant Director.........................................
Counselor..................................................
Associate Director for Student Retention.......................
Director of Academic Computing Resource Center....................
Director of Administrative Computer Services......................
Director of Information Center....................................
Director of Program Evaluation........................................
Director of Grants and Sponsored Projects.............................
......James E. Perdue, Ph.D.
............(To be appointed)
....Dorothy A. Snozek, Ph.D.
.....Andrew Breckel, III, M.A.
.....:Eleanor M. Green, Ed.D.
.. Maureen P. Lancaster, Ed.D.
............(To be appointed)
.. Susan Warren Lanman, M.A.
...........Jayne James, M.A.
....Leslie W. Hauschildt, M.S.
Barbara Blanco Howard, M.A.
........Sharon Wilkes, M.Ed.
. Gwendolyn S. Thornton, M.A.
...John A. Montgomery, M.A.
........Carol Svendsen, M.A.
............(To be appointed)
..Charlotte W. Murphy, Ph.D.
............(To be appointed)
............(To be appointed)
......Lydia G. Vasquez, B.S.
........Minnie Pacheco, M.A.
.........Kelly Espinoza, M.A.
............Betty Vette, B.A.
........David P. Moore, M.A.
......Renee Ruderman, M.A.
.........Kelly Espinoza, M.A.
............(To be appointed)
........Beverly Spradley, B.A.
....Christina R. Nasisse, M.A.
.....Melvin Langshaw, M.Ed.
.......G.W. Bill Vickers, B.S.
.........John T. Reed, Ph.D.
.........Frieda Holley, Ph.D.
........Sandra Rexroat, M.A.
3


Administration
Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs
Vice President for Student Affairs................................
Associate Vice President and Dean of Admissions and Records.......
Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs......................
Assistant Vice President and Dean of Student Life.................
Admissions and Records
Student Information Systems Coordinator...........................
Assistant Student Information Systems Coordinator.............
Assistant Student Information Systems Coordinator.............
Assistant Dean of Admissions and Records..........................
Assistant Dean of Admissions and Records..........................
Assistant Dean of Admissions and Records..........................
Director of High School/College Relations........................
Assistant Director of High School/Community Relations.........
Admissions Counselor..........................................
Admissions Counselor..........................................
Director of Orientation...........................................
Student Services Representative...................................
Student Services Representative...................................
Director of Veterans Affairs......................................
Counseling Center
Director of Counseling Center and the Student Health Clinic......
Associate Director................................................
Staff Psychologist................................................
Sr. Counselor.....................................................
Career Counselor..................................................
Counselor.........................................................
Financial Aid
Director of Financial Aid.........................................
Associate Director................................................
Assistant Director................................................
Financial Aid Counselor...........................................
Financial Aid Counselor...........................................
Financial Aid Counselor...........................................
Financial Aid Counselor...........................................
Financial Aid Counselor..........................................
High School Upward Bound
Director of High School Upward Bound.............................
Program Counselor/Coordinator.....................................
Student Activities
Director of Student Activities...................................
Student Health Clinic
Director of Counseling Center and the Student Health Clinic......
Student Legal Services
Director of Student Legal Services...............................
The Metropolitan
Director of Student Publications..................................
Veterans Upward Bound
Director of Veterans Upward Bound.................................
Program Specialist, Veterans Upward Bound........................
.....Antonio Esquibel, Ph.D.
.....Kenneth C. Curtis, Ph.D.
Gwendolyn A. Thomas, Ph.D. ......Karen J. Thorpe, Ph.D.
.... Andrea Lynn Doyle, B.S.
........David Vetter, A.B.
....Charles J. Gilbert, B.A.
Alonzo F. Rodriguez, Ph.D. ... Jeffrey W. Johnson, M.S.
....Thomas R. Gray, M.S.
....Pauline R. Reece, M.A.
.......Michael Miera, B.A.
....Gwendolyn Elder, M.P.A.
.........Paul Cesare, M.S.
......Nancy Breckel, M.A.
...Laura Featherston, B.A.
.......Kendra Rohlk, B.S.
.......Lynn Denzin, M.Ed.
.......Ron L. Veatch, Ph.D.
...........(To be appointed)
...........(To be appointed)
Barbara Z. Mclntire, M.S.W.
.....Donna Merrifield, M.S.
.........Jackie Muller, M.S.
....Cheryl Judson, Ph.D.
Judith J. Lichtenfeld, B.S.
....Susan McGinley, B.S.
....Bennett Buenconsejo
....Donelyn James, B.S.
...Patricia Trotman, M.A.
.........Cindy Hejl, B.S.
.....Douglas Futch, B.S.
Charles Maldonado, B.S. ...Paulette McIntosh, B.S.
Yolanda Ericksen, M.P.A.
Ron L. Veatch, Ph.D.
Barbara Koehler, J.D.
Kathy B. Lutrey
.... Glenn A. Morris, M.A. Charles J. Lindsay, B.A.
Office of the Vice President for Business Affairs
Assistant to the Vice President.....................
Associate Vice President for Business Affairs.......
Interim Director of Personnel and Payroll Services
Budget Officer..................................
Controller..........................................
......Elyse M. Y. Nieto, B.A.
James G. Vanderhye, M.B.A.
............Sandi L. Jones
........Tim L. Greene, B.S.
David M. McDermott, C.P.A.
4


Administration
Office of the Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Assistant Vice President for Communications and Public Relations.............................
Director of Public Relations.............................................................
Executive Director of Development............................................................
Director of Alumni Relations.................................................................
Director of Annual Fund......................................................................
Athletic Director of Intercollegiate Athletics...............................................
Director of Support Services.................................................................
Director of Sports Information and Promotions and Assistant Director of Intercollegiate Athletics
...Patricia J. Kelly, B.A.
....Nancy Munser, B.A.
.......Len Meyer, M.A.
....Donna Walters, M.A.
.......(To be appointed)
William M. Helman, M.A. .... Bradley Snyder, Ph.D. ... Gregory C. Smith, B.A.
Academic Administrators
School of Business
Dean........................................................................
Associate Dean..............................................................
Department Chairs
Accounting..............................................................
Computer Information Systems and Management Science.....................
Economics...............................................................
Finance.................................................................
Management..............................................................
Marketing...............................................................
Director of Institute for Entrepreneurship..................................
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Dean........................................................................
Associate Dean..............................................................
Interim Associate Dean......................................................
Department Chairs
Art.....................................................................
Biology.................................................................
Chemistry...............................................................
Earth Science...........................................................
English.................................................................
History.................................................................
Journalism..............................................................
Mathematical Sciences...................................................
Modern Languages........................................................
Music...................................................................
Philosophy..............................................................
Political Science.......................................................
Physics.................................................................
Psychology..............................................................
Sociology/Anthropology..................................................
Speech Communications...................................................
Director of Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services................
Director of Institute for Women's Studies and Services......................
Coordinator of Women's Services......................................
Coordinator of Advising and Tutoring School of Letters, Arts and Sciences.
School of Professional Studies
Interim Dean................................................................
Special Assistant to the Dean...............................................
Department Chairs
Aerospace Science.......................................................
Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology..........................
Criminal Justice and Criminology........................................
Electronics Engineering Technology......................................
Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration..........................
Human Services..........................................................
Director of Community Service Development Program....................
Director of Institute for the Study of Drugs, Alcohol and Addictive Behaviors.
Military Science (Army ROTC)............................................
Nursing and Health Care Management......................................
Human Performance, Sport & Leisure Studies..............................
Reading.................................................................
Technology and Technical Communications.................................
.......Claire F. Sullivan, Ph.D.
.............(To be appointed)
...........Virginia Bean, Ph.D.
(Acting) Joe D. Megeath, Ph.D.
......R. Michael Brown, Ph.D.
......David J. Crockett, Ph.D.
.......Robert J. Lucas, D.B.A.
.....Edward M. Cooper, Ph.D.
........Courtney Price, D.P.A.
.......Larry S. Johnson, Ph.D.
..........Joan M. Foster, Ph.D.
.....Armando R. Gingras, Ph.D.
...Barbara J. Houghton, M.F.A.
........George C. Becker, Ph.D.
.......Jack D. Cummins, Ph.D.
........Roberta Smilnak, Ph.D.
.......Charles E. Allbee, Ph.D.
.....Stephen J. Leonard, Ph.D.
...........Barbara Ryan, M.S.
.....George S. Donovan, Ph.D.
.............David Conde, Ph.D.
...........Hal Tamblyn, D.M.A.
......Stephen E. Benson, Ph.D.
............Jett Conner, Ph.D.
(Acting) Richard G. Netzel, Ph.D. (Acting) Robert Schneider, Ph.D.
........Kenneth M. Keller, Ph.D.
.........Carl S. Johnson, Ph.D.
.......Akbarali Thobhani, Ph.D.
.............Jodi Wetzel, Ph.D.
............Mackie F. Hill, Ph.D.
...........Tony Montoya, B.A.
.........Arlene Vigil, Ed.D.
......Mary S. Ryder, Ed.D.
.....Robert K. Mock, M.S.
....Eldon Lindimore, Ph.D.
...Joseph G. Sandoval, J.D. Larry G. Keating, M.S.E.E. Herbert F. Cresswell, M.A.
....Ben Monroe, III, Ph.D.
......Roger M. Kahn, M.A.
Richard D. Daetwiler, Th.D. ...LTC Larry D. Tatum, M.E.
......Mary A. Miller, Ph.D.
...Marc A. Rabinoff, Ed.D.
... J. Douglas Cawley, Ph.D. .........J.O. Vunker, M.S.
5


Administration
Department Chair and Director of Teacher Education and Certification
Director of Institute for Gerontology................................
Director of Institute for Rocky Mountain Tourism/Hospitality.........
Director of Campus Recreation........................................
Associate Director...............................................
Coordinator of Outdoor Sports/Recreation.........................
Director of Child Development Center.................................
Director of Student Teaching.........................................
Interim Director of Mesa/Metro Teacher Education.....................
....Vincent P. Orlando, Ph.D.
Eugene E. Dawson, Jr., Ph.D.
...Herbert F. Cresswell, M.A.
....Richard A. Feuerborn, M.S.
.......Anne McKelvey, M.A.
....Timothy A. Jorgensen, B.A.
............(To be appointed)
.........Daniel Alfaro, Ph.D.
.......Norma J. Smith, Ph.D.
6


Contents
Contents
Page
College Calendar............................................................................2
Officers of Administration..................................................................3
General Information.........................................................................9
Application Instructions...................................................................10
Admissions Requirements....................................................................10
Applicants Less Than 20 Years of Age...................................................10
Applicants 20 Years of Age or Older....................................................11
Admission of Previously Enrolled Students..............................................11
Transfer Credit Evaluation.............................................................11
International Education....................................................................12
English Language.......................................................................12
International Studies..................................................................13
Admission and Retention of Minority Students...............................................13
Tuition Classification.....................................................................13
Education Policy for Persons Over 62.......................................................13
Financial Aid Procedure....................................................................13
Costs......................................................................................15
Student Personnel Services.................................................................16
Academic Information.......................................................................20
Orientation............................................................................20
Assessment Requirements................................................................20
Honors Program.........................................................................21
Division of Off-Campus Programs........................................................21
Omnibus Courses........................................................................27
Requirements for All Degrees...........................................................28
Graduation Agreement...................................................................29
1988- 89 Program of General Studies...................................................32
1989- 90 General Studies..............................................................30
Degrees and Programs Available.........................................................34
School of Business.........................................................................36
Institute for Entrepreneurship.........................................................40
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences.......................................................41
Division of Humanities.................................................................41
Division of Social Sciences............................................................53
Division of Science and Mathematics....................................................58
Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services.......................................66
Institute for Womens Studies and Services.............................................67
School of Professional Studies.............................................................68
Division of Education..................................................................68
Division of Technology.................................................................77
Division of Public Service Professions.................................................90
Course Descriptions.......................................................................106
Faculty...................................................................................186
Alphabetical Index........................................................................196
Campus Map................................................................................200
Admissions Application....................................................................201
7




The College
The College
Metropolitan State College is the largest public, four-year urban college in the United States with modified admission standards. Leaders in quality, baccalaureate education, MSC students, faculty, staff and alumni work to share the responsibility of the future.
Since its creation in 1965, the college has contributed to the vitality of downtown Denver and changed the face of learning in the metropolitan area with its phenomenal growth to approximately 15,700 students.
Metropolitan State Colleges success is reflected in the faces of its creative and determined students. Eighteen-year-olds take the first steps toward establishing a career, while young professionals seek career advancement. Women re-entering higher education explore new careers and all find new opportunities. The average student is 27 years old, making classes a unique blend of the eagerness of youth and the wisdom that comes with maturity. Because the student population is so diverse, education at MSC is a mutual learning experience for students and professors alike. There is a give and take between young and old, student and teacher all learning from one another.
While MSC's students are committed to learning, the faculty is committed to teaching. Other colleges emphasize research; MSCs more than 325 full-time faculty members are first, and most importantly, teachers. They are available to their students both in the classroom and in their offices for extra help and advice. Many have extensive professional backgrounds, adding an invaluable dimension to their knowledge, and over 80 percent have earned the highest level of academic degree attainable in their fields.
MSC offers bachelor of arts and bachelor of science degrees in more than 55 areas in business, human services, education, engineering technology, liberal arts, professional studies, science, and mathematics. Students can also pursue specific, individualized career choices through a contract major or minor. Several academic programs are the only ones of their type offered in the region, and many enjoy national reputations for excellence.
MSC is not limited to degree-seeking students. A class in the latest computer technology may attract a realtor with a fascination for "high tech. An adult who is already successful in his or her career may take a literature, philosophy, or history class and share a love of ideas. The active businessman or woman may take advantage of an extended campus evening class in management or conversational French at Metro South or Metro North.
MSCs impact upon the metropolitan community continues to grow each year as Denver increasingly becomes a national center of commerce and technology. The college considers itself a partner in Denver's future and seeks ways to contribute to the quality of urban life. MSC students work for local businesses as interns, and many classes revolve around community issues. MSC also extends learning opportunities beyond the boundaries of the Auraria campus through the Division of Off-Campus Programs, offering credit classes at locations throughout the metropolitan area, including special seminars and workshops for area professionals.
Additionally, the college reinforces its partnership with the community through jointly sponsored events which both entertain and educate MSC students and the metropolitan community. Lectures by nationally known figures, concerts and plays, foreign-study programs, and community learning projects all bring the wealth of MSCs resources into the neighborhoods of metropolitan Denver.
Metropolitan State College provides equal education and employment opportunities for all, regardless of race, color, creed, religion, age, sex, national origin, or veteran status.
Accreditation/Approvals
MSC is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Individual academic programs are accredited by the National League for Nursing, the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, the National Association of Schools of Music, and the Association of University Programs in Health Administration. The Civil Engineering Technology, Electronics Engineering Technology, and the Mechanical Engineering Technology programs are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. The Department of Human Services has approval from the Council for Standards in Human Service Education, and the baccalaureate program in chemistry is approved by the American Chemical Society. The Drug, Alcohol, and Addictive Behavior Counselor program has the approval of the Colorado Department of Health. The Department of Accounting is approved by the Colorado State Board of Accountancy, and the Aerospace Science program has the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration.
Campus
Metropolitan State College moved to new facilities on the Auraria Higher Education Center (AHEC) during the 1976-77 academic year. The 169-acre campus is located adjacent to downtown Denver at Speer Boulevard and West Colfax Avenue. The Community College of Denver (CCD) and the University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) share the facilities with MSC.
More than one million square feet of space for classrooms, laboratories and offices are included in the facility. Some administrative offices are in restored Victorian homes in Denvers historic Ninth Street Park located within the Auraria site. Other administrative offices have recently occupied quality space in the 1380 Lawrence Street building. The campus features a child-care center; a block-long gymnasium with a swimming pool; areas for handball, soccer, baseball, and track; a student union; and a library, housing more than 600,000 volumes.
The Auraria Higher Education Center provides a variety of educational opportunities that meet the needs of the urban student. The three Auraria institutions are governed by separate boards and maintain their distinctive roles and missions. However, the concept of facility sharing affords the MSC student the flexibility of taking lower-division courses at the community college, and graduate or specialized professional courses at the university. Metropolitan State Colleges four-year degree programs are coordinated with those of the other two institutions, and students may cross register for classes at the three institutions.
The proximity of the Auraria Higher Education Center to downtown Denver enables students and faculty to use the community as a learning laboratory and to weave classroom theory into the social, political, cultural, and economic practice of the city.
The Auraria Higher Education Center originated with the need to provide permanent facilities for three rapidly growing urban institutions. In 1974, the Colorado legislature created the Auraria Board of Directors to plan the campus, construct the buildings, provide a variety of additional centralized support services, and maintain the facilities. In 1972, the Colorado Legislature appropriated nearly $40 million for the construction of the Auraria
9


The College
campus. Additional funds were contributed by the City of Denver, the federal government through the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the State of Colorado. The Auraria Higher Education Center constitutes an example of creative cooperation by government at all levels.
Office of State Colleges in Colorado
The member institutions governed by the Trustees of the Office of State Colleges in Colorado are Adams State College, Mesa College, Metropolitan State College, and Western State College. The purpose of the Office of State Colleges is to identify and facilitate cooperative efforts among the institutions. Such efforts lead to broader educational opportunities for students.
The registering authority of each system member institution can provide any regularly enrolled student in good standing with the materials needed to enroll temporarily in any other member institution without incurring additional matriculation costs. Information concerning tuition is available at the host institution.
The enrollment status of the student at the host institution will be determined by the students status at the home institution. Students should ascertain in advance of enrolling at a system institution that desired courses will satisfy degree requirements at the home institution. The process of enrolling as a system student should begin at least one month prior to the beginning of the registration period at the host institution.
Application Instructions
Applications for admission are considered in the order in which they are received each semester. All credentials which are received by the college become the property of Metropolitan State College and will not be returned to the student. It is the responsibility of the applicant to notify the Office of Admissions and Records of any demographic or academic changes on the application for admission prior to the first day of classes. If demographic changes are not reported to the Office of Admissions and Records, it could delay the registration process for subsequent semesters. Failure to report academic changes may result in rejection or dismissal.
To apply for admission:
1. Complete the Application for Admission included in the back of this bulletin. Additional applications are available from the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records at 1006 11th Street, Box 16, Denver, Colorado, 80204; 303/556-3058.
2. A $10 nonrefundable application fee must be submitted with the application for admission. The application fee must either be received or waived before the application can be considered. The application fee does not apply to tuition and fees. Re-admit applicants do not have to pay this fee.
3. Submit the completed application and application fee directly to the Office of Admissions and Records. The application and all required credentials (see admissions requirements below) should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes.
4. It is the students responsibility to request that all required credentials be mailed directly from the issuing institution or agency to the Office of Admissions and Records at Metropolitan State College. No hand-carried documents will be accepted.
5. Although an applicants record may be summarized on one transcript, official transcripts from each institution are required.
Admissions Requirements
The college classifies applicants into two categories by age those who are less than 20 years of age and those who are 20 years of age or older. Based on the colleges modified open admissions system, each category has its own admissions requirements and procedures.
APPLICANTS WHO ARE LESS THAN 20 YEARS OF AGE
If you are less than 20 years of age by September 15 for either the summer semester or the fall semester, or February 15 for the spring semester, you will be classified as a traditional applicant.
Freshman (first-time college student)
1. Applicants must request that the following information be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions and Records from the high school or testing agency:
a. ACT or SAT test results
b. high school grade point average
c. high school class rank
2. This information may be submitted at the end of the 6th, 7th, or 8th semester of high school. A final, official transcript with date of graduation is required no later than the fourth week of the term of enrollment to insure registration for the subsequent semester. Students should request and verify that the high school transcript with date of graduation has been mailed by the high school and has been received by the Office of Admissions and Records. Students will not be permitted to register after their initial enrollment unless this final transcript is received.
3. Metropolitan State College will admit students who are likely to complete an academic program successfully and who meet state requirements for the college as established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education (CCHE).
4. Applicants who do not meet the stated admission requirements will be considered on an individual basis after careful review of all credentials, including letters of recommendation. Some students may be accepted through participation in a Summer Bridge Program which has been established together with the Community College of Denver at Auraria.
5. Applicants who have not graduated from high school but have successfully passed the Colorado General Educational Development (GED) Certificate will be considered on an individual basis after the GED scores have been received by the Office of Admissions and Records from the issuing agency.
College Transfer
1. Applicants must request that the following information be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions and Records from the high school, testing agency, and college or university:
a. high school transcript
b. ACT or SAT test results
c. transcript from each college or university attended or currently attending
d. if currently attending, verification of enrollment
2. These credentials should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes. All required credentials must be received before a final admissions decision can be made.
3. Metropolitan State College will admit students who are most likely to complete an academic program successfully and who meet state requirements for the
10


The College
college as established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education (CCHE).
4. Applicants who have less than a cumulative 2.00 grade point average from all colleges and universities attended will be considered on an individual basis after careful review of all credentials including letters of recommendation and a personal interview with an admissions counselor. Please call the Office of Admissions for additional information.
Additional Admissions Programs Summer Semester Only
Applicants who are applying for the summer semester and who do not wish to continue at MSC after the summer semester, may be admitted under a provisional status and are not required to submit admissions credentials. Please check the appropriate box under MSC Plans on the application for admission. Applicants applying for the summer semester and who wish to continue for the fall or spring semester must meet stated admissions requirements.
High School Student Education and Enrichment Program
The Student Education and Enrichment Program (SEE) is Metropolitan State College's High School Concurrent Enrollment Program for college-ready students. SEE is designed to supplement a students existing education through early participation in college-level classes. This advanced program should not be interpreted as an alternative to high school completion but is, instead, a cooperative college/high school effort to provide educational enrichment and early college attendance to qualified high school students. Typically, the SEE student meets the following criteria:
1. is currently registered in a Colorado high school
2. is maintaining a GPA of 3.0 or better
3. is preferably in the senior year of high school
4. can benefit from specialized or accelerated classes
5. has demonstrated the ability to do college-level work
To apply for admission, the student must, in consultation with the appropriate high school authority, submit to the director of High School/College Relations an admissions application with the required $10 application fee accompanied by the following documents:
1. recommendation stating how the student will benefit from early college attendance from a high school counselor or administrator
2. written parental approval
3. an official high school transcript
Upon receipt of these documents, the students record is reviewed and the admissions decision is made. However, if additional or supporting information is required, the student may be required to have an admissions interview with an MSC admissions counselor. The admissions decision will be based on the students academic preparation, past performance, the recommendation of the high school official, and the student's personal motivation and readiness for a traditional college experience.
APPLICANTS WHO ARE 20 YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER
Applicants who are 20 years of age or older by September 15 for either the summer semester or the fall semester, or February 15 for the spring semester, should read the requirements below for either a first-time college student or a college transfer student:
Freshman (first-time college student)
1. Applicants must request that the following information be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions and Records from the high school or testing agency:
a. high school transcript with date of graduation
b. General Educational Development (GED) Certificate test scores
2. Applicants who have graduated from high school or have the Colorado General Educational Development (GED) Certificate will be admitted as regular students. GED certificates from other states and institutes must be reviewed to determine if the scores are equivalent to a Colorado GED Certificate.
3. The ACT is not required, but is highly recommended for advising purposes.
College Transfer
1. The minimum requirement for admissions is graduation from high school or successful completion of the General Educational Development (GED) Certificate with an average score of 45 and no score lower than 35. Applicants must request that a high school transcript (with date of graduation) or GED test scores be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions and Records.
2. A high school transcript or GED certificate is not required if the applicant wishes to send college transcripts which indicate 30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours of transferable credit (grade of C or better).
3. Degree-seeking transfer applicants are required to have all college and university transcripts on file to receive a transfer evaluation.
Admission of Previously Enrolled Students
Former students who have not been in attendance at Metropolitan State College for one or more years should adhere to the following procedures:
1. Submit a completed application for admission which can be found in the back of this bulletin. Check off the readmission box on the top, right corner of the application. No application fee is required for re-admission.
2. To insure processing, the application and any required credentials should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
3. Former students who have attended other collegiate institutions since last attending MSC must follow the appropriate admissions requirements for transfer students.
4. Former students who are re-admitting after nine years of absence from the college are required to resubmit all credentials. Only non-degree-seeking MSC graduates do not have to resubmit credentials.
Transfer Credit Evaluation
Once all final official transcripts for degree-seeking students are received by the Office of Admissions and Records, the evaluation process begins. The student receives a transfer evaluation card which must be signed by the student's major department advisor. The card is then submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records. Within approximately four weeks, students receive two copies of the transfer credit evaluation, one of which is taken to the major and minor departments for advice on how credits might apply to their programs.
Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guidelines:
1. Credit must have been earned at an institution of higher education holding full regional accreditation.
2. Grades earned must be A, B, C, or equivalent; however, only the credits will be shown on the MSC academic record. Courses with grades of D, F, or similar grades will not be accepted in transfer.
11


The College
3. Course content should be similar to those courses offered at Metropolitan State College.
4. A maximum of 60 semester hours will be accepted from a two-year institution or applied toward an MSC degree. A maximum of 90 semester hours of credit will be given for acceptable work completed at a four-year institution or combination of two-and four-year institutions.
5. Students earning a two-year degree consisting of at least 60 semester hours from an accredited institution with a GPA of 2.0 or better will be guaranteed 60 semester hours of transfer credit, if they have met the following minimums in the MSC general studies areas as part of the two-year degree. Consideration of CLEP credit toward meeting these minimums will be based on MSC CLEP policy. This does not apply to students who enter or re-enter MSC for fall semester 1990 and beyond.
Freshman English.....................4 semester hours
Humanities...........................8 semester hours
Science/Mathematics..................8 semester hours
Social/Behavioral Science............8 semester hours
plus 2 additional hours in any one of these areas or in the
Career area........................2 semester hours
30 semester hours
These 60 semester hours of transfer credit may not necessarily fulfill all general studies course requirements for a particular degree program. Students should consult with an advisor in their major department to determine whether additional general studies courses will be required. Students transferring to Metropolitan State College after the 1989 summer semester should be aware of the college's new general studies requirements and how they will affect this and other transfer policies.
International Education
In order to fulfill its appropriate role as a public urban institution, Metropolitan State College must be responsive to the changing qualities of the community it serves. Because Denver is a national center for commerce and technology, Colorado is affected by dynamic global relationships as well as national, state, and local policies. As technology draws the nations of the world closer together and Colorado becomes increasingly aware of its international role, educational institutions must increase their commitment to providing opportunities for international education. These opportunities exist for nationals enrolled at Metropolitan State College who wish to be involved with an academic experience outside of the United States, as well as internationals who feel they will gain from study at Metropolitan State College.
Admission of International Students
All students who declare a country of citizenship other than the United States on their applications for admission must contact the Office of Admissions and Records.
1. Admission of resident aliens (or refugees, political parolees, and asylum cases, etc.) and students on temporary visas other than F-1:
a. Those individuals holding a resident alien card or I-94 form should bring these forms to the Office of Admissions and Records to be copied prior to being accepted to the institution.
b. Official transcripts including secondary level education should be submitted four weeks prior to the beginning of the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
c. Applicants may be required to pass an English proficiency examination.
d. Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
2. Admission of applicants on student visas (F-1):
a. Application for admission and fees must be received four weeks prior to the first day of classes for the semester of enrollment.
b. Applicants are required to submit the following documents as part of their application to the college: application form, application fee, official transcripts from all secondary and postsecondary schools attended, evidence of English proficiency, and financial support documents.
c. Official academic credentials should be submitted in the original language as well as in official English translation. Transcripts from American institutions should be sent directly to the college from the issuing institution.
d. English proficiency may be demonstrated by attaining a score of at least 500 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Only scores from the internatinal or special testing programs will be considered.
e. The first semesters tuition and fees will be required prior to course registration for international students. Scholarship recipients are exempt from this requirement.
f. Students are required to complete a minimum of 12 semester hours with a minimum 2.00 (C) grade point average each fall and spring semester.
g. Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
h. More detailed information is contained in the international student brochure available in the Office of Admissions and Records.
If students are academically admissible and have met the minimum requirements on the English proficiency examination, they will be issued the U.S. Immigration Form 20 (I-20). Questions regarding the admission of students from abroad or permanent residents should be directed to the Office of Admissions and Records.
English Language ESL Program
Metropolitan State College, like most colleges and universities throughout the United States, has found it necessary to establish ESL classes for limited English proficient students who are academically accepted into the college but who lack language skills necessary to succeed fully in a four-year college. The ESL program is designed to meet the specific needs of MSC students. Extended Studies English as a Second Language
The Metropolitan State College Extended Studies Program offers an English as a Second Language training service to Denver area business and industry. This service can design customized onsite language courses for employees who wish to upgrade their work-related language skills in order to participate in retraining programs and promote to higher level positions.
In addition, the Extended Studies ESL Program offers a series of advanced ESL courses for professionals who are already fluent in English but would like to refine and perfect their use of English. These courses are offered each semester at several locations throughout Denver. For further information, contact the Extended Campus ESL Office at 623-1500.
The Spring International Language Center at Auraria
Intensive English classes at Spring International focus on all language skills: grammar, reading, writing, and listening/ speaking, in addition to special electives that students can choose
12


The College
each term, such as GMAT or TOEFL preparation, vocabulary building, business concepts, and English tor computers.
Five nine-week terms are offered throughout the year to enable students to complete their English study quickly. Students are placed into one of five levels, with standardized evaluation tests at the completion of each level.
International Studies London Semester
Metropolitan State College, in cooperation with the American Institute for Foreign Study, has developed the London Semester and offers it with a slightly different academic focus each semester. Students who are in good academic standing and feel that they could benefit from a semester of study in London should contact the Off-Campus Programs office.
Extended Studies Trips
Metropolitan State College provides opportunities for academically qualified students to participate in study-abroad programs. These programs vary in length from a few weeks to a full semester. For further information, contact the Office of Off-Campus Programs.
MSCs Language and Culture Institute
The Metropolitan State College Language and Culture Institute was established in 1976 to organize study and travel abroad. The institute currently operates a summer program in Mexico, a summer intensive language institute in West Germany, and a winter study and travel program in Mexicos Yucatan Penninsula and Central America. The institute offers credit through the Department of Modern Languages and The Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services.
Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services
The Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services is an interdisciplinary approach to the study of culture and offers a major and a minor in Afro-American Studies and Chicano Studies. The institute provides the student with academic skills leading to better understanding of social interaction and provides services at the local, national and international level. Through The institute, students can study with facuty from diverse academic backgrounds and can travel and study in countries such as Spain, Africa, and Mexico.
Intercultural Curriculum
The college provides an opportunity for students to study formally in international courses offered by various academic departments. Students interested in international coursework should contact the academic advisor of any of the three schools of the college. Additionally, students may pursue a contract degree program such as international studies or international business. Those interested in these or related degree fields should contact the director of Adult Learning Services.
Admission and Retention of Minority Students
Through the Office of Admissions and Records, Metropolitan State College strives to enhance the educational opportunities for Denver area minority residents. A recruitment network of community-based agencies and organizations assists the college in meeting this objective. In addition, admission counselors are available to provide individual counseling regarding general admissions procedures for both new and transfer students. Specific counseling and referral services are also provided in the areas of financial aid, career planning, and academic support. Minority residents interested in attending the college are encouraged to contact the Office of Admissions and Records at the earliest possible date. For information call 556-3058 for information.
Tuition Classification
A student is classified as an in-state or out-of-state student for tuition purposes at the time of admission. This classification is based upon information supplied by the student on the application for admission and is made in accordance with the Colorado Tuition Classification Law, CRS S23-7-101 et seq. (1973), as amended. Once determined, a students tuition classification status remains unchanged unless satisfactory evidence that a change should be made is presented. A Petition for In-State Tuition Classification form and the evidence requested should be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records if a student believes she or he is entitled to in-state status.
The tuition classification statute requires that in order to qualify for in-state status, a student (or the parents or legal guardian of the student in the case of students under 22 years of age who are not emancipated), must have been domiciled in Colorado for one year or more immediately preceding the first day of the semester for which such classification is sought.
Domicile for tuition purposes requires two inseparable elements: (1) a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and (2) intent to remain in Colorado with no intent to be domiciled elsewhere. Some examples of connections with the state which provide objective evidence of intent are: (1) payment of Colorado state income tax, (2) permanent employment in Colorado, (3) ownership of residential real property in Colorado, (4) compliance with laws imposing a mandatory duty on any domiciliary of the state, such as the drivers license law and the vehicle registration law, and (5) registration to vote. Other factors peculiar to the individual can also be used to demonstrate the requisite intent.
Any questions regarding the tuition classification law should be directed to an admissions officer at the college. In order to qualify for in-state status for a particular semester, the student must prove that domicile began not later than one year prior to the first day of classes for that semester. The dates for qualifying and for submitting petitions are published in the Class Schedule each semester.
Education Policy for Persons Over 62
Older area citizens are encouraged to participate in Metropolitan State Colleges programs and activities.
1. Persons 62 years or older who do not wish to earn credit are invited to attend class on a space-available basis, in classes of their choice, at either Metropolitan State College or at Extended Campus locations. There is no cost for these classes. These persons may attend classes beginning the sixth day of each semester. Interested older persons should obtain a registration form from the Metro-Meritus Program in the office of Adult Learning Services (556-8342). This form must be signed by the instructor granting approval and returned to the office of Adult Learning Services.
2. Persons 62 years or older who wish to enroll for credit should submit required admissions and registration materials to the Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, Room 103,1006 11th Street. A college record of participation will be maintained.
Participation on the no-cost, no-credit basis should not contribute to an increased faculty workload and will not involve required homework or examinations. No college records of participation will be maintained.
Financial Aid Procedure
Philosophy
The Metropolitan State College financial aid program provides assistance and advice to students who would be unable to pursue
13


The College
their education at the college without such help. Scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time employment are available singly or in various combinations to meet the difference between what the student and the students family could reasonably be expected to provide and the expected cost of attending Metropolitan State College.
Estimated Expenses
For the 1989-1990 academic year, projected expenses are estimated as follows:
Resident Nonresident
Tuition and Fees $1,200 $4,260
Room and Board 3,780 3,780
Books and Supplies 400 400
T ransportation 720 720
Miscellaneous 810 810
$6,910 $9,970
T uition and fees are set by the Office of State Colleges in Colorado and are subject to change without notice. All students are placed on a single-person budget. Additional allowances are made for students with dependent children day-care costs and for handicapped expenses not paid by another agency. (P.L. 99-498).
Eligibility and Need
To qualify for financial aid, a student must demonstrate financial need, be a U.S. citizen or have an immigrant visa, and be enrolled as a full-time student. Part-time students who qualify may be eligible for Pell Grants, Colorado Scholarships, Presidential Scholarships, Guaranteed Student Loans, Supplemental Student Loans, Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students, and work-study awards.
Application Procedures
MSC uses the American College Testing (ACT) Service, a national nonprofit need analysis organization, to determine financial aid eligibility. Returning MSC students may request application forms from the Financial Aid Office. Transfer students can obtain application forms from their current college or university. Entering college freshmen should obtain application forms from their high schools from the MSC Financial Aid Office; students should obtain forms as early as possible, preferably by mid-February. Transferring applicants must supply the MSC Financial Aid Office with financial aid transcripts from all schools previously attended. Detailed information concerning application procedures is available in the MSC Financial Aid Office.
Financial Aid Resources
The aid programs introduced below are available to undergraduates only. Students who hold baccalaureate degrees are not eligible for the federal Pell and Supplemental Educational Opportunity grants. The amount of funds made available depends upon the maximum award allowed by regulation of each program, the students established financial need, duration of the students enrollment, and funds allocated to the college by the state and federal governments.
Grants
Pell Grant: Eligibility is restricted to undergraduates enrolled at least half time (6 semester hours a term) and some students enrolled less than half time, if they qualify. The maximum award for Colorado residents is $1,890, nonresidents enrolled full-time may receive up to $2,300.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG): Eligibility for the SEOG is restricted to undergraduates enrolled full-time in a degree program who demonstrate a high need for financial
assistance. The amount of the award varies from $100 to $4,000 per year, according to the availability of funds.
Colorado State Grant (CSG): Students enrolled full-time who are permanent residents of Colorado are eligible for this grant. Awards vary from $50 to $2,000 per year.
Colorado Student Incentive Grant (CSIG): Full-time students who are permanent residents of Colorado are eligible for this grant. A maximum award is $2,500 per year.
Scholarships
Scholarships administered by the Financial Aid Office are based on scholastic ability. Please contact the Financial Aid Office for a complete listing of available scholarships.
Presidential Scholarships: The scholarships include four-year scholarships for entering high school students and two-year scholarships for transfer students. Scholars receive $500 per semester to pay mandatory tuition and fees.
Colorado Scholarships: Grants of $500 per semester, not exceeding the cost of resident tuition and mandatory fees per academic year, are available through the academic departments. Recipients must be Colorado residents. Interested students should contact their departments for applications.
Athletic Scholarships: MSC has a limited number of athletic scholarships. Applications and additional information are available from the MSC Athletic Department.
Private Scholarships: The MSC Financial Aid Office does not administer private scholarships. Students should contact academic departments and the Reference Desk at the Auraria Library for assistance in locating sources of such scholarships.
Loans
Each of the following is a loan which must be repaid by the student:
Perkins Loans: Undergraduates and postbaccalaureate students enrolled full-time in a degree program are eligible for this loan. During the freshman and sophomore years, a student may borrow up to $4,500; through the junior and senior years and postbaccalaureate study, a student may borrow a total of $9,000. Upon request, the Financial Aid Office provides additional information concerning Perkins loans.
Guaranteed Student Loan: This loan is available to
undergraduates and postbaccalaureate students enrolled in a degree or certificate program. Applications are available from the students home bank or from any college financial aid office. Freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $2,625 per year. Juniors, seniors, and postbaccalaureates may borrow up to $4,000 per year. The aggregate amount that may be borrowed throughout a students college education is $17,250.
Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students (PLUS Loan): This loan is available to independent, undergraduate students officially admitted and enrolled at MSC and to parents of dependent, undergraduate students. Applications are available from MSC or the banks which participate in this program. Applications must first be submitted to the Financial Aid Office for preliminary processing. Undergraduate students may borrow up to $4,000 per year for a total maximum of $20,000.
Income Contingent Loan (ICL): This loan is available to undergraduates enrolled at least half-time in a degree program. Postbaccalaureate students are not eligible. Freshmen and sophomores may receive up to $2,500 per year, juniors up to $3,500, and seniors up to $4,000. The aggregate maximum is $17,500.
14


The College
Additional Loan Programs
Raymond R. Uhl Loan: Established in memory of Raymond R. Uhl, former MSC student killed in Vietnam, this fund is to assist students who need financial help but are not eligible for other types of aid. Maximum loan is $2,000 and terms of repayment are arranged according to the individual students circumstances.
Student Support Loans: Student support emergency loans are available through the MSC Student Government Loan Fund. Details of these limited emergency loans are available from the MSC Student Affairs Office.
MSC Foundation and Other Emergency Loans: Should there be a delay in the disbursement of funds, the Financial Aid Office is able to advance limited funds to students, provided that financial aid has been previously awarded. The average loan is $200 per semester. The loan must be repaid at the end of the semester in which the funds were received or as soon as financial aid funds are disbursed to students, whichever comes first.
Information on additional alternate loan programs, from private sources, is available at the Financial Aid Office.
College Work-Study: The State of Colorado and federal work-study programs provide part-time employment during the summer and academic year. Undergraduates and postbaccalaureate students enrolled at least half-time in a degree-granting program are eligible. Awards range from $200 to $5,000 per fiscal year. The average award is $2,400. The maximum hours students may work is 30 hours per week average while classes are in session and a maximum average of 40 hours per week between semesters.
Employment: Many students who do not qualify for work-study find part-time employment to cover a portion of their educational expenses. The Auraria Placement Office assists students in finding part-time jobs.
Other Forms of Assistance
Colorado No-Need Work-Study: Students enrolled at least halftime who are permanent residents of Colorado and are not eligible for other forms of financial aid (except scholarships) are eligible for Colorado No-Need Work-Study funds. Students apply for these positions through the MSC Personnel Office, Central Classroom Building, room 310.
Financial Aid as a Form of Payment: Students who have been awarded financial aid have the option of using that aid as their form of tuition payment during phone registration each semester. Once the award has been verified by the Business Office, the student will not be required to pay the tuition and fee charges until the aid is disbursed. Students receiving any type of financial aid are eligible for this service each semester for which aid has been awarded. Related information is provided in mail-in and phone-in registration materials and in class schedules.
Resource Expectations: Students attending MSC must assume responsibility for the cost of their education. Tax-supported aid programs exist to supplement student financial resources, not to replace them. Prospective financial aid applicants should refer to the Financial Aid Office for details concerning students' resource expectations.
The Aid Package
Once student eligibility is determined, an aid package is developed which depends upon the availability of funds and the eligibility of the applicant in relation to that of other students. Although it is not always possible to do so, the Financial Aid Office attempts to fully meet student eligibility. To facilitate the work of the Financial Aid Office, applicants must obtain all information and forms from designated sources and submit the required materials to the appropriate office according to established schedules.
Receiving a scholarship has no effect on a students aid if he or she is not receiving funds from ICL, GSL, Perkins, SEOG, CSG, CSIG, or College Work-Study. Students receiving aid from any of these programs are limited to a maximum amount of aid. A student whose full need has been met prior to receipt of a scholarship will have his or her aid reduced by an amount equal to the scholarship. The reduction will usually be made from the loan or from work-study. If the student's full eligibility has not been met, the scholarship can be allowed to satisfy the unmet eligibility. Each students situation is treated individually.
Award Notification
When the Financial Aid Office has determined the kind and amount of aid for which a student qualifies, the student is notified of the award by letter. The letter also stipulates the conditions of the award. Students awarded aid must sign the statement of education purpose on the award letter, the Selective Service Registration Compliance form issued by the MSC Admissions Office, and the Anti-Drug Abuse Act certification.
Disbursement Procedures: Beginning on the first day of classes each semester, students receiving financial aid may come to the MSC Business Office for the disbursement of their financial aid. The Business Office will have deducted any tuition, fee, or other institutional bills and issued a check for any remaining funds or a bill for any remaining bills owed.
Repayment Policy
Students who withdraw from MSC prior to completion of a term must repay a portion of financial aid received through Pell, CSG, CSIG, SEOG, Perkins, and GSL programs. All required financial aid repayments must be made to MSC before the end of the current academic year or before additional Title IV funds may be disbursed to the student, whichever occurs first. Repayment is made to the MSC Business Office.
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Academic Progress Requirements
Financial aid recipients are required to maintain satisfactory progress towards their educational objectives in order to continue to receive aid (2.0 GPA; complete at least half of the credits attempted each semester; and be enrolled the equivalent of not more than 12 full-time semesters for a first bachelors degree and 4 additional semesters for a second bachelors degree). Detailed information outlining the requirements is available in the Financial Aid Office. Failure to maintain satisfactory progress may result in cancellation of aid for subsequent terms of school years.
Change in Status
The financial aid award may be adjusted throughout the award period to reflect any change in the student's resources or enrollment status or in institutional, state, or federal funding.
Renewal of Financial Aid
Students must apply each year for continued aid. Renewal of financial assistance depends on the students academic performance, financial eligibility and the availability of student financial aid funds.
Students should contact the Financial Aid Office for details concerning Metropolitan State College financial aid policies and procedures.
Costs
The Board of Trustees of the Office of State Colleges in Colorado, the governing board of the college, reserves the right to alter any or all tuition and fees for any semester without notice.
15


The College
Tuition and College Service Fees
Tuition and College Service fees are determined by the Legislature and Trustees shortly before the beginning of each academic year and, therefore, are not available for inclusion in this bulletin. These costs may be found in the current semesters Class Schedule.
However, the cost of tuition and fees for students taking 10 or more hours per semester is projected to be approximately $700 per semester for in-state students and $2,300 for out-of-state students. The cost of students taking 9 or fewer hours will be approximately $70 per semester hour for in-state students, and $195 per semester hour for out-of-state students. There is also an additional tuition charge for hours taken in excess of 18 credits per semester. For in-state students, this charge will be approximately $25 per credit hour and for out-of-state students, $100 per credit hour.
TUITION AND FEES ARE PAYABLE AT THE TIME OF REGISTRATION.
Standard Fees
An application fee is required of all applicants for admission to the college. This fee is nonrefundable and will not be applied to tuition.
..................................................$10
Transcript fee, per transcript.....................$1
Special Fees
Returned check penalty............................$15
Health Insurance: Single coverage is mandatory and included in the college service fee for students registered for ten or more semester hours. Students enrolled for less than the full-time amount of semester hours (ten hours during fall and spring semesters; eight hours during summer semester) are not eligible for the colleges group coverage. In addition, if a full-time student decreases the amount of semester hours to below full-time status (ten hours during fall and spring semesters; eight hours during summer semester) within twenty-eight calendar days from the first day of the semester, the student loses insurance eligibility. Students may apply for a waiver if they have other coverage. A waiver need only be submitted once, because once established, it will remain in effect until rescinded in writing by the applicable deadline. For complete details, contact the Accounts Receivable office at 556-3100. Optional coverage is available for dependents of full-time students. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first three weeks of each semester.
Other Cost Information
The cost of books and supplies averages from $300 to $400 per academic year with the highest cost during the first semester of attendance. Other costs such as room, board, clothing, transportation, and other expenses will vary according to individual need.
Tuition Adjustments
Please see the Class Schedule for the current semester.
Student Personnel Services
The Vice President for Student Affairs coordinates a wide range of student assistance programs, such as admissions, records, registration, educational and vocational testing, vocational and special counseling, financial aid, student health services, and student activities. Special help is provided for students who are
having difficulties with their studies or problems of a personal nature.
Conduct of Students
Metropolitan State College policy provides students the largest degree of freedom consistent with good work and orderly conduct. The college publishes standards of conduct, however, to which students are expected to adhere. Information regarding students' rights and responsibilities, including the Student Due Process Procedure (the procedural rights provided to students at MSC before disciplinary action is imposed), is available in Central Classroom 107-A.
Counseling Center
The Counseling Center exists for the purpose of providing professional assistance in three related areas to all students presently enrolled at MSC or MSC alumni: (1) Academic Support Programs, (2) Career Development and Career Decision-Making, and (3) Counseling for Personal Growth and Change. These services are provided in a variety of forms and settings that include formal classes, workshops, seminars, counseling, and educational groups, as well as the traditional one-to-one setting.
Most group programs begin at the start of each semester and interested students should register prior to or during the first week of classes. Students desiring assistance are encouraged to contact the center personally to arrange an appointment or to register for one of the programs listed below.
The Counseling Center is an accredited member of the International Association of Counseling Services, Inc.
Academic Support Programs:
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP): A program by which students may receive up to 60 hours of college credit by examination. There are varied requirements and limitations, and those interested in this program should contact the Center regarding their specific situation.
Test Anxiety Reduction: Workshop for students whose anxiety about taking tests interferes with studying and test performance. Participants will learn skills to change the thinking that leads to anxiety, learn to relax, and learn to study and take tests more effectively.
Career Development and Career Decision-Making:
Self-Assessment/Life-Planning Workshops: These three-session workshops are held at various times throughout the semester and participants will complete exercises and inventories to indicate interests, values, achievements, and personality characteristics. Workshops are free for MSC students; a fee is charged for nonstudents.
Career Assessment Screening: Students who are initiating the career decision-making process will meet for initial screening. Career testing will be carried out, and an overview of the process and the services available will be presented. Participants will then be referred to an appropriate program.
Personal Growth and Change:
Emphasis is placed on helping students with any problems that interfere with achieving success at the college. The student must initiate contact, or be referred by a member of the professional staff of the college, in order to receive assistance. Information disclosed in counseling is held in strictest confidence and is never released without the written consent of the student. Private one-to-one assistance in each of the areas described below is available for those students who do not choose to become a member of a workshop, seminar, or group.
16


The College
Personal Growth and Development Program: Participation in this low-structure group setting is designed to develop skills in communicating honestly, directly, and comfortably with other people and to promote personal growth and change through selfexploration in a supportive atmosphere. The group deals with personal problems such as fears, doubts, frustrations, conflicts about school, job, family, sex, loneliness, and dating.
Rational Living Workshop: The workshop provides an opportunity to become acquainted with the fundamentals of Rational Emotive Training and to apply these principles to problem areas specific to each individuals life. The process involves developing an awareness of self and of the emotional self-defeating thought patterns that have been learned. This opportunity to learn effective emotional management and positive behavior skills is provided through discussions, lecture, role playing, and group interaction.
Anxiety Reduction Workshops: Anxiety is a learned emotional reaction that can be reduced or eliminated entirely by relearning. The Counseling Center utilizes the desensitization technique (i.e., relaxation and counter-conditioning) to help eliminate inappropriate anxiety reactions. Four two-hour workshops are required to complete the program.
Introduction to Biofeedback Training: This two-session group is designed for those people who want more information about biofeedback training. Participants who desire treatment will be scheduled for continuation in the biofeedback lab.
Decision-Making/Goal-Setting: Participants complete an
assessment inventory that provides information about the manner of gathering and processing information and making decisions. The results are discussed during the second session and provide a framework for learning additional decision-making and goalsetting techniques.
Assertiveness Training: Participants learn techniques to help eliminate difficulties in asserting themselves. They learn (1) how to recognize assertion problems, (2) simple ways to rid themselves of anxiety, and (3) ways to build assertive skills to deal effectively with a wide variety of common problems.
Stress Reduction/Relaxation Techniques: Students learn and practice a progressive relaxation technique. A theoretical understanding of the benefits and the practical application of relaxation are emphasized.
Stress Management Workshop: A variety of techniques for managing fears, anxiety, and generalized stress are taught.
Veterans Upward Bound
Veterans Upward Bound at Metropolitan State College is a federally funded program designed to identify, recruit, and motivate veterans to use their VA benefits in pursuit of personal career goals through higher education.
Veterans Upward Bound provides remedial and tutorial help so that survival in academic or vocational/technical programs is maximized. This is done during a 12-week trimester. Ancillary services such as career counseling, financial aid advisement, psychological counseling, and job placement are also provided for the participant.
High School Upward Bound
The program is designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary for success in and beyond high school for youth who are low-income and first generation college-bound students. The program provides intensive academic instruction during the school year, as well as a six-week summer session. Basic academic skill preparation in reading, writing, and mathematics is part of a comprehensive counseling and enrichment program for the purpose of developing creative thinking, effective expression, and positive attitudes toward learning. The students are recruited
at the beginning of their sophomore year in high school from five target area high schools located in Denver County (East, Lincoln, Manual, North, and West high schools).
Special Services Program
The purpose of the Special Services Program at Metropolitan State College is to provide educational assistance for selected students who, because of financial and/or other circumstances, may otherwise be denied a chance for participation in higher education programs. Academic assistance is provided for students on the basis of individual need. Courses in English, reading, and communication are offered for college credit, coupled with tutorial assistance. These courses are designed to strengthen and supplement a students basic educational skills so that she or he may better address the requirements of a college course load. Other supportive services available are counseling, testing, assistance with financial aid forms, and, when possible, assistance in attending social and cultural events to enhance the students experience at Metropolitan State College.
Servicemens Opportunity College
Metropolitan State College has received recognition as a Servicemens Opportunity College. Further information can be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records.
Veterans Services
The Office of Veterans Services is designed to provide student veterans, and veterans in the community, with a variety of outreach, recruitment, and retention services. These include assistance with problems involving checks, tutorial and counseling assistance, and many referrals to both on-campus offices and community services. The office also certifies student veterans and dependents for their VA educational benefits.
Veterans Services coordinates the Colorado Veterans Tuition Assistance program which is a state benefit offering tuition credit for many student veterans who entered the military from Colorado and served between August 1964 and May 1975. Individuals should contact the office for further information and assistance.
Student Health Clinic
The Student Health Clinic is an accessible, outpatient, direct health care clinic located on the Auraria campus in suite 140 of the Student Union. Its primary purpose is to provide patients with quality, economical health care services. The Student Health Clinic stresses the concepts of wellness and preventive medicine. Health education sessions are available, as well as treatment for medical problems.
Many professional services are provided by a highly qualified professional staff consisting of physicians, nurse practitioners, and allied health professionals. Evaluation and treatment of illness, birth control information and supplies; screening for and treatment of sexually transmitted diseases; pap smears; weight counseling; health care for illness; blood pressure checks; pregnancy testing; minor surgery such as wart removals, hernia, and prostate checks; and student health insurance information are just a few of the available services.
Any MSC student, faculty, or staff person is entitled to services. The staff will provide medical service for departments, such as physical exams and injections, and is available to speak to classes or groups on health-related topics.
Student Health Insurance
The Student Health Insurance is a group mandatory with waiver policy which is automatic for all full-time MSC students. The insurance premium for students taking 10 or more semester hours
17


The College
is included in the student fee assessment each semester. Students enrolled for less than the full-time amount of semester hours (ten hours during fall and spring semesters; eight hours during summer semester) are not eligible for the colleges group coverage. In addition, if a full-time student decreases the amount of semester hours to below full-time status (ten hours during fall and spring semesters; eight hours during summer semester) within twenty eight calendar days from the first day of the semester, the student loses insurance eligibility. The Student Health Clinic coordinates all insurance claims and forwards them to the insurance company for payment of benefits.
Optional coverage is available for dependents of insured students who are enrolled for ten or more semester hours during fall and spring semesters and eight or more semester hours during summer semester. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first three weeks of each semester.
The policy is in effect 24 hours a day and covers the period of time from the first day of classes of the semester to the first day of classes of the following semester. Insurance brochures listing other benefits, as well as insurance claim forms and information, are available at the Student Health Clinic, Room 140, Student Union. The group policy number is G 3392.
Student Activities
Metropolitan State Colleges Office of Student Activities offers concerts, dances, leadership development programs, lectures series, art shows and a myriad of other co-curricular activities for the students of Metropolitan State College.
In addition to providing social, cultural, and recreational activities, the Office of Student Activities encourages and supports the development of a wide range of professional, social, academic honorary, and special interest student organizations.
The Office of Student Activities is on the first floor of the three-story Student Activities Center wing of the Auraria Student Union. The activities wing houses the clubs and organizations, student publications, and the administrative offices of the Student Activities staffs of the three colleges on the Auraria campus.
Auraria Student Assistance Center
Established to provide comprehensive services to students at CCD, MSC, and UCD, the Auraria Student Assistance Center functions through offices listed below. The center also offers formal counseling, internship, and practicum opportunities for students. Contact the division director of the center regarding these opportunities. The center is located in Suite 177, Arts Building. For more information, call (303) 556-3474.
Career Services
The Office of Career Services offers assistance to students and alumni at CCD, MSC, and UCD, in planning their careers, finding off-campus jobs while enrolled, and seeking employment upon graduation. Services offered include workshops, career counseling and assessment, a Campus Career Library, DISCOVER a computerized career guidance system, on-campus interviews with employers, job vacancy listings, and campus-wide career fairs.
Disabled Student Services
The Office of Disabled Student Services provides academic support services to disabled students at MSC and UCD. Services include notetaking, interpreting, provision of taped texts, admissions and registration assistance, exam assistance, and handicapped parking permits and information.
Information and Referral Services
This office is a central information source which provides assistance to prospective students seeking enrollment at CCD, MSC, and UCD. Tri-institutional tours of the Auraria campus are provided to prospective students on a prearranged basis.
International Programs
The Office of International Programs, assisting students from some 80 countries who attend CCD, MSC, and UCD, provides counseling on immigration issues; host family accommodations; support for personal adjustment; liaison with consulates, missions, embassies and foreign organizations; and other pertinent information for foreign students. The office also provides information on study abroad programs to U.S. and foreign students.
Off-Campus Housing Services
This office helps students locate housing. Services offered include computerized rental and roommate listings, housing fairs on the first day of classes, and referrals to local college residence halls. Counseling on budgeting, information on landlord/tenant rights and responsibilities, and roommating is also provided.
Vocational Rehabilitation Services
The Office of Vocational Rehabilitation Services is a campus branch of the State Department of Social Services. Services offered to help disabled students become employable include job seeking skills training, vocational testing, counseling, tuition assistance, prosthetic devices, and referral to additional sources of financial aid.
The Auraria Library
The Auraria Library provides a wide variety of learning resources for the students and faculty of Metropolitan State College and the other Auraria institutions. The library has almost 600,000 volumes of books, microforms, and bound periodicals in addition to more than 1,900 current periodical and newspaper subscriptions. Collection development efforts are focused on providing a strong base for learning/teaching efforts on campus and on developing in-depth collections in the fields of public administration, architecture and planning, applied mathematics, educational administration, and education technology. The main collection is supplemented by the Architecture and Planning Branch Library which is located in the Dravo Building, third floor, and open to the entire campus. As a member of the Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries (CARL), the Auraria Library has access to 2,500,000 volumes from Colorado member libraries and, through a national network, to an additional 15 million volumes available through inter-library loan.
All students are encouraged to take the 50-minute self-guided audiotape tour of the library in order to familiarize themselves with the resources and services available to support their academic pursuits. Special services offered by the library include an on-line Public Access Catalog, computerized bibliographic searches, library orientation and instruction for groups and individuals, a depository of U.S. and Colorado government publications, and media listening and viewing facilities.
The Media and Telecommunications Division of the library also has an internship program and a self-service graphics lab which might be of particular interest to students.
Student Union
The Auraria Student Union serves as the location for out-of-class activities and services for all Auraria campus students and staff. It is the focal point for many cultural, social, and recreational activities of the college community. The Student Union contains a bookstore, gameroom, cafeteria, Mission (3.2% bar), meeting and
18


The College
conference facilities, student activities offices, health center, student organizations, and a variety of lounges for study and relaxation. The Student Unions lower corridor contains a housing board, ride board, and other public transportation information.
The Student Union is located at Ninth and Lawrence Streets.
Auraria Child Care Center
The Auraria Child Care Center is a nonprofit organization which provides a high quality child care and preschool program for the children of students, faculty, and staff of the Auraria Higher Education Center.
The center operates from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. and is fully licensed by the Colorado Department of Social Services to serve 150 children. It is divided into two toddler, three preschool, and one kindergarten/afterschool classroom. Children must be 18 months to eight years of age to attend. In addition, the Auraria Child Care Center at Osage serves 60 children ages six weeks through five years.
The philosophy of the center is to foster the development of competence in intellectual and social skills and to provide a safe, nurturing environment. The childrens program involves the assessment of individual needs and establishing goals and activities appropriate for development. Close parent-teacher
communication is a key to the responsive, individually oriented program provided at the center.
Parents may register their children on a full-time, part-time, or hourly basis to accommodate student's varying class schedules. For additional information, please call 556-3188.
Auraria Department of Public Safety
The Department of Public Safety provides professional law enforcement services for the Auraria Higher Education Center. Peace officers patrol the campus 24 hours a day; trained dispatchers are on duty at all times to receive calls. Calls warranting police or emergency services should be directed through the emergency number at 556-2222.
The types of services provided by Public Safety include: the prevention of crime; investigation of offenses and taking crime reports; responding to first aid and emergency calls for assistance; monitoring of alarm systems throughout the campus; monitoring facilities for suspicious activity and unauthorized use; and enforcement of parking and traffic regulations, including accident reporting.
The members of the Department of Public Safety are dedicated to the safety and the service of the Auraria community.
19


Academic Information
Academic Information
The college operates on the semester system with each semester during the academic year consisting of fifteen weeks of instruction followed by a week of examinations. Running concurrently with the sixteen-week courses are modules, scheduled to begin on the first, sixth and eleventh week of the sixteen-week semester. During any sixteen-week semester students may enroll in sixteen-week courses, five-week courses, or combinations of both, as long as the limitations outlined under course load are not exceeded.
The college also offers either an eight or ten-week summer term during which students may enroll for either eight or ten-week courses, four or five-week courses, or combinations of both. The course load restrictions are adjusted to be equivalent to those of the regular academic year.
Classes are scheduled during the day and in the evening in order to accommodate people who are employed. Students who are planning to take the majority of their classes in the evenings should check with appropriate department chairs about the availability of courses in their major during evening hours. Enrollment can be on a full-time or part-time basis and can be for the purpose of pursuing a baccalaureate degree, improving vocational or professional competence, or learning about particular areas of interest for cultural or intellectual reasons.
Admission and Registration
Students who have not previously attended Metropolitan State College should review the colleges admission requirements.
All continuing students in good standing at Metropolitan State College are eligible to register each semester.
Students may maintain the status of continuing student while absent from the college; however, following two full semesters of absence, students should review their status with the Office of Admissions and Records to determine whether an updated application for readmission will be required.
A student may register for classes in several ways. Information on the registration procedure and registration dates are published in the Class Schedule which is mailed to all continuing students. Students are responsible for insuring that there is a correct and up-to-date address on file with the college. Address changes may be made with the Office of Admissions and Records.
Registration procedures and dates for module classes are described in the Class Schedule. For further information regarding registration, please call 556-2987.
Orientation
All first-time college students, regardless of age, and all transfer students under 20 years of age are required to attend an orientation session. Readmit students are encouraged to attend an orientation session. Information is provided concerning college requirements, class scheduling, registration procedures, college services and resources, transfer of credit, academic advising, choice of major, and career counseling. Information is also available regarding special programs offered by the college and its various departments. Orientation sessions are offered to freshmen, transfer students, adults, reentry women, and parents of new freshmen. For additional information, call 556-4055.
Assessment Requirements
First-Time College Students
The following policies apply only to students attending college for the first time for the fall 1989, spring 1990, or summer 1990 terms. Reading, Writing, and Mathematics Placement Examinations
All first-time college students are required to take a series of three exams before registering for their first semester classes. The exams measure college entry-level skills in reading, writing, and mathematics, and the scores are used to help advisors and students select appropriate courses.
Reading, Writing, and Mathematics Proficiency Examinations
Prior to completion of 60 semester hours at MSC, students must take a series of three exams that measure proficiency in reading, writing, and mathematics. These exams should be taken after appropriate coursework in the academic area has been completed. All students who complete 60 or more semester hours at MSC and have not passed all three exams will have their registration encumbered until they see an advisor in the Academic Assessment and Support Center.
General Studies Examinations
First-time college students less than 20 years of age on September 15,1989, and enrolled for at least six semester hours at MSC will be contacted to take a general studies exam during the 1989 fall semester. The exam will not affect the student's academic standing at MSC.
In their junior year, students will be required to participate in an assessment of their general education after they have completed 75 semester hours and before they have completed 90 semester hours.
The Freshman Year
The Freshman Year Program is designed to unify and coordinate college efforts to help entering students toward a successful first year. The program provides intensive advising, course selection guidance, and academic monitoring throughout the first year, as well as coordinating academic support services for freshmen. Additionally, the program offers a Freshman Seminar course which provides appropriate readings and written work enabling students to discuss and write about current issues including the value of higher education. All first-time MSC students are required to enroll in the Freshman Seminar course and other appropriate courses as determined by assessment at entry. The program furnishes an environment where problem solving, creativity, and peer interaction are encouraged.
Academic Advising and Tutoring
Academic advising and tutoring are available in the Academic Assessment and Support Center. Continuing and prospective students seeking these services should communicate with the coordinator of advising for the appropriate school. The Academic Assessment and Support Center is responsible for the advising of all undeclared majors at MSC.
International Student Advising
Special academic advising is available for foreign born students; the major emphasis of this advising is on the unique aspects of the foreign students academic study. Assistance is available to assess and place students in English as a Second Language (ESL) classes which are appropriate for their individual needs and which will enhance academic success.
20


Academic Information
The Honors Program
The MSC Honors Program provides an intense, interdisciplinary academic program for highly motivated students whose intellectual capabilities suggest a broader spectrum of needs and interests. The program encourages individuality by responding to the diverse educational needs of students. Its integrated approach strengthens the program's foundation and provides a cross section of thought-provoking perspectives.
Honors students realize their learning potential through creative inquiry, independent thought, and critical examination. Honors professors serve as mentors to guide students in fulfilling their intellectual pursuits and dreams. Finally, while the Honors Program encourages independent thought and individuality, it also inspires students to work together, forming a community of scholars who learn from one another. Classes are generally small to ensure the exchange of knowledge and philosophies.
Available to students are both the Honors core and a number of departmental Honors courses. There are three Honors Awards available: 1) Junior Honors Award (15 semester hours); 2) Senior Honors Award (15 semester hours which includes a thesis); and 3) an MSC Honors Program designation on the MSC diploma (24 semester hours).
An official MSC Honors application form may be obtained from the MSC Honors Program Director. In addition to the MSC application form, an interview by the Honors Council is required of prospective Honors students. It is highly recommended that all Honors applications be completed by mid-July. Furthermore, there are a number of full tuition scholarships available. Additional information on the Honors program is available by calling 556-4865.
Semester
Required Honors Core Hours
HON 275 The Legacy of Arts & Letters I ..............3
HON 276 The Legacy of Arts & Letters II .............3
HON 295 The Art of Critical Thinking ................3
HON 380 Revolutions and Social Change I.............3
HON 381 Revolutions and Social Change II............3
HON 385 American Culture I ..........................3
HON 386 American Culture II .........................3
HON 492 Senior Honors Seminar .......................3
HON 495 Senior Honors Thesis......................._3
Total Hours for Honors Core..............................27
Health Careers Science Program
The Health Careers Science Program is designed to encourage those women and ethnic minority groups who have traditionally been excluded from careers in science and technology. Students are provided with tutoring and other support to assure their success in the science and technology areas.
English as a Second Language
The English as a Second Language Program offers classes to students with limited English proficiency to help them acquire the listening, reading, and composition skills necessary for college work. The program provides tutoring, intensive academic advising, and monitoring of progress throughout the students college career.
Student Retention
Probation Re-admit
Students who have been away from MSC for more than one year and have had below a 2.00 grade point average when they left are required to reenter the college on a probation or warning contract. They will be required to have a re-admit interview with a member of
the Probation Review Committee and submit a midterm progress report their first semester after returning to school.
Probation Review and Suspension
The Probation Suspension Policy at Metropolitan State College is designed to provide each student with the opportunity to maintain high standards and achieve academic success. The suspension policy states that students are required to maintain a grade point average of 2.00 (C) in order to qualify for graduation. When a students grade point average for a semester falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on a warning status.
If a student has failed to show satisfactory progress at the end of the warning semester, the student will be placed on probation subject to suspension at the end of the probation semester if satisfactory progress is not achieved. A probation student may be advised to repeat courses, enroll in specific courses, or limit the number of hours attempted during this probationary semester. A student who is dismissed may petition for re-admission after one year.
A students warning or probation status is subject to the student's decreasing a deficiency each semester until a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 is achieved. The college advises every student placed on warning or probation status to meet with a member of the Probation Review Committee and the students major advisor. A midterm progress report may be required before a student is allowed to register for the following semester.
Students who have been re-admitted to the college on probation or warning will have their status changed when they have attempted a minimum of 12 semester hours and maintained a C average, or the GPA stipulated at the time of admission, for all coursework attempted at Metropolitan State College. Students re-admitted on probation or warning will be reviewed for possible suspension when failing to show satisfactory progress regardless of the number of hours attempted.
Academic Standards Appeal
The Board on Academic Standards Exceptions is composed of three faculty, two students, and two administrators. An Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs serves as chair. This Board provides a final appeal for students wishing to petition for exceptions to existing academic policies. Students wishing to appeal should contact the Office of Admissions and Records.
Womens Services
Housed in the Institute for Women's Studies and Services, Womens Services provides a place and a system of support for women. Womens services disseminates information regarding on and off-campus educational services, financial aid, and admissions procedures. It also houses a resource library, information from public agencies, and unpublished research papers. The professional staff provides advising and assistance in planning for new educational and professional directions in the student's life. In Womens services, the individual receives personal attention, information, referrals, and help in building supportive networks.
Division of Off-Campus Programs
The changing nature of society has always created new responsibilities and challenges for educators. During the past decade, those changes have come more rapidly and have been more comprehensive. Preparing people for successful and contributing roles in the society requires careful coordination with many areas of the community, as well as a keen awareness of the educational needs of the state and nation.
In order to fulfill its educational responsibility, the Division of Off-Campus Programs has been designed by Metropolitan State College to meet the diverse higher education needs of the five-
21


Academic Information
county metropolitan area. The offices of Cooperative Education, Conferences and Seminars, International Education, Extended Campus Programs, and Adult Learning Services are the core of Off-Campus Programs. Through these offices, educational opportunities for students, faculty and the community have been developed. Partnerships have been established between MSC, other institutions and businesses which are creating new models and standards for the development and delivery of innovative, high quality education.
Adult Learning Services
Adults entering or returning to college often have questions and problems that are different from those of younger students. Adults who would like assistance in reentering the formal education system and in planning their educational goals may contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at 556-8342.
Credit for Prior Learning
In many academic departments at MSC, students may apply for credit for college-level learning gained through experience. Such documenting of prior learning is initiated through the Office of Adult Learning Services.
Contract Major/Minor Degree Program
Students may design an individualized interdisciplinary major or minor program when their educational goals are not met by majors and/or minors listed in the MSC Bulletin. Each contract major or minor is supervised by a faculty committee chosen by the student. For further information, contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at 556-8342.
Metro-Meritus
Persons 60 or older, who do not wish to earn credit, are invited to attend classes of their choice at either Metropolitan State College or at an Extended Campus location, on a space available basis. Metro-Meritus is designed to give special encouragement and assistance to retired citizens to continue their personal educational growth in a stimulating and friendly campus setting. For information and to enroll, call the Office of Adult Learning Services at 556-8342.
Cooperative Education
The Cooperative Education Internship Center places students in work experiences related to their academic major. The purpose of the internships is to integrate academic training with actual work experience. This combination allows students to make realistic career decisions, gain valuable work experience, obtain recommendations for graduate school, and earn money to help defray college expenses.
Students work in large corporations, small businesses, government, and nonprofit agencies throughout the metropolitan area. Most co-op students are paid by their employers, but in those professional fields where co-op salaries are not available, volunteer internship placements are offered to help students gain essential work experience.
Co-op internship placements are available in most academic majors and minors. The college requires that a student must complete 30 semester hours of college coursework with a minimum 2.5 GPA and have a declared major to be eligible for registration with co-op. No fees are charged to the student or employer for participation in the program, and each students interests and job requirements are discussed individually with a professional coordinator.
Students may choose from three different work schedules based on the academic calendar. The alternating plan provides full-time periods of work every other semester with intervening semesters spent in full-time study. The parallel schedule places students in a job while they simultaneously attend school. These positions are
usually part-time. The short term/summer plan allows students to
elect a work experience which lasts for no more than one
semester.
The college awards academic credit for supervised cooperative education placements. Students must complete a credit application available from the Co-op office, and this application must be approved by a faculty member from the department in which credit is to be granted. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward MSC degree requirements. Credit earned for the co-op education work experiences are not applicable toward general studies requirements. Additional departmental restrictions may apply to certain majors.
298-1-3 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of instructor
An entry level work experience in a private company or an agency of the federal or state government related to the students major supervised by professionals on-the-job in conjunction with an MSC faculty member.
398-1-12 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education
Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instructor
An advanced work experience in a private company or governmental agency related to the students major and supervised by professionals on-the-job in conjunction with an MSC faculty member.
For more information on the program and the placement opportunities in your academic major, contact the Cooperative Education Office at 1045 9th Street Park. Phone: (303) 556-3290.
Extended Campus Credit Program
The Extended Campus Credit Program provides fully accredited MSC courses at convenient locations throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Courses are selected and scheduled to accommodate business professionals pursuing career advancement, degree-seeking students, and those interested in personal enrichment. Most classes are held at Metro South, 5660 Greenwood Plaza Blvd., near the Denver Tech Center. Other locations are Metro North in the North quadrant of metropolitan Denver; Metro on the Mall located in downtown Denver; and various schools, churches and community facilities. Extended campus classes are open to regular MSC students and other area residents. Tuition rates vary from the regular tuition schedule. Students may apply at Metro South or with the Office of Admissions and Records. After being accepted, students may register by phone during the first week of classes. Additional information concerning the Extended Campus Credit Program is available at (303) 721-1313.
Metro on the Mall
A center designed to give downtowners greater access to MSC, Metro on the Mall is located at 1554 California, Suite 200. Open 10:30 to 2:00, Monday through Friday, Metro on the Mall provides information on MSC services such as academic programs, admissions and registration, adult re-entry assistance, Cooperative Education, financial aid and special events. In addition, Metro on the Mall serves as a focus for downtown educational activity, offering classes, lecture series, seminars and workshops, open houses and MSC orientations, all at times convenient for downtowners.
International Studies
Metropolitan State College provides opportunities for academically qualified students to participate in study-abroad programs. These programs vary in length from a few weeks to a full semester. For further information, contact the Office of Off-Campus Programs.
22


Academic information
Office of Conferences and Seminars
Conferences, seminars and workshops are another facet of MSCs comprehensive effort to provide educational opportunities for the people of metropolitan Denver. The office specializes in conferences, seminars and workshops for professional groups and organizations, and everyone interested in pursuing alternative academic paths. Continuing education credit (CEU) is available as well as the option of college credit for some courses.
Each year, the office organizes and offers programs on specific topics for people who wish to update their skills and knowledge. Among the topics available are health care, teacher recertification, parenting, vision and learning, careers, and personal enrichment. Please call 721-6539 for a brochure in your area of interest or to be placed on a mailing list.
Interinstitutional Registration Denver Area Colleges
Students enrolled at Metropolitan State College may register for courses at Arapahoe Community College, Community College of Denver, Front Range Community College, and Red Rocks Community College. Courses taken at these institutions in no way alter existing Metropolitan State College degree requirements, but may apply toward degree requirements at MSC subject to specific approval by MSC. Students should be aware that courses taken interinstitutionally will be counted as part of the maximum 60 semester hours from community colleges applicable to an MSC degree. Interinstitutional credits will also not satisfy academic residence requirements at MSC. In the event a conflict exists between the policies/procedures of MSC and one of the colleges listed above, the most restrictive policy prevails. Students are well advised to confer with department chairs and/or coordinators of academic advising before registering interinstitutionally.
Information concerning current procedures for enrolling for courses at these other institutions is available from the Office of Admissions and Records.
Concurrent Enrollment
Concurrent enrollment differs from interinstitutional enrollment in that the student is simultaneously matriculated and enrolled at two different institutions. Students who find it necessary to be registered at Metropolitan State College and another college at the same time must obtain a letter of permission from the registering authority of each institution. Failure to receive advance permission may result in denial of transfer credit. Failure to do so will result in MSC not recognizing credit from other institutions. Students concurrently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of both institutions. MSC students enrolling concurrently at other institutions also should check with MSC department chairs concerning the acceptance of credits.
Semester Hours Credit
Course credit is based upon units designed as semester hours. One semester hour or one Base Contact Hour equals a minimum of 750 minutes; this translates to a minimum of fifteen 50-minute class hours per semester. Time required for class preparation is not a consideration in the calculation of course credit. Omnibus and laboratory courses give one semester hour of credit for each two, three or four hours of scheduled work in the laboratory during a week. Internships require a minimum of 2250 minutes for each hour of credit.
Course Load
The average course load per 16-week semester is 15 or 16 semester hours. Students who are academically strong may take up to 18 semester hours during fall and spring semesters and up
to 12 semester hours during the summer semester. Students with cumulative grade point averages of 3.25 or higher may take 19 or 20 semester hours during fall and spring semesters and those students with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher may take 21 semester hours. Authorization for overloads without these grade point average minimums must be obtained from the students major department chair and appropriate dean. Authorization for overloads in excess of 21 semester credits is given by the Board on Academic Standards Exceptions, following a successful formal appeal prior to the beginning of the semester. The appeal should begin by obtaining a petition from an academic advising coordinator in the appropriate deans area. For information on the charge per credit hour in excess of 18 refer to the Costs section of this bulletin.
Course Numbers, Descriptions, and Offerings
Before starting registration, students should study course descriptions for information on the level of instruction, credit, course sequence, content, and prerequisites.
The first digit in a course number designates the level of instruction. Only courses numbered 100 or above will be included in credits toward a degree. Courses with numbers up to and including 199 are primarily for freshmen, 200 through 299 primarily for sophomores, 300 through 399 primarily for juniors, and 400 through 499 primarily for seniors. Although students should not take courses above the level of their class (based upon semester hours earned), they may do so at one level above if they have the specified prerequisites. In special cases, students may be permitted to take courses more than one level above that designated for their class if, in addition to meeting the requirements for prerequisites, they obtain the permission of their advisor and of the faculty member teaching the course.
After each course number is a figure specifying the semester hours of credit. As an example, ENG 101-3 is a-three-credit course. Following the course title is a second set of numbers in parentheses indicating the division of time between lecture and laboratory. The second number in parentheses indicates the number of laboratory, shop, or field hours. For example, in a science course followed by (3 + 4), the numbers indicate three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory. Such a course would earn five hours of credit, three for lecture and two for laboratory work.
Course descriptions provide a summary of the content of the course. If there is a prerequisite that must be met before a student will be permitted to register for the course, this information is listed above the course description.
A list of all courses, instructors, class meeting times, and locations is published in the Class Schedule, which is printed well in advance of the beginning of each semester, and is available to all students.
The scheduling of courses listed in this bulletin is based on predictions of student demand and the amount of funds available.
Changes in Registration
Students enrolled may adjust schedules by dropping and/or adding classes during the first fifteen percent of each semester (not including weekends). See the current semester Class Schedule for complete information concerning the tuition and fee refund schedule.
Students who reduce their course load after fifty percent of the term will receive an NC notation for each course they have adjusted and a twenty-five percent refund, if applicable. An NC/ Withdrawal Form must be submitted by the deadline to the Office of Admissions and Records.
23


Academic Information
Students reducing their course load after the fourth week of classes through the end of the fourteenth week of classes may receive an NC notation for each course provided faculty approval is granted. An NC/withdrawal form must be submitted by the deadline to the Office of Admissions and Records. See the sections on grades, notations, course load, and class attendance in this section.
Proportional time frames are applied for module courses and workshops.
Procedures for adding or dropping a five-week course after the course has begun are described in the current C/ass Schedule.
Class Attendance
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point at which they jeopardize success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
If students anticipate a prolonged absence, they should contact their instructors. If they find that they cannot communicate with the instructor, they should contact the Associate Vice President for Student Affairs (Admissions & Records) who will inform instructors of the reasons for the anticipated absence.
Whenever an instructor determines that a students absences are interfering with academic progress, that instructor may submit a letter to the Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs informing that office of the situation.
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning
Adaptive self-paced learning is a phrase used to describe classes in which students are allowed to proceed at a pace that is suited to their personal learning needs and learning style. Students may proceed rapidly, finishing a course well in advance of the end of a semester or module, with the advantage of being able to begin new studies or to concentrate on other courses. Students may proceed slowly without time limitations that might interfere with the mastery of each required skill.
This personalized system of learning relies heavily on learning aids and media so that tutors, student proctors, and faculty are free to devote additional time to individualized instruction and assistance.
Self-paced courses are identified in the Class Schedule by SP or self-paced. Information on the method of instruction and the nature of program is available in each department. Self-paced courses are optional and are open to all students.
Students who do not complete the work of a self-paced course during a semester are given the notation of NC and must re-enroll in and pay for the course in a subsequent semester in order to continue in that course. A letter grade is awarded during the semester in which the work is completed satisfactorily.
Nontraditional Credit Options in Lieu of Course Requirements
Successful completion of special examinations and/or completion of a prior learning portfolio which, assessed for credit, may be substituted for the completion of course requirements, may permit placement in advanced courses, or may be used as the basis for awarding credit. A student may earn up to sixty semester hours of credit toward degree requirements using nontraditional credit options. Approved credit of this sort will be posted to the student's record after the completion of eight semester hours of classroom (resident) credit. Nontraditional credit may not be used toward the last 12 semester hours of a degree program, does not substitute for residency requirements, and may not be used to
challenge prerequisite courses for courses already completed. Students are advised that letter grades are not assigned for nontraditional credit, and some institutions may not accept transfer credits which do not include letter grades.
Departmental Course Examinations
In special cases a department may grant a student credit toward graduation for college courses in which she or he requests and passes special college examinations. Under this provision a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit may be awarded by the college. A fee of $10 per semester hour credit will be charged.
Examinations for credit must be based on work equivalent to a regular course offered by the college (omnibus-numbered courses are excluded), and the credit granted will be for the corresponding course, provided the student has no previous collegiate enrollment for a similar course and the credit is applicable toward the student's graduation requirements. Evidence of work justifying an examination for credit must be presented to the department chair no later than the third week of classes in a semester. Permission for such examination must be secured in advance from the appropriate dean upon recommendation of the department chair.
No application for credit by examination will be approved for a student who is not currently enrolled in good standing in a degreeseeking curriculum in the college. Credit by examination will not be approved for a student who is within 12 classroom semester hours of completing degree requirements. No credit by examination can be obtained for a course in which a student has been officially enrolled at Metropolitan State College or at another institution, whether or not the course has been completed and a grade awarded. Credit by examination cannot be obtained for college courses attended as a listener, visitor, or auditor.
When students have completed a course in the same discipline, higher in number than the course for which they are seeking examination credit, permission will be granted provided the two courses are unrelated and approval is granted by the appropriate department chairperson and dean. In a given discipline no credit by examination can be obtained for a course lower in a number in a sequence than the highest-numbered course already completed by that student. If a student is registered for, but has not completed a higher-numbered course in a sequence, the examination for the lower-numbered course must be completed within the first three weeks of the semester. Exceptions must be appealed to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions following endorsement of the department chair or dean. Examinations cannot be taken to raise grades, to remove failures, or to remove NC or SP notations. Credit by examination is not applicable toward academic residence requirements.
Examples of unrelated subject matter:
ART 212, Human Anatomy for Artists ART 103, Basic Photography Methods ITS 241, Introduction to Photography ITS 101, Introduction to Wood
Examination for credit will be taken at a time specified by the department, but after the special examination fee has been paid. No examination for credit in a college course may be repeated. A grade equivalent to A or B must be attained on the examination in order to receive credit, but credits so earned for the course will be recorded without grade reference on the student's permanent record. Credits in courses for which credit is earned by examination are not considered in computing college grade point averages.
Credit by examination will be posted after a student has completed eight semester hours of credit at Metropolitan State College and after an evaluation of all possible transfer credits has been completed.
24


Academic Information
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP)
The College Board has developed a program of examinations designed to evaluate nontraditional college-level education, specifically including independent study and correspondence work, and to award credit for successful demonstration of this knowledge. This program, known as the College-Level Examination Program or CLEP, consists of two series of examinations the general examinations and the subject examinations.
The general examination series includes five separate examinations covering the areas of English composition, humanities, natural sciences, math and social sciences-history. Based on the results of these examinations, the college may award up to a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit in the freshman general studies requirements areas. Thus, the successful student may test out of most of the traditional courses required during the freshman year. MSC does not allow credit for the English composition examination. This applies only to students meeting general studies requirements listed in bulletins prior to the 1989-90 edition.
The subject examination series consists of more than 45 examinations which apply to specific college courses. MSC allows credit for 18 of these examinations. Thirty semester hours of credit also may be awarded under this series, making a total of 60 semester hours of credit obtainable under a combination of the two series of examinations.
Credit obtained under CLEP at another institution will be reevaluated according to MSC credit-by-examination standards.
Interested students should contact the Counseling Center for complete information about this program before registering to take any of these exams.
Credit for Prior Learning
Students may apply for credit for college-level prior learning gained through experience by submitting a prior learning portfolio to the Office of Adult Learning Services which will forward it to the appropriate academic department for evaluation and assessment. Credits are awarded on the basis of careful evaluation of the prior learning portfolio which documents the applicant's prior learning experience. Students should check with departments for specific departmental guidelines in addition to college guidelines. The award of credit will be recommended by the departments and must receive final approval from the Prior Learning Assessment Committee composed of a faculty representative from each school of the college. Applicants for credit for prior learning will generally be required to take the Portfolio Development Workshop. A fee of one-half the part-time student tuition rate will be assessed for credit awarded. Policies governing nontraditional credit options apply for credit for prior learning. Contact the Office of Adult Learning Services for assistance and further information at 556-8342.
Attainment Examinations
Any student may take attainment examinations in certain departments for the purpose of waiving specific graduation requirements. Passing such an examination, although not reducing the number of credits required for graduation, entitles students to substitute their own choice for the required subject. The examination is approximately the equivalent of the final examination in the course.
Advanced Placement Examinations
Students who have performed satisfactorily in special college-level courses while in high school, and who have passed appropriate advanced placement examinations conducted by the College Entrance Examination Board, may submit the results to the Office of Admissions and Records for consideration for
college credit. This office, in consultation with the appropriate department chair, determines the amount and nature of the credit and/or advanced placement granted.
Credit for Military Training and Other Training Programs
Military training and other training programs which have been assessed for college credit by the American Council on Education will be evaluated by the Office of Admissions and Records for transfer credit at Metropolitan State College. For formal military training, copies of training certificates and a copy of the DD214 should be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records. For other training, official ACE transcripts should be submitted. Credit limit is 30 semester hours.
Pass-Fail Option
The pass-fail option encourages the students to take courses outside of their major and minor fields and thereby broaden their educational experience. The pass notation has no effect on the grade point average; the failure grade is equivalent to the grade of F.
Students having already completed at least one MSC course with at least a 2.00 cumulative grade point average may choose to be evaluated for a certain course on a pass-fail basis rather than by letter grade. Courses taken on a pass-fail basis will apply to major, minor or teacher certification requirements only with the approval of the appropriate department chair. Self-paced courses may not be taken under the pass-fail option. Maximum graduation credit for these ungraded courses is 18 semester hours, earned in no more than six courses, limited to one course per semester or module.
A student must declare interest in the pass-fail option no later than the last day to add classes (during the first fifteen percent of the term) for a particular semester or module by contacting the Office of Admissions and Records. The instructor will assign and record the pass-fail grade on a final grade list which identifies students electing and eligible for pass-fail grading. If the student requests the option and later is declared ineligible, he receives notification from the Office of Admissions and Records during the semester that he will receive a regular letter grade in the course. Once approved, the request for the pass-fail option is irrevocable.
Some institutions do not accept credits for courses in which a pass notation is given. Therefore, students who plan to transfer or take graduate work should determine whether the institution of their choice will accept the credit before registering for courses under the pass-fail option.
Final Examinations
It is the general policy of the college to require final examinations of all students in all courses in which they are registered for credit, with the possible exception of seminar courses or special projects.
Grades
Alphabetical grades and status symbols used at Metropolitan State College are as follows:
A Superior...................4 quality points per
semester hour attempted.
B Above Average .............3 quality points per
semester hour attempted
C Average....................2 quality points per
semester hour attempted.
D Below Average but Passing .. 1 quality point per semester
hour attempted.
F Failure....................0 quality points per
semester hour attempted.
25


Academic Information
Notations
NC No Credit
Nl No Credit Incomplete
S Satisfactory (Limited to Student Teaching and HPS/LES 489 Internships)
P Pass
X Grade assignment pending. Student must see faculty for an explanation or assignment of grade. Courses taken through interinstitutional registration are normally assigned the X notation until grades are received and posted to the academic record. When posted, a new report is mailed to the student.
The No Credit (NC) notation is not a grade. It may indicate withdrawal from the course, course repetition, or may be assigned when a student was unable to take the final examination and/or did not complete all of her/his out-of-class assignments due to unusual circumstances such as hospitalization. Incomplete work denoted by Nl must be completed within one calendar year or earlier, at the discretion of the faculty member. The notation has no effect on the grade point average.
The NC notation may also be used in self-paced courses to indicate that the student and/or the faculty have decided to extend the students exposure to the course in order to increase the students proficiency. In order to earn credit, the student must reregister for and pay for the course in a subsequent term. The Nl notation may not be awarded in a self-paced course.
The following minimal requirements shall be required throughout the college and shall be a part of all school, departmental, or individual policies:
1. The NC notation shall be available to students in all instances through the fourth week of classes each term.
2. During the last week of classes, requests by students for an NC notation in a given course shall not be granted. The NC (incomplete) notation may be used during this period provided the conditions specified above apply.
3. A written policy statement describing the use of the NC notation shall be given to each student for each class in which she/he enrolls.
4. Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a student's absences have reached a point that they jeopardize the students success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
Additional requirements for an NC notation may be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member.
Repeated Courses (Last Grade Stands)
A student may repeat any course taken at MSC regardless of the original grade earned. By so doing, only the credit and the grade for the latest attempt at the course will remain on the students MSC academic record. The grade for the prior attempt(s) will be changed to the NC notation. The courses must carry the same title, course number and semester hours. To effect such a change, the student must reregister and pay tuition for the course in question, complete the course with a letter grade and complete the necessary form in the Office of Admissions and Records indicating that the course has been repeated. Otherwise, the grade change will be made administratively at the time of degree evaluation or earlier, as identified. Credit duplication involving transfer, interinstitutional or state college system courses may be treated differently from the above procedure. This policy cannot be utilized for the purpose of altering grades assigned prior to the receipt of a degree from MSC.
Quality Points
The number of quality points awarded for a course is determined by multiplying the number of semester hours for that course by the quality point value of the grade received. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the total by the number of semester hours attempted.
To be eligible for a degree, a candidate must, in addition to meeting other prescribed requirements, have a minimum number of quality points equal to twice the number of semester hours attempted. The notations NC, Nl, S, and P have no effect on the grade point average.
Transcripts of Records
A transcript is a certified copy of a students permanent record and shows the academic status of the student at time of issuance. Copies are available at $1 each. Transcripts will be released by the Office of Admissions and Records upon formal written request by the student. Transcripts will also be issued to firms and employers if written authorization is received from the student. Requests should include the student's full name as recorded while attending MSC, student identification number, last term of attendance, number of copies desired, and to whom and where transcripts are to be sent. Transcripts may be withheld because of indebtedness to the college or for other appropriate reasons. Transcripts from other institutions which are on file in the Office of Admissions and Records will be issued upon signed request by the student. A charge of $5 per request is assessed for this service. Students from other institutions taking MSC courses under the state college system or interinstitutional registration programs must request transcripts from their home institution.
Student Grade Appeal Procedure
If students have reason to question the validity of a grade received in a course, they must make their request for a change before the end of the third week of the semester following the completion of the course the following fall semester in the case of the preceding spring semester. The Grade Appeal Guidelines may be obtained from the student's respective dean. It is the responsibility of the student to initiate a grade appeal within the time line, and to follow the procedures specified for grade appeals in the MSC Students Rights and Responsibilities Handbook. The handbook may be obtained from the Office of Student Affairs. All decisions of the Grade Appeal Committee will be reviewed by an Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned: Freshmen fewer than 30; sophomores 30 or more, but fewer than 60; juniors 60 or more, but fewer than 90; seniors 90 or more.
Honors and Awards
Metropolitan State College annually recognizes students who show outstanding leadership and service to the college and community, excellence in scholastic achievement, and outstanding personal character and integrity. Recognition of students includes:
The Presidents Award (one senior); the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs Award (one senior); the Vice President for Student Affairs Award (one senior); Outstanding Student Awards (juniors and seniors from each school); Who's Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges (juniors and seniors); Association of American University Women (AAUW) Award (senior woman). Other awards include Special Service Award for Disabled Students, Associated Students of
26


Academic Information
Metropolitan State College, Charles W. Fisher Award, and the Colorado Engineering Council Award.
Information and applications for these awards are available in CN 107; applications are due each year on the last Friday of February. Awards are presented at the annual banquet the night before graduation.
In addition to annual awards, students with outstanding academic achievements are recognized by being named on Metropolitan State College Honor Lists. The Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of 3.85 or higher. The Vice Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of between 3.50 and 3.84, inclusively.
Computation will occur initially when the student has completed between 30 and 60 hours at MSC, then again between 60 and 90 hours, and finally after more than 90 hours.
Graduation honors are awarded to students who have demonstrated superior academic ability in their baccalaureate degree while attending Metropolitan State College. Honors designations are determined according to the following criteria:
1. Summa Cum Laude Top 5 percent graduates within each school with cumulative MSC GPA of no less than 3.65
Magna Cum Laude Next 10 percent of graduates within each school with cumulative MSC GPA of no less than 3.65.
2. To determine each honors category, grade point averages for the previous spring semester graduates are arrayed in rank order. This rank ordering is then used to determine the honors recipients among the following summer, fall and spring graduates.
3. To qualify for graduation honors recognition, a student must have completed a minimum of 50 semester hours of classroom credit at MSC prior to the term of graduation.
4. Courses completed during the term of graduation and transfer credits are not considered when determining honors.
Additional information regarding graduation honors is available in the Office of Admissions and Records, CN 103-H.
Omnibus Courses
The omnibus courses listed below are designed to provide flexible learning opportunities. Experimental topics courses, seminars, and workshops deal with novel subjects and current problems. Independent study allows students to investigate problems of special interest. Supervised field study and internships, conducted cooperatively with business, industry, government and other agencies, provide practical on-the-job learning opportunities. Content of these courses should not duplicate that of regular courses listed in the bulletin. Omnibus courses may be offered by all departments in the college.
A specific course plan for topic and group workshop courses, which covers content and semester hours, must be submitted by an instructor and approved by the chairperson of the department or discipline, and dean of the school before such a course can be listed in the schedule of classes. These same approvals are required for plans of study which individual students submit for registration in a workshop course (when individualized) or an independent study course.
No more than 30 semester hours earned in all of the omnibus courses will be counted toward meeting degree requirements. One omnibus course numbered either 190 or 390 of up to three (3) hours credit may be used to satisfy general studies requirements in each of the areas of humanities, science and mathematics, and social and behavioral sciences, provided the course has a prefix of one of the departments within the respective subject matter
areas; e.g., HIS 190 may be used in social and behavioral sciences, but not in science and mathematics. This applies only to students meeting general studies requirements listed in bulletins prior to the 1989-90 edition.
The following course numbers are the same for omnibus courses in all disciplines; and, when listed in class schedules, registration forms and college records, the course number will carry the prefix of the discipline in which the course is offered. In addition to prerequisites listed under a course and the approvals outlined above, other prerequisites appropriate to the study and departmental objectives may be added.
190 (Credit Variable) Topics
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
An introductory level class to study selected topics especially appropriate for lower-division students.
390 (Credit Variable) Advanced Topics
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor An in-depth inquiry into selected problems.
480 (Credit Variable) Workshop
Prerequisite: Approval of department
An advanced program of study, often of concentrated nature, designed primarily for students majoring in a particular department or discipline. Involves independent and/or group appraisal and analysis of major problems within a particular area.
490 (Credit Variable) Seminar
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Presentations, discussions, reports, and critiques of various problems within the discipline in which the seminar is offered.
498 (Credit Variable, not to exceed 6 semester hours) independent Study
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the department chair
Independent investigation of problems within the students major discipline. The course must be offered in that department/ discipline and be supervised by a faculty member of that area.
Field Experience/lnternship Courses
Field experience or experiential education courses are courses whose major instructional activities are conducted outside the regular classroom, but whose syllabi are formally approved by the institution and maintained as an integral part of a department's curriculum. These courses incorporate actual experience with information assimilation and adhere to policies set forth by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education. Certain degree and certification programs, such as teacher education or nursing, require experiential education courses as a part of the required coursework. Other departments offer experiential education courses, generally as a part of the students major or minor, for credit applicable to graduation requirements.
Five terms identify field experience courses offered at Metropolitan State College: external laboratory, practicum, internship, student teaching, and independent study.
External Laboratory
A controlled environment or organized activity emphasizing experimentation in which guided observations and participation, under the guidance and supervision of the faculty member and the cooperating supervisor, enhance the integration of theory and practice (as in child development). The external laboratory is distinguished from the on-campus laboratory which is devoted to experimental study in any branch of the natural or applied sciences.
27


Academic Information
Practicum
A unit of work that involves apprenticeship in the practical application of previously studied theory under the observance and supervision of a skilled practitioner and faculty member (as a practicum in reading).
Internship
A work-oriented training period of actual service in an agency, institution, or technical/business establishment that provides an in-depth learning experience for the student under the direct supervision of an on-site supervisor as well as the scrutiny and guidance of a faculty member (as in cooperative education).
Student Teaching
Faculty supervised learning experience in which the student applies knowledge gained in the Teacher Education Certification Program to a classroom setting (as in practice teaching).
Independent Study
A student-initiated creative or research project conducted under the direct guidance and supervision of a faculty member of an academic department or discipline (as a thesis or special upper-division project).
Guidelines for Field Experience/lnternship Courses
1. Credit may vary from one to fifteen hours, depending upon the instructional activity.
2. Students are expected to meet the minimum Base Clock Hours established by CCHE policy which requires two to three times the clock hours established for regular classroom instruction.
3. Approved cooperating agencies provide learning opportunities, prepare written statements of assignments, monitor students' performance, confer with the supervising faculty member, and provide a written evaluation.
4. An average of one hour a week, minimally, is spent in seminar and discussion or in conference with the adjunct faculty at the field experience locale and/or in conference with the supervising faculty member.
5. The supervising faculty member evaluates students performance and, in consultation with the adjunct faculty member, assigns the grade for the course according to grading policies stated in the college bulletin.
6. Omnibus courses (299, 397, 498, 499) emphasizing field experiences are subject to guidelines established for regular field-based courses, as well as omnibus course guidelines, and must be approved by the Office of Academic Affairs.
299 (Credit Variable) Field Experience/lnternship
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of instructor
A supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/ discipline in which the student is majoring.
397 (Credit Variable) Practicum
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and permission of instructor
A class involving a unit of work that involves apprenticeship in the practical application of previously studied theory under the observance and supervision of a skilled practitioner and faculty member (as a practicum in reading).
498 (Credit Variable, not to exceed 6 semester hours) independent Study
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the department chair
Independent investigation of problems within the student's major discipline. The course must be offered in that department/discipline and be supervised by a faculty member of that area.
499 (Credit Variable) Advanced Field Experience/ Internship
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
An advanced level supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
7. Cooperative Education courses (298,398 variable credit) are subject to guidelines established for regular field experience courses as well as Cooperative Education guidelines. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward MSC degree requirements.
Requirements for All Degrees
Students are responsible for full knowledge of the provisions and regulations pertaining to their program contained in this bulletin and elsewhere. The final responsibility for completing the requirements for a degree rests with the student, and it is recommended that they seek advice. Students should never assume that they have approval to deviate from a stated requirement without a properly signed statement to that effect.
For degree requirement purposes, students may select any Metropolitan State College Bulletin in effect while they are enrolled at Metropolitan State College, provided that the bulletin contains their complete program of study. A student interrupting continuous enrollment for any three consecutive semesters or more may select only those bulletins in effect after returning to the institution. Students must complete the general studies, major, minor, and all other degree requirements as outlined in the bulletin under which they plan to graduate. PLEASE SEE SECTION ON GENERAL STUDIES FOR BACHELOR DEGREES IN THIS BULLETIN FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON NEW REQUIREMENTS AND TIME LIMITATIONS.
Requirements for Ail Bachelors Degrees
To earn a bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree, a student must satisfy the following minimum requirements plus any others stipulated for the degree for which a student is a candidate.
1. Complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher for all Metropolitan State College coursework.
2. Complete at least 40 semester hours in upper-division courses (300- and 400-level courses).
3. Complete all general studies requirements listed for the degree and major. PLEASE SEE SECTION ON GENERAL STUDIES FOR BACHELORS DEGREES IN THIS BULLETIN FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON NEW REQUIREMENTS AND TIME LIMITATIONS.
4. Complete one subject major consisting of not less than 30 semester hours. With certain exceptions (see the Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College section of this bulletin), complete a minor consisting of at least 18 semester hours. If a student completes two majors, the second major satisfies the minor requirement. Completing two areas of emphasis under one major does not constitute the completion of two majors. Coursework used to meet requirements for one major or minor may not be used to meet requirements for another major or minor.
28


Academic Information
Students may not major and minor in the same discipline and are encouraged to obtain verification from an advisor if uncertainty exists.
5. Complete all special requirements of a department and school.
6. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher in all MSC courses which satisfy the requirements for the major and for all MSC courses which satisfy requirements for a minor.
7. Complete a graduation agreement.
8. Academic Residency (classroom credit) requirements:
a. Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metropolitan State College, including the last ten semester hours applicable to the degree.
b. Complete at least eight upper-division (300- and 400-level) semester hours of the major and four upper-division hours of the minor at Metropolitan State College (classroom credit).
c. Students should be aware that UCD pooled courses and courses taken interinstitutionally or at one of the other state colleges will not satisfy academic residence requirements at MSC.
9. Credit Limitations:
a. Not more than 30 semester hours of omnibus-numbered courses may be applied toward graduation requirements.
b. Not more than 30 semester hours taken by extension and/or correspondence may be applied toward a bachelor's degree.
c. Not more than four semester hours in human performance and leisure activity courses will be counted toward a bachelor's degree for students who are not majoring in human performance, sport and leisure studies, and only three of these may be applied to the career category of the 1988-89 General Studies Program.
d. Not more than seven semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward a bachelors degree for students who are not majoring in music, and only three of these may be applied to the humanities category of the 1988-89 General Studies Program.
GRADUATION AGREEMENT
Metropolitan State College determines that a students proposed course of study will satisfy the requirements for a degree by evaluating a document entitled the Graduation Agreement. Students should develop their graduation agreement in consultation with faculty advisors in the academic major and minor departments. Workshops are held periodically to assist students. Students who transfer to MSC will not be able to complete their graduation agreement until all credentials are received and officially evaluated.
All degree-seeking students are required to develop a graduation agreement during the semester following the one in which they complete 60 or more hours. Students in the School of Letters, Arts, and Sciences or the School of Professional Studies may do so earlier if they desire.
Students should complete their graduation agreement in consultation with their advisor. When it is ready for signatures and a formal evaluation, students should submit the completed agreement to the minor department. The minor department will forward the signed agreement to the major department for signature; the major department will forward it to the dean of the school. The school will submit the agreement to the Office of
Admissions and Records for final review. After the completion of each subsequent semester of academic work, the student will receive an up-to-date Academic Status Report.
Students may appeal to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions to request a variance from college academic requirements. Their graduation agreement should be completed before the appeal. Valid reasons for variances must accompany all petitions, and the petitions must be signed by the appropriate dean and department chair.
DECLARING A MAJOR
Intent-to-Major
First-time Metropolitan State College students may indicate an intent to major on the MSC application form. Stating an intent to major on the application form is not an official declaration of major. Students with fewer than 60 hours who wish to major in the School of Business may so indicate on a School of Business Intent-to-Major form.
OFFICIAL DECLARATION OF MAJOR
All degree-seeking students who have completed 60 or more semester hours including hours transferred from other institutions must officially declare a major no later than the semester following the one in which they complete 60 or more hours.
To declare a major, students must complete an official Declaration/Change of Major form which is available from the major department or from the Academic Assessment and Support Center and obtain appropriate signature approval. Procedures for declaring a major depend upon the school and the number of semester hours completed as outlined below. Students who transfer to MSC cannot officially declare a major until all credentials are received and evaluated.
Majors in the School of Letters, Arts, and Sciences or the School of Professional Studies
Students, including transfers with MSC officially evaluated transcripts, may OFFICIALLY declare a major in the Schools of Letters, Arts, and Sciences or Professional Studies at any time. Students who have completed 29 or fewer semester hours must declare their major through the Academic Assessment and Support Center in consultation with an academic advisor. Students who have completed 30 or more hours must declare their major through the proposed major department.
Majors in the School of Business
Students having completed fewer than 60 semester hours, including transfers with MSC officially evaluated transcripts, may declare an intent-to-major in the School of Business through the Academic Assessment and Support Center. Students who have completed 60 or more semester hours must officially declare their major through the academic department of the proposed major during the semester following the one in which they complete 60 or more hours.
Verification of Major. To verify the correctness of the officially declared major, students should refer to the information contained on their class confirmation notice.
DIPLOMAS AND COMMENCEMENT
Students who have met all requirements for graduation may be granted diplomas at the end of the semester in which the requirements are completed. A formal commencement ceremony is held at the conclusion of the spring semester. Students who officially graduated during any of the previous three semesters are invited but are not required to participate in the spring commencement.
29


Academic Information
General Studies for Bachelors Degrees (1989-90 REQUIREMENTS)
All degree-seeking students who fall into either of the following categories will be REQUIRED to meet the 1989-90 general studies requirements.
1. Students admitted for the 1989-90 academic year who are attending college for the first time; OR
2. All other students who have not filed a graduation agreement with Admissions and Records by August 31, 1990. The agreement must be signed by designated faculty in the student's major and minor departments.
STUDENTS MUST USE A SINGLE BULLETIN TO MEET ALL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING THOSE IN THEIR MAJOR AND MINOR.
In the fall semester 1989-90, Metropolitan State College will begin phasing in its new General Studies Program. For 1989-90, only those students who are entering college for the first time are required to participate in the new program. All continuing, readmitted, and transfer students entering in 1989-90 will follow the 1988-89 General Studies Program (description follows this section) unless they elect to participate in the new program.
Courses approved for the new program in 1989-90 are described in the brochure entitled Metropolitan State College General Studies: 1989-90. Students should consult the brochure and an advisor in the Academic Assessment and Support Center when planning their programs. All general studies courses have specific prerequisites. Course descriptions, including their prerequisites, are published in this bulletin and the General Studies: 1989-90 brochure.
Freshman Assessment: Reading, Writing, and Mathematics Placement Exams
Students participating in the new General Studies Program (all first-time college students and any other students who elect to participate) are required to complete the reading, writing, and mathematics placement exams (see Assessment section). Exam results will serve as the basis for academic advising. To increase the students opportunity for success at Metropolitan State College, students may be required to take courses below the level of first year courses offered by Metropolitan State College. Students should be aware, however, that no credit is given for courses that are below the college level.
Philosophy
Metropolitan State College seeks to prepare its graduates for a lifetime of learning, which, in our changing and complex society, requires focused expertise (such as that provided by a major area of study) and the abilities to communicate with, as well as to learn from, experts in other fields. At Metropolitan State College, undergraduate education fosters the critical thinking necessary for the exploration of unfamiliar disciplines and for the synthesis of learning, and exposes students to the richness and variety of the intellectual universe.
Through its General Studies Program, Metropolitan State College encourages the student to grow from mastery of skills through acquisition of knowledge in the major disciplines to synthesis of knowledge and skills. Therefore, the General Studies Program provides three levels of experience, each with separate goals:
Level I Skills
Level I courses provide students the basic skills of reading and listening critically, recognizing faulty reasoning, drawing conclusions from quantitative data, organizing ideas and communicating clearly.
Level II Introduction to Content Areas
Level II courses provide the breadth characteristic of the educated person, encourage an open attitude toward different approaches to problems, and cultivate informed awareness of the principal achievements in history, arts and letters, society, and science.
Level III Senior Experience
Level III courses allow students to synthesize learning through critical analysis and logical thinking and affords them the opportunity to work closely with an individual faculty member over a significant period of time. The Senior Experience demands independent and critical thought as well as the synthesis of ideas.
Distribution and Credit Requirements
To complete their General Studies Program, students must take approved courses that fulfill the following distribution and credit
requirements:
Semester
Category Hours
Level I
Composition................................................6
Mathematics................................................3
Communication..............................................3
Level II*
Historical.................................................3
Arts and Letters...........................................6
Social Science.............................................6
Natural Science............................................6
Level III
Senior Experience........................................._3
Total Hours Required......................................36
*At least three of the 21 Level II semester hours must be upper-division.
Basic Rules
1. For 1989-90, only first-time college freshmen will be required to participate in the new General Studies Program. All continuing, re-admitted, and transfer students will follow the 1988-89 General Studies Program (described in the following section) unless they elect to participate in the new program.
2. Only approved courses may be used to satisfy the general studies requirements. A current listing of these courses is published in the brochure entitled Metropolitan State College General Studies: 1989-90.
3. General studies courses need not be counted toward general studies requirements. They may be taken instead as electives or to satisfy requirements in the major or degree program. No Level II course, however, can be used to satisfy more than one graduation requirement.
4. Departments or programs whose curricula are guided by accrediting agencies may specify, by prefix and number, some general studies courses in addition to courses required for the major or a professional credential.
Level I Requirements: Composition, Mathematics, and
Communication:
Semester
Composition: Required Courses Hours
ENG 101 Freshman Composition: The Essay ............3
ENG 102 Freshman Composition: Research, Analysis and
Documentation...............................3
See the course descriptions in the bulletin or the General Studies: 1989-90 brochure for current prerequisites to these courses.
30


Academic Information
Rules: Composition Requirement
1. Students must complete the ENG 101 requirement within their first 30 semester hours at Metropolitan State College and the ENG 102 requirement within their first 60 semester hours. These requirements may be postponed only if the postponement is approved in writing by the Department of English.
2. Students must demonstrate the adequacy of their writing skills in the freshman placement exam before enrolling in ENG 101 or ENG 102. Those students whose writing skills are inadequate will be counseled on steps to improve those skills. Students may be required to complete additional coursework.
3. Students shall have satisfied the Level I Composition requirements if they
a. satisfactorily complete ENG 101 and ENG 102, or
b. pass a CLEP or AP examination approved by the Department of English, or
c. transfer an equivalent course.
Semester
Mathematics: (Select one course)* Hours
MTH 108 Mathematical Modes of Thought.................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics....................4
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management
and Social Sciences..........................4
*One approved course of at least three semester hours is required. To avoid difficulties, students should consult an advisor in the Academic Assessment and Support Center for guidance in selecting the appropriate mathematics course after taking the mathematics placement exam (see Rules: Mathematics Requirement).
See the course descriptions in this bulletin or the General Studies: 1989-90 brochure for current information on prerequisites to these courses.
Rules: Mathematics Requirement
1. Students will take the mathematics placement exam to determine their abilities to calculate with fractions, decimals, and percents, and to know and use elementary geometrical formulas. Those whose skills are inadequate will be required to complete college arithmetic coursework before enrolling in a Level I mathematics course.
2. Students must complete the Level I mathematics requirement within their first 30 semester hours at Metropolitan State College. This requirement may be postponed on an individual basis if the postponement is approved in writing by the Department of Mathematical Sciences.
3. Students shall have satisfied the Level I mathematics requirement if they
a. pass a mathematics course that has been approved for Level I mathematics credit (see courses listed above), or
b. pass a CLEP or AP exam approved by the Department of Mathematical Sciences, or
c. successfully complete a course for which a Level I mathematics course is a prerequisite, or
d. obtain a waiver from the Department of Mathematical Sciences after presenting evidence of having satisfactorily mastered the required skills; or
e. transfer an equivalent course.
Semester
Communication: (Select one course)* Hours
FRE 102 Elementary French II.......................5
GER 102 Elementary German II ......................5
PHI 111 Language, Logic, and Persuasion............3
RDG 151 Cognitive Strategies for Analytical Reading.3
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II......................5
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication ......3
*One approved course of at least three semester hours is required. To avoid difficulties, students should consult an advisor in the Academic
Assessment and Support Center for guidance in selecting the appropriate communication course.
See the course descriptions in this bulletin or the General Studies: 1989-90 brochure for current information on prerequisites to these courses.
Rules: Communication Requirement
1. Students must complete the required Level I communication course within their first 30 semester hours at Metropolitan State College.
2. Students shall have satisfied the Level I communication requirement if they
a. pass an approved Level I communication course (listed above), or
b. pass a CLEP or AP test approved by a department offering a Level I communication course, or
c. obtain a waiver from a department offering a Level I communication course after presenting evidence of having mastered the required skills for the Level I communication course that department offers, or
d. transfer an equivalent course.
Level II Requirement
Courses approved to satisfy the Level II requirement are distributed among four categories. The categories, together with the minimum number of semester hours a student must accumulate to satisfy this requirement are
Semester
Level II Categories*: Hours
Historical....................................................3
Arts and Letters..............................................6
Social Science................................................6
Natural Science...............................................6
*At least three of the 21 Level II semester hours must be upper-division.
The specific courses within each of these categories approved as satisfying general studies requirements are printed in the General Studies: 1989-90 brochure.
Rules: Level II Requirement
1. Level 11 general studies courses have at least the following pre- or corequisites, and some courses have additional prerequisites (see course descriptions in the General Studies: 1989-90 brochure):
a: Historical and Arts and Letters:
(1) Courses numbered 100 to 199:
Minimum performance standard on the reading and writing freshman placement tests.
(2) Courses numbered 200 to 299:
Satisfaction of ENG 101 and the Level I communication requirement b: Natural and Social Science:
(1) Courses numbered 100 to 199:
Minimum performance standard on the reading, writing and mathematics freshman placement tests.
(2) Courses numbered 200 to 299:
Satisfaction of the Level I Mathematics requirement and either ENG 101 or the Level I communication requirement
These prerequisites will be phased in during the 1989-90 academic year.
2. Students may not use courses having the same prefix as their major discipline to satisfy the general studies Level II requirement.
3. Students may apply to the Level II requirement not more than eight semester hours of credit bearing the same course prefix.
4. At least three of the 21 semester hours of Level II courses must be upper-division (numbered 300 and above).
31


Academic Information
Level III Requirement
The Level III Senior Experience courses are numbered 400 and above and are at least 3 semester hours. Students must complete a Senior Experience at the end of the undergraduate program. Courses approved for Level III will be published in the 1990-91 bulletin and the General Studies: 1990-91 brochure.
1988- 89 Program of General Studies for Bachelors Degrees
All continuing, re-admitted, and transfer students entering in the
1989- 90 academic year will follow the 1988-89 General Studies Program unless they elect to participate in the new program described in the preceding section. Candidates for either the bachelor of arts or the bachelor of science degree are required to meet the general studies distribution requirements listed below. Each of the category requirements may be satisfied by any course within the departments listed including only one omnibus course numbered either 190 or 390 of up to three semester hours credit in each of the areas of humanities, science and mathematics, and social and behavioral sciences, and then only if the course has a prefix of one of the departments within the respective subject matter areas. No omnibus course may be applied to the freshman composition or career category. Cooperative education courses cannot be applied to or substituted for freshman composition or the career category for general studies requirements. Not more than six semester hours taken in any one department (as indicated by the three-letter course prefix) will apply toward general studies requirements. Each degree candidate must complete English 101 and English 102. The same course may be used toward meeting requirements in general studies and the major or minor with the approval of the major or minor department chair. The credit value of the course may be considered only once, however, in the upper-division and cumulative credit totals. The career category is an option within general studies. A maximum of six semester hours of applicable coursework may be applied to the career category to compensate for less than ten (but at least eight) semester hours in each of the humanities, science and mathematics, and social/ behavioral science categories. Students should check for specific general studies requirements stipulated by their major. Specific courses are listed in Afro-American studies, Chicano studies and womens studies because the programs are interdisciplinary.
Credit for cross-listed courses will apply to the general studies categories according to the course prefix associated with the specific course the student chooses. For example, although CHS 200 and ANT 236 are cross-listed, if a student registers for CHS 200 the course will be applied toward the humanities category; and if he/she registers for ANT 236 it will be applied toward the social/behavioral science category.
Credits
Freshman Composition (ENG 101 and 102)..................6
Humanities...........................................8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 103 and 108)
Art
Chicano Studies (CHS 200, 201,202, 340, 341,351,352, 420)
English
French
German
Modern Languages
Music
Philosophy
Reading
Spanish
Speech
Women's Studies (WMS 113, 313, 342, 345,
351.367, 425, 475)
Science and Mathematics..............................8-10
Astronomy
Biology
Chemistry
Computer Science
Geography
Geology
Mathematics
Meteorology
Physics
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences....................8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 101,113,213, 220,
230, 315, 330, 340, 355, 370, 391,440, 460,
470, 485)
Anthropology
Chicano Studies (CHS 100,101,102, 211,221,231, 301,310,320, 330)
Economics
History
Political Science Psychology Sociology Urban Studies
Womens Studies (101,113, 218, 234, 313, 331,346,
351.367, 425, 475)
Career (Optional).................................... 0-6
Accounting
Aerospace
Civil Engineering Technology Community Service Development Computer Management Science Criminal Justice and Criminology Education
Electronics Engineering Technology Finance
Health Care Management Health Services
Hospitality, Meeting, Travel Administration
Human Performance and Sport
Human Services
Technical Communications
Industrial Technology
Journalism
Leisure Studies
Management
Marketing
Mechanical Engineering Technology Military Science Social Welfare Surveying
Total................................................36
32


Academic Information
Requirements for a Second Degree
For an additional bachelors degree, the student will comply with the following:
1. The first bachelors degree must be recognized by Metropolitan State College.
2. Student must complete all requirements for a new major with a minimum of 8 MSC classroom upper-division semester hours in the major department.
3. Student must complete a minor, if required by the major department for the contemplated degree.
4. The student must spend at least two additional semesters in residence.
5. A minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at MSC is required in addition to the credits completed by the student for the earlier degree.
6. General studies will be considered complete unless deficiencies exist according to the major department.
7. Credit limitations for a bachelors degree will continue to exist for the second degree.
8. A graduation agreement must be completed as outlined in this bulletin.
Family Rights and Privacy Act
Metropolitan State College gives notice that it has designated the following categories of personally identifiable information as directory information under 438(a) (5) (B) of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. Directory information concerning students at the college will be released without the prior consent of the student as permitted by law unless within ten (10) days after registration a student has notified the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records that such information should not be released without his or her consent. Directory information at Metropolitan State College is as follows:
1. name, address and phone listing
2. date and place of birth
3. major and minor fields of study
4. participation in officially recognized activities and sports
5. weight and height of members of athletic teams
6. dates of attendance
7. degrees and awards received
8. most recent previous educational agency or institution attended.
33


Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College
Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College
Metropolitan State College is organized into three schools. These are listed below with the majors and minors offered by each. The curriculum requirements for each of the programs are described under special sections of this bulletin prepared by each school. Programs marked with an asterisk (*) do not require completion of a minor.
Bachelors Degree
Bachelors Degree Major Minor
Major Minor
School of Business
Accounting* x x
Computer Information Systems and Management Science* x
Data Processing x
Economics* ** x x
Finance* x x
Human Resource Management x
Management* x x
Marketing* x x
Production Management x
Real Estate x
Systems Management x
"The Department of Economics offers a bachelor of arts degree, rather than a bachelor of science
School of Professional Studies
Division of Education
Bilingual/Bicultural Education X
Early Childhood Education X
Exceptional Child X
Health and Safety X
Parent Education X
Reading Teacher Certification: Early Childhood, Elementary, and Twelve Secondary Fields X
Division of Technology
Airframe and Power Plant Mechanics X
Aviation Management X X
Civil Engineering Technology X X
Drafting Engineering Technology X
Electronics Engineering Technology X X
Industrial Design* X
Industrial Technology* X X
Mechanical Engineering Technology X X
Professional Pilot X X
Surveying X X
Technical Communications X
Technical and Industrial Administration* X
Division of Public Service Professions
Criminal Justice and Criminology X X
Health Care Management (upper-division) Hospitality, Meeting, and Travel X X
Administration* X
Hotel Administration X
Human Performance and Sport X X
Human Services* X X
Leisure Studies X X
Meeting Administration X
Nursing (upper-division for R.N.'s) X
Restaurant Administration X
Travel Administration X
Urban Studies* ** x x
"Urban Studies offers a bachelor of arts degree and a bachelor of science degree.
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Division of Humanities
Art* x x
English x x
French x
German x
Industrial Design* x
Journalism x x
Language and Linguistics x
Modern Languages x
Music x
Music Education* x
Music Performance* x
Philosophy x x
Practical Writing x
Public Relations x
Spanish x x
Speech Communications x x
Speech Pathology-Audiology x
Division of Social Sciences
Anthropology x x
Behavioral Science x
History x x
Interdisciplinary Legal Studies x
Political Science x x
Psychology x x
Public Administration x
Social Welfare* x
Sociology x x
Division of Science and Mathematics
Biology x x
Chemistry x x
Computer Science x x
Criminalistics x
Geography x
Geology x
Land Use x
Mathematics x x
Meteorology x x
Physics x x
Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services
Afro-American Studies x x
Chicano Studies x
x
Institute for Womens Studies and Services
Womens Studies x
34


Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College
Communications Multi-Major
The communications multi-major offers nine areas of emphasis for students with varying educational and career needs. Each students program is planned with an advisor in the selected area of emphasis. Students may obtain information concerning the major from the department sponsoring the particular area of emphasis in which they are interested.
Area of Emphasis
Communications:
Communications:
Communications:
Communications:
Communications:
Communications:
Communications:
Visual Sponsored by Art
Technical Writing and Editing Sponsored by
Technical Communications
Organizational Sponsored by Technical
Communications
Technical Media Sponsored by Technical Communications
Broadcasting Sponsored by Speech Theater Administration Sponsored by Speech
Sports Sponsored by Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies
All communications multi-major areas of emphases comprise 42 semester hours of study, including six hours of required core courses as outlined below, courses in the area of emphasis, and a choice of free electives.
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life........................3
Communications Multi-Major Summary
Sem. Hrs.
Sem. Hrs. Sem. Hrs. in Total
Areas of In Core In Area of Communic. Sem. Hrs.
Emphasis Communications: Courses Emphasis Electives In Major
Visual Communications: Technical Writing & 6 27 9 42
Editing Communications: 6 24 12 42
Organizational Communications: 6 24 12 42
Technical Media Communications: 6 24 12 42
Broadcasting Communications: 6 21 15 42
Theatre Administration Communications: 6 18 18 42
Sports 6 27 9 42
Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor
Semester
Required Core Courses for All Areas of Emphases Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Concepts
and Systems .............................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion......................3
Option Requirements..................................36
Total................................................42
Communications Free Electives List
Other courses approved by the advisor in the selected communications area of emphasis are acceptable as free
electives.
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology........3
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication ................3
ART 101 Basic Drawing Methods........................3
ART 102 Basic Design and Crafts Methods..............3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art:
1960-Present Day ...........................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I .........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II ........................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition ....................3
ENG 303 Semantics ...................................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism...................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing ........3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading.......3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing .....3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers ......3
PHI 144 Logic .......................................3
PSC 322 Public Policy................................3
PSC 346 Public Opinion...............................3
PSY 241 Social Psychology............................3
PSY 342 Issues in Community/Social Psychology........3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking ....................3
SPE 322 Movement for the Stage ......................2
SPE 328 Stage Directing .............................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking...........3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction ................................3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art...............3
SPE 412 Freedom of Speech ...........................3
SPE 420 Readers Theatre.............................3
SPE 426 Theatre Practicum I..........................3
SPE 427 Theatre Practicum II.........................3
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting ..........3
The holistic health and wellness education multi-minor offers an area of concentration for students who recognize the increased emphasis on wellness in several professional fields and/or for health conscious individuals who wish to establish a selfenhancement program. The multi-minor is designed to complement a major chosen by a student which is relevant to the student's career goals. The student arranges for the minor through one of the following departments: human performance, sport and leisure studies, human services, nursing and health care management, philosophy, psychology, sociology, or teacher education.
The multi-minor comprises 24 hours of study as outlined below:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HES 105 Dynamics of Health..............................3
HES 204 Nutrition ......................................3
HSW 375 Holistic Health and High Level Wellness ........4
PER 150 Skills and Methods: Teaching
Physical Fitness...............................2
PHI 322 Personal Knowledge and Professional Growth ..3
PSY 275 Introduction to Holistic Health ................3
PSY 303 Research in Health and Wellness.................3
Electives* ................................... 3
Total.......................................................24
* Practical experience is an integral part of this minor and contract major. Students are urged to enhance their education through field work. This can be achieved through practicums, internships and cooperative education offerings in one of the above listed departments or by using these elective hours.
Contract Major/Minor Program
Even with the wide diversity of the majors and minors presently offered at Metropolitan State College, the need arises for an academic program which is individual in nature, meets the specific needs of the students and is responsive to emerging educational requirements. The contract major/minor is an organized degree program written by the student in consultation with a contract major/minor faculty advising committee. Working with faculty from selected disciplines enables students to complete a specific, individual, educational objective which cannot be satisfied by any existing catalog major and/or minor programs. The degree sought may be either a bachelor of arts or bachelor of science. For further information, contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at 556-8342.
35


School of Business
School of Business
The curriculum of this school is designed to provide the student with a background of general education, familiarity with basic principles of business, and specialized knowledge in a selected field of business. The school offers the bachelor of science degree. The Department of Economics offers a bachelor of arts degree, rather than a bachelor of science.
Undergraduate programs within the School of Business are designed:
1. To offer the student the opportunity to receive the baccalaureate degree. This degree program consists of a broad foundation in general education, a thorough grounding in basic business courses, and specific competence in one or more significant functional areas of business.
2. To offer a diverse undergraduate program to meet the interests of those residents of the metropolitan area, and others, who desire to study business-oriented subjects without undertaking a degree program, and to meet the needs of the Denver business and professional community for continuing education programs.
3. To strengthen students' powers of imaginative and innovative thinking, self-reliance, creative independent analysis and sensitivity to social and ethical values.
4. To instill in students a desire for learning that will continue after they have graduated and taken their places in the community.
5. To convey to each student the spirit of pioneering, risk, and progress which is essential to the continued development of the American free enterprise system.
The philosophy of the School of Business is to devote its resources to continued growth of high quality, undergraduate programs. As needs arise and resources become available, additional programs or areas of specialization will be offered. Flexibility of course design, a principal requisite of the School of Business, will continue to dominate the planning of all new programs.
Bachelor of Arts Economics
Economics is a scientific study which deals with the allocation of scarce or limited resources. The study of economics offers an opportunity for the student to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions. This training is extremely valuable to the student regardless of her or his specific career objective. The bachelor of arts program has been designed to provide the student with a fundamental knowledge of domestic as well as foreign economies, and the quantitative tools necessary for independent analytical research and thought. Specialized courses are provided to develop the students ability in the use of the tools of economic theory and analysis. Such training is essential for graduates who wish to qualify for positions as professional economists. Employment opportunities in economics are available in national and international business, federal, state, and local government, and in various nonprofit organizations.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics..................4
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomics.................3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics.................3
ECO 315 Econometrics................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought................ 3
Total...................................................16
Approved Electives
15 hours of upper-division economics electives selected in consultation with and
approved by the Department of Economics.................15
Total...................................................31
Minor
18 hours must be completed to fulfill the minor requirement Total...................................................18
General Studies (minimum)............................. 36
Free Electives....................................,... 35
Program total..........................................120
Business Emphasis in Economics
This emphasis prepares the student for entry into the growing professions of economics and business. It provides training that will enable the student to enter the profession and provide assistance to government and business in solving problems and formulating policies.
General Studies (See General Studies Requirements for Bachelor
of Science Degree in School of Business)......(minimum) 36
Business Core (See Business Core for Bachelor of Science Degree in School of Business)............................33
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory...........3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory ..........3
ECO 315 Econometrics................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought................ 3
Total....................................................12
Approved Electives
Fifteen (15) hours of upper-division economics electives selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of
Economics.............................................. 15
Total.................................................. 27
Electives within the School of Business...................9
Electives outside the School of Business................ 15
Program total...........................................120
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Computer Information Systems and Management Science Finance Management Marketing Urban Studies
The School of Business offers majors in accounting, computer information systems and management science, finance, management, and marketing. The accounting major is designed to prepare students for a career in public, industrial, tax, systems, or
36


School of Business
governmental accounting. The computer information systems and management science major is designed to prepare students for a career in the rapidly expanding fields of business, data processing, systems, design, or management science. The finance major is designed to prepare students for a career in corporate financial analysis, insurance, personal financial management, international financial management, accounting, real estate, investments, or banking. The major in management provides areas of emphasis in insurance, personnel and human resource management, production, real estate, or managerial entrepreneurship. The marketing major prepares students for entry positions in the dynamic areas of distribution/retailing, promotion/advertising, sales, marketing research, marketing for nonprofit organizations, or marketing management.
In order to be awarded a degree, the student must conform to the colleges general specifications for the bachelors degree listed under Requirements for all Degrees. A summary of the course program which she or he must complete within the School of Business is as follows:
General Studies.................................(minimum) 36
Business Core..............................................33
Major in School of Business................................27
Electives Within the School of Business.....................9
Electives Outside the School of Business.................._15
Total.....................................................120
General Studies
Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in accounting, computer information systems and management science, economics (business emphasis), finance, management, or marketing must complete the general studies requirements for Metropolitan State College. Students should contact a faculty advisor for guidance in selection of general studies courses.
Business Core
In addition to the general studies requirements, students majoring in any area of business administration must complete the following business courses:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ...................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II ..................3
MKT 305 Business Research and Report Writing .........3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.............3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics ..............3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making..................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance I .........................3
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business I...............3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MGT 495 Business Policies.............................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing...................... 3
Total.....................................................33
Accounting
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax I ................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting .............................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I....................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II...................3
ACC 420 Auditing ................................... 3
Total....................................................15
Students must select 12 hours of accounting electives or one of the following areas of emphasis:
Financial Emphasis (CPA)*
ACC 310 Income Tax II ...............................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting .....................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I........................3
ACC 452 Advanced Accounting II ..................... 3
Total....................................................12
Those planning to sit for the CPA examination should elect MGT 321. Managerial Emphasis (CMA)**
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting Systems ..........3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting ....................3
FIN 300 Financial Markets and Institutions...........3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II .................... 3
Total....................................................12
"Those planning to sit for the CMA examination should elect ECO 350, MGT 357, and MGT 453.
Tax Emphasis
ACC 310 Income Tax II ...............................3
ACC 311 Volunteer Income Tax Assistance..............3
ACC 409 Tax Procedure and Research...................3
ACC 410 TaxPlanning ................................ 3
Total....................................................12
Systems Emphasis
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting Systems ..........3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting ....................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design..................................3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL.............................._3
Total.................................................. 12
Governmental Emphasis
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting Systems ..........3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting .....................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I .......................3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II ...................... 3
Total....................................................12
Total hours for accounting major.........................27
Computer Information Systems and Management Science
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 211 COBOL......................................3
Another programming language
with advisors approval...................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design ..............................J3
Total..................................................9
One of the following areas of emphasis must be chosen for an additional 18 hours:
Information Systems Emphasis
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base
Management................................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware
and Software..............................3
CMS 441 Management Information Systems ...........3
Approved CMS electives .............................. 9
Total................................................18
Management Science Emphasis
CMS 331 Business Forecasting Methods..............3
CMS 431 Management Science Techniques ............3
CMS 439 Case Studies in Management
Science ..................................3
37


School of Business
CMS 440 Simulation of Management
Processes..................................3
Approved CMS electives ................................. 6
Total..................................................18
Computer Analyst Emphasis
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler..................................3
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management........3
CMS 309 Job Control Language and
Operating Systems..........................3
CMS 314 Advanced Assembler Language.................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware
and Software...............................3
Approved CMS electives ................................. 3
Total..................................................18
Systems Development Emphasis
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management
Systems ...................................3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL..............................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware and
Software...................................3
CMS 405 Advanced Systems Analysis and
Design Seminar.............................3
CMS 407 Systems Development and Implementation.....3
Choose six additional hours from the following:
CMS 323 Data Communication Systems .................3
CMS 324 Computer Auditability and Control ..........3
CMS 325 Automated Office Systems....................3
CMS 406 Advanced Data Base Systems .................3
CMS 441 Management Information Systems ............J3
6
Total..................................................18
Total hours for CMS major..............................27
NOTE: No more than five programming courses may be counted toward a degree in CMS.
Finance
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
FIN 300 Financial Markets and Institutions.............3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II ...................3
FIN 360 Investments ...................................3
FIN 380 Real Estate Practice and Law.................. 3
Total.......................................................18
Choose 15 additional hours from the following to supplement an area of emphasis:
Real Estate
FIN 381 Advanced Real Estate Practice and Law......3
FIN 382 Real Estate Finance........................3
FIN 484 Real Estate Appraisal .....................3
FIN 485 Commercial and Investment Real Estate .....3
Approved elective ...................................... 3
Total...................................................15
Investments
FIN 450 Analysis of Financial Statements...........3
FIN 460 Securities Analysis........................3
ECO 450 Business and Economic Forecasting .........3
ACC 309 Income Tax I ..............................3
Approved elective ...................................... 3
Total...................................................15
Financial Planning
FIN 225 Personal Money Management .........................3
ACC 309 Income Tax I ......................................3
FIN 344 Life and Health Insurance..........................3
ACC 410 Tax Planning ......................................3
FIN 342 Principles of Insurance .......................... 3
Total.....................................................15
Financial Institutions
FIN 370 Management of Financial Institutions..........3
FIN 410 International Financial Management ...........3
FIN 450 Analysis of Financial Statements...................3
Approved elective .........................................3
Approved elective ........................................ 3
Total.....................................................15
Accounting Emphasis
ACC 309 Income Tax I ......................................3
ACC 310 Income Tax II ....................................
ACC 340 Cost Accounting ...................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I.....................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II....................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I ............................ 3
Total.....................................................15
Managerial Finance
FIN 410 International Financial Management ................3
FIN 435 Financial Problems and Policies....................3
FIN 450 Analysis of Financial Statements...................3
Approved elective .........................................3
Approved elective ........................................ 3
Total.....................................................15
Total hours for major.....................................27
Management
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ECO 350 Managerial Economics ......................3
Students select one of the following areas of emphasis: Insurance
FIN 342 Principles of Insurance ...................3
FIN 343 Property and Liability Insurance...........3
FIN 344 Life and Health Insurance..................3
FIN 345 Governmental Insurance and
Insured Employee Benefits................3
FIN 346 Risk Management............................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making.............3
Approved management electives ........................ 6
Total.................................................24
Management
MGT 322 Legal Environment of Business II...........3
MGT 353 Personnel Management ......................3
MGT 355 Production Management .....................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making.............3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior....................3
MGT 461 Cases in Management........................3
Approved management electives ........................ 3
Total.................................................21
Human Resource Management
MGT 353 Personnel Management ......................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations ..................3
MGT 375 Performance Appraisal......................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making.............3
MGT 461 Cases in Management........................3
38


School of Business
MGT 462 Compensation Administration ...............3
Approved management electives .......................... 3
Total..................................................21
Production Management
ACC 340 Cost Accounting ...........................3
MGT 355 Production Management .....................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making.............3
MGT 405 Purchasing and Materials Management........3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management.................3
MGT 461 Cases in Management........................3
Approved management electives .......................... 3
Total...................................................21
Real Estate
FIN 380 Principles of Real Estate..................3
FIN 382 Real Estate Finance........................3
FIN 384 Real Estate Law............................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making.............3
FIN 484 Real Estate Appraisal .....................3
FIN 485 Commercial and Investment
Real Estate................................3
Approved management electives .......................... 6
Total...................................................24
Managerial Entrepreneurship
ECO 350 Managerial Economics ......................3
MGT 321 Commercial and Corporate Law...............3
IEC 412 Management of New Ventures.................3
IEC 422 Cases in Entrepreneurship..................3
IEC 432 New Venture Strategies.....................3
IEC 442 Entrepreneurial Business Planning .........3
Approved colleqe electives.............................. 6
Total...................................................24
Semester hours for area of emphasis chosen...........24-27
Total hours for major................................27-30
Marketing
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MKT 301 Marketing Research .......................3
MKT 311 Advertising...............................3
MKT 316 Sales Management..........................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior.........................3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management ..........3
MKT 456 Advanced Marketing Problems ..............3
Nine hours of marketing electives .................... 9
Total hours for major...............................27
Minors Offered by the School of Business
The minors offered by the School of Business are specifically created for nonbusiness majors. Because prerequisite requirements are involved in each set of courses, any student minoring in any of the areas below should contact an advisor.
Accounting Minor
The accounting minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of accounting.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ...................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II ..................3
ACC 309 Income Tax I .................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting ..............................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I.....................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II...................3
Accounting electives ...................................... 3
Total......................................................21
Data Processing Minor
The data processing minor is designed to give nonbusiness students a career skill in computer programming for business.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.......3
CMS 210 FORTRAN ................................3
CMS 211 COBOL...................................3
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design ..............................3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL..........................3
CMS 314 Advanced Assembler Language............ 3
Total.............................................21
Economics Minor
The economics minor is designed for nonbusiness majors and provides them with an opportunity to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions, as well as the quantitative tools necessary for analytical research and thought.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro................3
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional semester hours of upper-division economics courses, selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Economics.
Finance Minor
The finance minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of finance.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ....................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II ...................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance I ...........................3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II ..........................3
Approved upper-level finance electives ..................... 9
Total.......................................................21
Management Minor
The management minor is designed for nonbusiness majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of business and sufficient familiarity with managerial skills to work in a business environment.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business I...........3
MGT 300 Principles of Management..................3
MGT 353 Personnel Management .....................3
MGT 355 Production Management ....................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior...................3
Approved management elective .......................... 3
Total..................................................18
Human Resource Management Minor
The human resource management minor is designed for nonbusiness majors and provides them with the opportunity to
39


School of Business
develop an understanding of personnel/HRM in business and government.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 300 Principles of Management..................3
MGT 353 Personnel Management .....................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations .................3
MGT 375 Performance Appraisal.....................3
MGT 462 Compensation Administration ..............3
Approved management elective.......................... 3
Total.................................................18
Marketing Minor
The Marketing minor offers the nonbusiness major an overview and understanding of the functional business area of marketing.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing....................3
MKT 311 Advertising ...............................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior..........................3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management ...........3
Six hours of marketing electives........................ 6
Total...................................................18
Production Management Minor
The production management minor is designed for nonbusiness majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of the production process and managerial functions as they relate to production and operations.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 300 Principles of Management...................3
MGT 355 Production Management .....................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations ..................3
MGT 405 Purchasing and Materials Management........3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management.................3
MGT 461 Cases in Management....................... 3
Total.................................................18
Real Estate Minor
The real estate minor is designed for nonbusiness majors and provides them with basic course requirements for GRI, prelicensing preparation, and required education hours for recertification.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
FIN 380 Real Estate Practice & Law .................3
FIN 381 Advanced Real Estate Practice & Law ........3
FIN 382 Real Estate Finance.........................3
FIN 484 Real Estate Appraisal ......................3
FIN 485 Commercial and Investment Real Estate ......3
Approved elective ...................................... 3
Total...................................................18
Systems Management Minor
The systems management minor is designed to give nonbusiness students a basic understanding of business data processing with particular emphasis on systems analysis and design.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.................3
CMS 211 COBOL......................................3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics ...........3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design ................................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware and
Software...................................3
CMS 441 Management Information Systems ............3
CMS 451 Data Processing Management................ 3
Total.................................................21
Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity
The Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity has introduced entrepreneurial education into the region's academic arena, offering degree program courses for college students, weekend courses for professionals, and entrepreneurial seminars and forums. The purpose of The institute is to discover, foster, and mold the visions of todays entrepreneurs. It provides students with these special opportunities: (1) learning about
entrepreneurship, (2) understanding the entrepreneurial process,
(3) practicing skills that lead to successful entrepreneurship, and
(4) enhancing creativity and innovation. The curriculum is designed to provide students a unique learning experience that extends beyond the standard textbook/lecture approach. Practical business experience and special expertise are provided by the director, professors, adjunct professors, and guest speakers from the Denver business community. The coursework highlights what works and what does not work in todays rapidly changing marketplace. Legal requirements and implications are emphasized. A significant aspect of the curriculum involves participants developing a detailed, workable business and operational plan for starting and managing businesses.
The curriculum includes a special course, Creativity in Business, for discovering and developing creative and intuitive abilities. In addition to this popular course, The institute is planning some new offerings, including Applied Creativity in Business and Creativity Key to Discovering Talents. The institute also conducts research in creativity and entrepreneurship and provides specialized consulting to entrepreneurs.
Semester
Courses Hours
IEC 302 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.............3
IEC 402 Creativity in Business ......................3
IEC 412 Management of New Ventures...................3
IEC 422 Cases in Entrepreneurship....................3
IEC 432 New Venture Strategies.......................3
IEC 442 Entrepreneurial Business Planning ...........3
IEC 302 and 402 are introductory courses primarily designed for students in one of these categories: (1) business majors (i.e., accounting, marketing, etc.); (2) business minors, and; (3) any students at Metropolitan State College. The remaining four courses (IEC 412, 422, 432, and 442) represent the core of courses required for the managerial entrepreneurship area of emphasis offered by the Management Department*. Modified versions of all these courses (i.e., one-day seminars, workshops, etc.) will be regularly offered to Denver/Rocky Mountain area students on a noncredit basis.
Students taking a four-year degree program in business should refer to the managerial entrepreneurship area of emphasis within the Management Department.
40


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
The programs in the School of Letters, Arts and Sciences provide a high quality liberal arts education designed to meet the educational needs of the urban student. Whether in humanities, social sciences, or mathematics and science, the programs directly address the personal, occupational and professional goals of students in a rapidly changing world.
In the English as a Second Language Program, international students, new immigrants, and new Americans take a carefully structured series of courses to increase listening, reading and composition skills necessary for success in college classes.
The Health Careers Science Program encourages women, minorities and other under-represented groups to follow careers in health and health-related areas.
Division of Humanities
The humanities curricula are offered in the Departments of Art, English, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy and Speech. In these programs, students develop an understanding and appreciation of the worlds of art, music, and ideas. The programs offered by the institutes for Intercultural and Womens Studies broaden awareness of social issues related to cultural diversity, ethnicity and gender. Students may complete the bachelors degree and, in conjunction with programs in education, earn teacher certification at the secondary level (except in philosophy). Majors in journalism, preprofessional writing, and music performance are also offered.
Department of Art
The Department of Art offers a full range of studio art courses in the areas of fine arts (drawing, painting, printmaking, photography and sculpture); applied arts (advertising design and product, computer graphics, and industrial design); crafts (ceramics, metalwork and jewelry making, and design in wood); art history (studies emphasize contemporary and modern art); and certification classes in art education.
Art Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
Semester
Core Requirements for All Art Majors Hours
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts I .............3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II ............3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I ..............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II .............3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960 ....3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the
Present....................................._3
Total.....................................................18
Students may choose one of four areas of emphasis: art history, fine arts applied arts, or crafts.
Art History Area of Emphasis semester
Hours
Art History (upper-division)..............................18
Fine Arts..................................................6
Applied Arts...............................................6
Crafts.....................................................6
Electives................................................. 6
Total.....................................................42
Fine Arts Area of Emphasis Semester
Hours
Fine Arts.................................................18
Applied Arts...............................................9
Crafts.....................................................9
Art History (upper-division).............................. 6
Total.....................................................42
Applied Arts Area of Emphasis semester
Hours
Applied Arts..............................................18
Crafts.................................................... 9
Fine Arts.....................................................9
Art History (upper-division)................................._6
Total........................................................42
Crafts Area of Emphasis Semester
Hours
Crafts.......................................................18
Applied Arts..................................................9
Fine Arts.....................................................9
Art History (upper-division)................................. 6
Total........................................................42
Total Hours Required.........................................60
(A minimum of 27 upper-division hours required.)
Minor requirements for art majors are optional.
Industrial Design Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
No Minor is Required
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts I ..............3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I ............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II ...........3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art...........................3
ART 240 Beginning Advertising Design ..................3
ART 245 Beginning Product and Industrial Design........3
ART 300 History of Art Nouveau
or
ART 303 History of Art Between the World Wars..........3
ART 340 Intermediate Advertising Design .............3
ART 345 Intermediate Product and Industrial Design.....3
ART 445 Advanced Product and Industrial Design I ....3
ART 446 Advanced Product and Industrial Design II ...3
ITS 101 Introduction to Woodworking ...................4
ITS 103 Finishing Materials & Processes .............2
ITS 110 Introduction to Plastics I ....................2
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II ...................2
ITS 120 Introduction to General Metals:
Cold Metals....................................2
ITS 122 Introduction to General Metals:
Hot Metals.....................................2
ITS 141 Industrial Drawing: Sketching..................2
ITS 142 Industrial Drawing: Instruments ...............2
ITS 255 Introduction to Photography....................3
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing....................4
41


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
ITS 380 Industrial Safety and Production .................4
ITS 401 Furniture Construction............................4
PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering.........................3
Elective courses..............................................15
(Selected in consultation with advisor, at least ten of which must be upper-division).
Total.........................................................84
Art Certification: K-12
Teacher certification for art majors is available through the Art Department. An art major is required.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
EDU 221 Processes of Education in Urban
Secondary Schools...........................3
EDU 222 Field Experience in Urban Secondary
Schools ....................................2
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner..................3
EDU 321 Secondary School Curriculum and
Classroom Management .......................3
EDU 322 Field Experience in Tutoring and
Materials Construction .....................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom ......3
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in the
Content Areas...............................4
ART 438 Art Methods/Materials: K-12 .................4
EDU 419* tudent Teaching and Seminar:
Elementary (K-6) .........................8,10
EDU 429* Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary (6-12).........................8,10
Elective
ART 439 Integrating the Arts for Gifted & Talented...3
In addition to field experiences included in required coursework, students must present evidence of having completed at least 200 hours of work with children. This may be accomplished through work with Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church groups, tutorial programs, or similar activities. Students should plan their volunteer work in consultation with their advisor, who will need to sign a form indicating approval.
Students who seek certification must pass a public speaking course (SPE 101) with a grade of B or better, or obtain a waiver. Students must also achieve satisfactory scores on the basic skills exams in reading, mathematics, and spelling (C.A.T.).
Student teaching is comprised of daily full-time work during 15 weeks, split eight and seven weeks between elementary and secondary levels for K-12.
Minor in Art
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts I ..........3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II .........3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I ...........3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II ..........3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism
to 1960 ...................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to
the Present............................... 3
Subtotal...............................................18
Electives.............................................. 9
Minimum One Upper-Division Studio Course Minimum One Upper-Division Art History Course
Total.....................................................27
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Visual Sponsored by the Department of Art
The visual communications area of concentration offers students a sequence of art courses in graphic communications, including drawing and design as well as a broad acquaintance with the visual arts in contemporary and historical perspective.
To become knowledgeable in the arts as related to present day communications media, students have the opportunity to pursue graphic courses in the fine arts of drawing, painting and printmaking, or in the applied art fields of graphic communications and advertising design, photography and video.
Semester
Required Core Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Concepts
and Systems ................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................J
Total....................................................6
Required Lower-Division Courses
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts I ...........3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II ..........3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I ............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II ...........3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism
to 1960 ....................................3
Required Art History (Select 3 Hours)
ART 303 History of Art Between the World Wars.......3
or
ART 401 Modern Art History: Theory and Criticism....3
Required Studio Courses Fine Arts (select 6 hours)
ART 210 Beginning Life Drawing......................3
ART 215 Beginning Painting..........................3
ART 225 Beginning Printmaking.......................3
ART 220 Beginning Photography.......................3
Applied Arts (6 hours)
ART 240 Beginning Advertising Design ...............3
ART 340 Intermediate Advertising Design ............3
Electives
Six hours elected from upper-division art courses....... 6
Total...................................................42
English Department
The Department of English offers instruction in a variety of areas: literature, writing, language and linguistics, and secondary education. Courses in each area appeal to students in every school of the college who wish to read and understand the literature of the great cultures of the world, to examine the principles underlying how language works, and to cultivate their writing skills.
The department invites students in other disciplines to elect English courses to enhance their general education. Students may also choose a major or minor from different areas of emphasis.
The English major may choose an emphasis in
1. literature
2. secondary education, leading to certification
3. creative writing
4. preprofessional writing
The English minor may choose an emphasis in
1. literature
42


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
2. dramatic literature
3. language and linguistics
4. practical writing
5. secondary education
English Major for Bachelor of Arts
Literature Emphasis
The English major or minor, literature emphasis, encompasses a full range of American, British, and world literature. The program provides a strong foundation of courses in literature and language, sequenced to cultivate a sense of literary development, fostering an increasing familiarity with major works and writers, critical theory, literary terminology, and research materials. Because of their command of the written language, their ability to deal with ideas and concepts as well as facts, and their broader understanding of human nature and social realities, literature majors are valued in many fields of endeavor, including academe and the world of business.
Semester
Required Core Hours
Each of the following courses:
ENG 240 Interpreting Literature: Poetry,
Fiction, Drama.................................3
ENG 244 Myth, Symbol, Allusion in Literature............3
Each of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes ...........3
ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Whitman .......3
ENG 231 British Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare .....3
Two of the following courses:
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sartre.............3
ENG 222 American Literature: Dickinson to Oates ........3
ENG 232 British Literature: Donne to Johnson ...........3
ENG 233 British Literature: Blake to Beckett ...........3
The following course:
ENG 310 The Roots of British Literary Heritage..........3
Required Upper-Level Courses
ENG 302 History of the English Language ................3
Select three of the following courses:
ENG 321 Development of American Drama ..................3
ENG 323 Development of the American Novel ..............3
ENG 331 Development of British Drama:
Mysteries to Melodrama.........................3
ENG 333 Development of the British Novel ...............3
ENG 340 Development of Modern Poetry ...................3
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature..........3
Select two of the following courses (at least one from 413):
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature .................3
ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature...................3
ENG 413 Major Authors ..................................3
ENG 414 Modern Continental, British, and American
Drama .........................................3
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies
or
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies .........................3
The following course:
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in Literary
Criticism ...................................._3
Total Semester Hours Required...............................45
Secondary School Teaching Area of Emphasis
The education emphasis in English, offered in conjunction with the Colorado State Department of Education certification program, prepares future teachers of English to understand and teach the diverse subject matter required for certification. This program equips students with a wide variety of language principles and skills: practical experience in developing and presenting the
process of writing; sound knowledge of approaches to literature and literary genres, periods, and authors (including a special focus on literature for adolescents); and an understanding of communication and media as used in English studies. In addition to meeting specified state and departmental requirements, this program offers students the opportunity to develop further specialization in writing, language, or literature to complement the major.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
I. Literature Core Courses:
ENG 221 American Literature I
or
ENG 222 American Literature II ......................3
ENG 240 Interpreting Literature: Poetry, Fiction,
Drama .......................................3
ENG 244 Myth, Symbol, Allusion in Literature.........3
ENG 310 The Roots of British Literary Tradition .....3
II. Language/Linguistics Core Courses:
Required for Certification
ENG 302 History of the English Language ..............3
Select two of the following:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language........................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar....................3
ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies ..............3
ENG 303 Semantics ....................................3
III. Writing/Composition Courses:
ENG 351 Advanced Composition..........................3
ENG 480 Composition Teaching Workshop.................6
IV. English Education Core Courses:
ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents ...................3
ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools ........3
ENG 363 Teaching Communication........................3
RDG 328 Methods and Techniques of Teaching Reading:
Secondary......................................*
V. English Electives:
Two upper-division English courses selected in consultation with
and approved by designated English advisor................. 6
Suggested Electives:
Writing ENG 352, 353 Language ENG 301,303, 401 Literature According to interests
Total Semester Hours Required..............................45
*RDG 328 meets the reading requirements for English certification but is carried under the students professional education requirements.
NOTE: Students with a bachelor of arts in English from an accredited institution who are seeking English certification will receive credit for Sections I and V, in addition to any other courses in Sections II, III, and IV for which they have existing credits.
Creative Writing Emphasis
The creative writing emphasis is designed to give the creative writer extensive practice in various genres of literature as well as a good foundation in appreciation of the English language literary heritage. Courses are also offered to assist the creative writer in finding markets for literary work and assessing the potential of writing as a career.
Semester
Required Core Hours
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 240 Interpreting Literature: Poetry, Fiction,
Drama ............................................3
ENG 244 Myth, Symbol, Allusion in Literature..............3
II. Two of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes .............3
ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Whitman .........3
ENG 231 British Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare .......3
43


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
III. Two of the following courses:
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sartre...........3
ENG 222 American Literature: Dickinson to Oates ......3
ENG 232 British Literature: Donne to Johnson .........3
ENG 233 British Literature: Blake to Beckett .........3
IV. The following course:
ENG 310 The Roots of British Literary Tradition ......3
Required Courses
I. Entry Course:
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing..............3
II. General Writing Courses (select one):
ENG 107 English Usage and Grammar.....................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition .....................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition..........................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing................3
III. Creative Writing Workshops (select any five):
ENG 352 Drama Workshop................................3
ENG 352 Fiction Workshop..............................3
ENG 352 Magazine Editing Workshop.....................3
ENG 352 Poetry Workshop...............................3
ENG 352 Science Fiction Workshop......................3
ENG 352 Scriptwriting Workshop .......................3
ENG 352 Writing as a Profession.......................3
ENG 352 Writing for the Markets.......................3
ENG 352 Writing the Novel Workshop....................3
ENG 352 Writing Your Autobiography ...................3
IV. Exit Course:
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing ..................._3
Total Semester Hours Required...........................45
Pre-Professional Writing Emphasis
Every profession benefits from having among its members persons who write exceptionally well; rewards tend to accrue to such persons. This emphasis is designed to enable talented writers majoring in other fields to develop their writing abilities and, thereby, enhance their career opportunities; for this reason it is expected that the pre-professional writing emphasis will be a second major for those who pursue it.
The program provides the student with an intensive, coherent sequence of instruction in writing and linguistics interspersed with appropriate study of fine writing from the English language literary heritage.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition .................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language
or
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar................3
ENG 303 Semantics ................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition......................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing............3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
ENG 363 Teaching Communication....................3
Students will take six literature courses of which at least two must be upper-division; these courses must be distributed among at least four of the following five areas:
1. world or continental literature
2. British literature: beginnings to 17th century
3. British literature: 17th century to 19th century
4. American literature
5. 20th century literature
18
Total Semester Hours Required....................................36
English Minor
Semester
Literature Emphasis Hours
I. One each of the following groups:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes .........3
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sartre...........3
ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Whitman .....3
ENG 222 American Literature: Dickinson to Oates ......3
ENG 231 British Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare ...3
ENG 232 British Literature: Donne to Johnson .........3
ENG 233 British Literature: Blake to Beckett .........3
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language........................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar....................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition .....................3
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing..............3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing.............3
III. Two electives from the following courses:
ENG 321 Development of American Drama ................3
ENG 322 Development of American Poetry................3
ENG 323 Development of the American Novel.............3
ENG 331 Development of British Drama:
Mysteries to Melodrama.......................3
ENG 333 Development of the British Novel..............3
ENG 340 Development of Modern Poetry .................3
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature........3
IV. Two electives from the following courses (one must be 413):
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature ...............3
ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature.................3
ENG 413 Major Authors ................................3
ENG 414 Modern Continental, British and
American Drama...............................3
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies
or
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies ......................_3
Total Semester Hours Required.............................24
Semester
Secondary School Teaching Area of Emphasis* Hours
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents ...................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition..........................3
ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools ........3
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools ....3
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies ..............3
ENG 302 History of the English Language ..............3
ENG 303 Semantics ............,............................3
III. Three English electives from 300-400 level courses selected in
consultation with and approved by designated English
Department advisors......................... ............ 9
Total Semester Hours Required.............................24
This minor does not satisfy MSC requirements for certification in secondary English, but does meet minimum requirements for those seeking eligibility to teach English in secondary schools accredited by the North Central Association. Students working toward this minor are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisors.
Dramatic Literature Emphasis
The English minor with emphasis in dramatic literature serves students who wish to develop skills in reading, writing, and thinking about the texts of drama and to develop these skills into marketable assets. The program is designed to meet needs of anyone involved in the history, teaching, writing, production, or performance of drama. The minor will be useful to students of
44


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
every aspect of theater (design, building, producing, directing, performing, evaluating), in any medium.
I. Introductory Courses:
ENG 112 Introduction to Drama...................................3
A second course, introductory in nature, is to be selected by agreement of the student and the department advisor. The course need not be an English course, but if not, it should be an introductory course related to the student's major interest in the
use of drama.............................................3
II. Writing Course(s) One of the following courses:
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing..............3
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Drama..............3
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Scriptwriting .....3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing................3
III. Literature Electives (nine hours to be chosen in consultation with an advisor):
ENG 131 Introduction to Shakespeare...................3
ENG 321 Development of American Drama ................3
ENG 331 Development of British Drama:
Mysteries to Melodrama......................3
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Drama..............3
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies ........................3
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies .......................3
ENG 413 Major Authors (Playwrights) ..................3
ENG 414 Modern Continental, British, and American
Drama ......................................3
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in
Literary Criticism..........................3
IV. Final Study One of the following:
ENG 480 Workshop......................................3
ENG 498 Independent Study.............................3
or
ENG 499 Internship or Practicum ....................._3
Total Semester Hours Required............................21
NOTE: This phase of the English minor with an emphasis in dramatic literature presents the opportunity for students electing the minor to devote significant attention to one in-depth project for completion of the study. The project should be based on the reading of a dramatic text, but should combine this experience with some other area of design, management, performance, or writing. The project should combine the skills of reading drama with those of the associated area of expertise. The project is to be proposed by the student, approved by an advisor in the Department of English, and directed in collaboration with a second advisor, associated with the other area of expertise fundamental to the study. The study may take the form of a workshop, an independent study, an internship, or a practicum.
Language and Linguistics Minor
The language and linguistics minor offers concepts about, theories of, and analytical techniques in natural language. It represents an intellectual discipline in itself and simultaneously serves the interests of future teachers, students of literature and writing, and others who have a continuing fascination with language as language. Taken in an appropriate order made evident by careful advising, the courses in the program educate students both to use and to appreciate their language. The minor requires students to engage in vigorous, progressively more explicit and precise analysis and synthesis as they examine facts and fallacies about the miracle of language.
Semester
Required Core Hours
ENG 201 The Nature of Language.....................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar.................3
ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies ...........3
ENG 302 History of the English Language ...........3
ENG 303 Semantics .................................3
ENG 401 Studies in Linguistics.....................3
Any one of the following specific titles: Applied Linguistics
Descriptive Linguistics Psycholinguistics Sociolinguistics Stylistics
Interdisciplinary Elective Courses (chosen in consultation with and approved by departmental advisor). Any one of the following:
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication ................3
EDU 337 Language and Cognitive Development...........4
PHI 111 Language, Logic, and Persuasion............. 3
SPE 352 Language Acquisition ....................... 3
Total Semester Hours Required........................21 -22
Practical Writing Minor
The practical writing minor is a humanities based, career oriented program enabling students to develop writing skills as an adjunct to any major. Students will be prepared to do the practical writing found in magazines, newspapers, and newsletters. Students completing the program are expected to be versatile writers capable of applying the principles of good writing to different audiences and purposes.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ENG 107 English Usage and Grammar...................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language......................3
ENG 303 Semantics ..................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition........................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing..............3
Elective Courses (Choose three from the following):
ENG 352 Writing as a Profession................... 3
ENG 398 Cooperative Education: English Internship...3
ENG 498 Independent Study: Writing Project..........3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and Newswriting.........3
JRN 381 Feature Writing for Newspapers .............3
JRN 481 Feature Writing for Magazines ..............3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing...........3
MKT 305 Business Research and Report Writing .......3
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy .................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion..................._3
Total Semester Hours Required.......................24
In addition to pursuing the practical writing minor, some students may wish to seek the recognition of competency award as qualified practical writers. A student seeking this award must apply to the Department Composition Committee before completing nine hours applicable to the minor, and if approved, must work out with the committee a coordinated sequence of courses, one of which must be English 498, independent study. The recognition procedure will include development of a portfolio which will be prepared under the guidance of the committee. This portfolio, designed to demonstrate student proficiency, will include such items as a letter in which students describe the development of their skills in writing and the extent to which they see these as valuable to their careers, and two different demonstrations of their ability to write and edit under pressure. The portfolio materials will be juried by at least two members of the Composition Committee. Some of the preparation may carry up to three hours credit under English 498.
Journalism Department
Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts
The journalism major prepares students for careers dealing with news and information media, including the press, and public relations. Proficiency in standard written English is a prerequisite for all journalism courses. Students without such proficiency should not register for any journalism course beyond JRN 181. The faculty may recommend that the student take ENG 101 and ENG 102 before taking any journalism course beyond JRN 181.
45


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Semester
Required Courses Hours
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism..................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing .......3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading......3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing ...3
JRN 381* Feature Article Writing for Newspapers ....3
JRN 383 Contemporary Issues ........................3
JRN 385 Public Affairs Reporting....................3
JRN 386 College Newspaper Practicum ................3
JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines.......3
JRN 482 Advanced News Editing, Copyreading and
Principles of Layout.......................3
JRN 486 Advanced Reporting and News Writing.........3
JRN 487 Ethical Issues in Journalism .............._3
Total Semester Hours Required..........................36
'Typing proficiency is required for every journalism course beyond JRN 282.
*JRN 286 is a prerequisite for JRN 381,383, 385, 386, 481 and 486.
JRN 381 is a prerequisite for JRN 481.
Semester
Journalism Minor Hours
I. Each of the following courses:
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism...................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing ........3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading.......3
II. Four of the following courses:
JRN 286" Intermediate Reporting and News Writing ....3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers.......3
JRN 383 Contemporary Issues .........................3
JRN 385 Public Affairs Reporting.....................3
JRN 386 College Newspaper Practicum .................3
JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines........3
JRN 482 Advanced News Editing, Copyreading and
Principles of Layout........................3
JRN 486 Advanced News Writing........................3
JRN 487 Ethical Issues in Journalism ..............._3
Total Semester Hours Required...........................21
Typing proficiency is required for every journalism course beyond JRN 282.
Public Relations Minor
The public relations minor prepares students for careers related to institutional and organizational information distribution. Emphasis in the program is on strong news writing skills, problem solving and planning, and publication production.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism..................3
JRN 182 Beginning News Writing and Reporting .......3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copy Reading.....3
JRN 284 Fundamentals of Public Relations............3
JRN 286 Intermediate News Writing and Reporting ....3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers .....3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies ....3
JRN 398 Cooperative Education Public Relations..._3
Total Semester Hours Required.........................24
A suitable basic photography course may, upon approval of the advisor, be substituted for one of the above courses.
Other courses may be recommended by the advisor, depending on the student's particular needs.
With the approval of the journalism faculty, journalism majors may substitute certain courses for required courses as a part of their major.
Modern Languages
The Department of Modern Languages offers major programs in Spanish and modern foreign languages, minor programs in French, German, and Spanish, and teacher education programs in Spanish and modern foreign languages. Courses in other foreign languages and in occupational or professional fields are offered in order to meet student and community needs. In addition, the department administers several education programs abroad. Registration for courses is in accordance with previous preparation. Consequently, students will register for foreign language courses as follows: No previous study, or less than one year in high school 101; students with one year in high school who feel their background is weak 101; one semester in college 102; one year in college 211 and/or 231; two years in high school 211 and/or 231; or 102, if needed; three years in high school or one and one-half years in college 212 and/or 232; or 211 and/or 231, if needed; four years in high school or two years in college 300 level courses, or 212 and/or 232, if needed.
The above regulations may not be applicable if students have had no professional instruction in their chosen foreign language within the last two years. If students feel that they have insufficient preparation for the required level, they should strengthen their background by taking a course recommended by the Modern Language Department. Elementary courses do not apply toward the major or minor requirements.
Due to the institutional relationship between MSC and UCD, the MSC students who either major or minor in any of our foreign language programs are recommended to take appropriate UCD courses not available at MSC whenever such courses contribute to the program requirements or the balance of their foreign language experience.
Students seeking secondary credentials in Spanish or in modern foreign languages (French, German, Spanish) must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the major requirements. They must also demonstrate sufficient mastery of the target language or languages through an appropriate proficiency exam.
Spanish
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation I
or
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II ..........3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I ............3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II ...........3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation ........................3
SPA 312* Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice .......2
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
or
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization or
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest 3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish ..3
SPA 331 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar I ...3
SPA 332 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II ..3
SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I
or
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature II ..............3
SPA 351 Masterpieces of Latin American Literature....3
MDL 496* Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary
Schools .....................................3
SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature or
SPA 412 Latin American Literature ....................3
Spanish electives**....................................... 2
Total.....................................................40
Required only when seeking a teacher certificate.
"Must be advanced courses and taken with department approval.
46


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Minor in Spanish
German
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation I
or
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II..........3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I ...........3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II ..........3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation .......................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
or
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization or
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest 3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish .....3
Spanish electives.............................................. 3
Total...........................................................21
French
Minor in French
Required Courses
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation.............3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues....................3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and Grammar......3
FRE 232 French Composition .........................3
FRE 311 French Survey I.............................3
FRE 351 French Culture and Civilization.............3
French electives*......................................... 3
Total.....................................................21
German
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation...............3
GER 212 German Civilization...........................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar........3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing...........3
The remaining hours to complete the 48 hours required must be taken with department approval.
For those seeking a teacher certificate in modern foreign languages (French, German, Spanish), the remaining hours mentioned above will be taken in at least one of the following areas of emphasis.
French Area of Emphasis
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation...............3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues....................3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and Grammar .......3
FRE 232 French Composition ...........................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature I.................3
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II................3
FRE 321 French Phonetics: Theory and Practice ........2
FRE 331 Advanced French Composition and Grammar ....3
FRE 332 Advanced Conversation ........................3
FRE 351 French Culture and Civilization...............3
FRE 352 Modern French Theater
or
FRE 353 The French Novel..............................3
FRE 414 Advanced Textual Analysis
or
FRE 440 Existentialism................................3
French electives..........................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary
School......................................3
Minor in German
Required Courses
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation ................3
GER 212 German Civilization.............................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar..........3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing.............3
GER 321 Survey of German Literature I or
GER 322 Survey of German Literature II ..................3
GER 351 Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller...................3
German electives*............................................ 3
Total........................................................21
Must be taken with department approval.
Modern Foreign Languages
German Area of Emphasis
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation...............3
GER 212 German Civilization...........................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar........3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing...........3
GER 312 German Phonetics: Theory and Practice.........2
GER 321 Survey of German Literature I ................3
GER 322 Survey of German Literature II ...............3
GER 323 Contemporary German Writers...................3
GER 331 Advanced German Composition and Grammar ..3
GER 351 Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller.................3
GER 411 The German Novel of the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries or
GER 412 German Drama of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries..................................................3
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses
The composite modern foreign languages major involves a minimum of 48 hours in any two modern languages, at least 12 hours in each. Students are advised into intermediate and advanced classes in each language on the basis of individual background and need. The minimum 12 hours in each of the two chosen languages must be taken as follows:
Spanish
SPA 211-212 Spanish Reading and Conversation I, II....6
SPA 231-232 Spanish Grammar and Composition I, II.....6
French
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation...........3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues................3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and Grammar ...3
FRE 232 French Composition .......................3
GER 421 Advanced Conversation: Present-day
Germany ...................................3
German electives .......................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary
School.....................................3
Spanish Area of Emphasis
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation I
or
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II.........3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I ..........3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II .........3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation ......................3
SPA 312 Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice .....2
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain or
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization or
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest 3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish ...3
47


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
SPA 331 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar I ......3
SPA 332 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II .....3
SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I
or
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature II ..............3
SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature or
SPA 412 Contemporary Latin-American Literature .....3
Spanish electives .......................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary
School......................................3
Music
Metropolitan State College is an accredited institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Department of Music offers two NASM-accredited degree programs, music education and music performance, for students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in music. Students pursuing these majors are not required to fulfill a minor for graduation. In addition, the contract major is available for students seeking a more personalized degree program in music.
The music education degree program is designed to prepare students for careers teaching instrumental and/or choral music at the levels K-12. By taking an additional 18 semester hours beyond the baccalaureate degree (EDU 419 and 429), the student becomes eligible for K-12 certification in the State of Colorado. With these additional 18 hours, this degree program is fully accredited by the Colorado State Department of Education. Students seeking teaching credentials in music must satisfy all requirements of the Teacher Education Program in the Division of Education in addition to all requirements of the Department of Music.
The music performance degree program is designed to prepare students for careers in music performance, further graduate specialization or private studio teaching. In order to pursue this course of study, the student must demonstrate, through audition, the capability of developing a high level of musicianship in performance.
Students wishing to gain a broad, general coverage of the field of music may pursue the minor in music. The department offers a wide range of courses, including some specifically designed for non-music students wishing to enhance their general appreciation and enjoyment of music. Non-music students may also participate in large and small music ensembles, including band, orchestra, choir and chamber music.
All students majoring or minoring in music must participate in the departmental advising program scheduled during the first week of each semester. Transfer students should be prepared to take placement examinations in the areas of music theory and music history and to perform an audition in their primary performance area. For advising, placement, and audition appointments, contact the Department of Music.
Music Education Major for Bachelor of Arts Core Requirement for all Music Education Majors
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MUS 111,113,211 Music Theory I, II, III ................9
MUS 112,114, 212 Music Theory Lab I, II, III ...........3
MUS 321,322 Music History I, II .........................6
MUS 171,172, 271,272, 371,372 Private Instruction l-VI
(Primary Performance Area).................12
MUS 161,162 Class Piano I, II.........................2
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging ..................................2
MUS 332 Secondary School Choral Methods and
Materials ..................................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Secondary School
Choral Methods and Materials ...............1
MUS 351 Basic Conducting...........................2
MUS 365 Basic Techniques of Composition............2
MUS 411 Analysis of Music..........................2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting........................2
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication ......3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Intermediate ..3
or
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading in the Content Areas:
Secondary...................................3
EDU 212 Elementary Education in U.S................3
EDU 265 Human Relations ...........................3
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner................3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom ... 3
Total...................................................63
In addition to the above core requirement, music education majors must select one of the following emphases:
Choral Emphasis
MUS 161 Class Voice I .............................1
MUS 261,262 Class Piano III, IV.......................2
MUS 281,282, 381,382 Large or Small Ensemble.........14
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit. All 14 hours may be earned in any one course number or in any combination of the
above numbers.
MUS 331 Elementary School Music Methods and
Materials ...................................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Elementary School
Music Methods and Materials .................1
MUS 341 String Techniques and Materials..............2
MUS 345 Brass Techniques and Materials...............2
MUS 346 Percussion Techniques and Materials..........2
MUS 421 Choral Literature........................... 2
Total.....................................................28
Instrumental Emphasis
MUS 281,282,381,382 Large or Small Ensemble...........12
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit. All 12 hours may be earned in any one course number or in any combination of the
above numbers.
MUS 333 Elementary School Instrumental Music
Methods and Materials........................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Elementary
School Instrumental Music Methods and
Materials ...................................1
MUS 334 Secondary School Instrumental Music
Methods and Materials........................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Secondary
School Instrumental Music Methods
and Materials ...............................1
MUS 341 String Techniques and Materials..............2
MUS 343 Woodwind Techniques and Materials ...........2
MUS 345 Brass Techniques and Materials...............2
MUS 346 Percussion Techniques and Materials .........2
MUS 348 Marching Band Techniques and Materials..... 2
Total.....................................................28
48


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Music Performance Major for Bachelor of Arts Core Requirements for all Music Performance Majors
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MUS 111,113, 211 Music Theory I, II, III ............9
MUS 112,114,212 Music Theory Lab I, II, III .........3
MUS 321,322 Music History I, II .....................6
MUS 171,172 Private I nstruction 1, 11 (Primary
Performance Area)...........................4
MUS 273, 274, 373, 374, 473, 474 Performance lll-VIII
(Primary Performance Area).................24
MUS 161,162, or 171 Class or Private Instruction
(Secondary Performance Area)................2
Note: Must be Class Piano I and II unless student is able to pass the private instruction audition in piano.
Exception: Students electing the organ
emphasis must take Class Voice I and II unless student is able to pass the private instruction audition in voice.
MUS 281,282, 381,382 Large or Small Ensemble................12
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit. All 12 hours may be earned in any one course number or in any combination of the above numbers. The ensemble experience throughout the baccalaureate degree program should be varied both in size and nature, and should be chosen from those appropriate to the
area of specialization.
MUS 351 Basic Conducting.................................2
MUS 365 Basic Techniques of Composition..................2
MUS 411 Analysis of Music................................2
MUS 479 Senior Recital...................................1
Music History or Literature elective.......... 3
Total.......................................................70
In addition to the above core requirement, all music performance majors must select one of the following emphases:
Voice Emphasis
MUS 141 German Diction and Literature for Singers ....2
MUS 142 French Diction and Literature for Singers ....2
MUS 143 Italian Diction and Literature for Singers....2
MUS 421 Choral Literature.............................2
MUS 442 Vocal Pedagogy............................... 2
Total.....................................................10
Piano Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint..................................3
MUS 324 Piano Literature .............................3
MUS 441 Piano Pedagogy................................2
Total......................................................8
Organ Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint..................................3
MUS 421 Choral Literature.............................2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting...........................2
Total......................................................7
Guitar Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint..................................3
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranqinq ...................................2
Total......................................................5
Woodwind, Brass, String or Percussion Emphasis
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging ...................................2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting...........................2
Total......................................................4
Minor in Music
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MUS 111,113,211 Music Theory I, II, III .............9
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab I ........................1
MUS 321,322 Music History I, II....................6
MUS 161,162or171 Class or Private Instruction:
Performance Area.........................4
MUS 381,382 Large or Small Ensemble .............. 4
Total................................................24
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit; all four hours may be earned in one course number of in any combination of the above numbers.
Philosophy
Philosophy is the oldest of intellectual disciplines. Its questions are of the most enduring interest because they are the most fundamental to our intellectual and practical concerns. As such, philosophy can be taken to be a critical investigation into the assumptions and implications associated with all ideas across all disciplines, and, in this respect, it is interdisciplinary in character. However, this type of inquiry requires technical concepts and methods, and, hence, it takes on the character of a specialized discipline. Philosophical inquiry is an interaction between speculative and critical thought recognizing no preestablished limits in terms of the scope of either its interests or its critical examinations. Therefore, philosophy as a study program enlarges the students horizons of ideas throughout the various disciplines in the college, while simultaneously providing the critical skills necessary to analyze and synthesize these ideas. It encourages students to explore creatively the full range of philosophical options, to consider alternate points of view, and to penetrate deeply into profound issues. Because of the subject matter, attitudes, and methods employed in philosophy, the student will be much better prepared for leadership in personal life, civic responsibilities, and pursuit of a career.
In addition to offering a variety of courses for students who are planning to take only one or two courses in philosophy, the department offers two programs both of which feature flexibility and individualized training:
1. A major for students seeking a solid, general training/ background which can serve either as a basis for graduate studies in such varied areas as philosophy, the humanities, law, medicine, business, urban planning and development, etc., or as a basis for a career in which the specialized training required is provided by the employer, such as careers in corporate management, government, politics, banking, education.
2. A minor for students who have already chosen a career and seek to complement their specialized training/ background with the opportunities afforded by philosophy to increase their career options and generally to increase the quality of their lives.
The philosophy program is now jointly offered by the faculties of MSC and UCD who have been combined into a single department. MSC students who either major or minor in philosophy are encouraged to take appropriate UCD courses whenever such courses contribute to the requirements or the balance of their philosophy experience.
Philosophy Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PHI 144 Logic .......................................3
PHI 300 History of Greek Philosophy..................3
PHI 302 History of Modern Philosophy.................^
Total....................................................9
49


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Additional Course Subject Areas Required Lower-Division
Introductory Courses........................................6
Upper-Division
Metaphysics and/or Epistemology.............................3
Ethics and/or Social Philosophy.............................3
One Philosophical Problem or
One Philosopher..........................................3
One Course Relating Philosophy to another field, for example
Religion, Art, Science, or History...................... 3
Total......................................................18
Additional electives at any level...........................9
(Selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Philosophy)
Total upper-division semester hours required for major.....18
Total semester hours required for Philosophy Major.........36
Minor in Philosophy Required Courses
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy.....................3
PHI 103 Ethics ........................................3
PHI 111 Language, Logic and Persuasion................J3
Total.......................................................9
Electives
A minimum of 11 additional semester hours of which seven are upper-division courses in philosophy selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Philosophy to make a total of 20 semester hours.
Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor
The multi-minor may be arranged through the Department of Philosophy and includes the required courses listed under the holistic health and education multi-minor in the Degrees and Programs Available at MSC section of this bulletin.
Speech Communication
Speech communication is one of the most important human qualities. Proficiency in one of the areas of speech opens up many careers to the graduate.
For instance, in mass communication, radio, television and film, a graduate might aspire to careers in on-air operations, mass media ideas, promotion, public affairs, or radio-television sales. He or she might become a consultant in advertising, a specialist in instructional or educational television or in the public broadcasting service. Careers are open as broadcasting specialists in public relations, public information, business, industry and government are also available.
Speech pathology graduates who meet the standards of the American Speech and Hearing Association may find careers in public and private schools, community clinics, hospitals, rehabilitation centers, private practice, colleges and universities, industry, or state and federal government agencies.
Graduates in rhetoric and public address have achieved success at law, industrial and organizational communication, educational administration, public relations, speech writing for political figures, teaching, public relations, and theology.
Professional and educational theatre occupations are open to theatre graduates with specialties in stagecraft, sound, engineering, script writing, directing and acting.
Organizational communication: Meeting planning, a new field, presents lucrative and satisfying careers to speech graduates specializing in this area of communication. Job opportunities are
available in both associations and industry; some MSC graduates in organizational communication are achieving success in all areas of government, industry, business and meeting planning.
Speech Communication
Major for Bachelor of Arts
1. 101-3, Fundamentals of Speech Communication, is required of all speech majors and minors.
2. Independent study, topic courses and experiential education courses such as practicums and internships may be taken in each of the areas.
3. Additional semester hours in speech courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Speech.
4. Total minimum semester hours for a major in speech communication: 36.
5. All speech majors are required to take a minimum of one class in each of the following six program areas, preferably one of the courses designated by an asterisk.
6. The six subject areas include:
Theatre and Oral Interpretation
SPE 221* Introduction to Theatre
SPE 222* Techniques in Acting I
SPE 224* Introduction to Stagecraft
SPE 320* Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry
SPE 322 Movement for Stage
SPE 325* Introduction to Scenic Design and Theatre Lighting
SPE 328 Stage Directing
SPE 420 Readers Theatre
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum I
SPE 427 Theatre: Practicum: II
Mass Communication (Radio-Television-Film)
SPE 240* Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting
SPE 343* or 344* Radio-Television Announcing
SPE Radio-Television Production
SPE 347* Evolution of Cinematics as ART
SPE 449* Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary
Life
Communication Disorders and Voice Science
SPE 330* Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice and Diction
SPE 350* Speech Pathology I
SPE 351* Speech Pathology II
SPE 352* Language Acquisition
SPE 355 Speech Pathology: Observation I
SPE 356 Speech Pathology: Observation II
SPE 357 Methods of Speech Pathology-Audiology: Diagnostic Procedures
SPE 358 Methods in Speech Pathology: Articulation and Stuttering
SPE 359* Speech Problems in the Schools
SPE 360* Audiology I
SPE 361 Audiology II
SPE 450 Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology-Audiology
SPE 455 Practicum in Speech Pathology
SPE 457 Medical Aspects of Speech and Hearing Disorders
SPE 463 Practicum in Audiology
Organizational Communication
SPE 310* Business and Professional Speaking
SPE 311* Conference Leadership
SPE 312* Parliamentary Procedure
50


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Communication Theory
SPE 374* Psychology of Communication
SPE 409 Persuasion in the Greek and Latin Traditions
SPE 410* Techniques of Persuasion
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Broadcasting
Sponsored by the Department of Speech
Rhetoric and Public Address
SPE 211* SPE 301* SPE 305 SPE 308* SPE 309* SPE 405 SPE 408* SPE 412
Discussion Methods Advanced Public Speaking Intercollegiate Forensics Great American Speakers Argumentation and Advocacy Advanced Intercollegiate Forensics Theories and Criticism of Public Address Freedom of Speech
Speech Education
Required Courses for the Secondary Teacher Education Program in Speech Communication Arts.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication ..........3
SPE 211 Discussion Methods ...........................3
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre.......................3
SPE 222 Techniques of Acting I ........................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft.....................3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television
Broadcasting.................................3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking.......................3
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy ....................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry ........3
SPE 328 Stage Directing ...............................3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction..................................3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools.................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication....................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion...................... 3
Total.....................................................42
Electives Hours for the Secondary Teacher Education Program
A minimum of six semester hours in speech courses recommended in consultation with and approved by the Department of Speech. These six hours are to be selected from the following list:
SPE 305 Intercollegiate Forensics .....................1
SPE 308 Great American Speakers .......................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry .........3
SPE 322 Movement for Stage ............................2
SPE 350 Speech Pathology I.............................3
SPE 360 Audiology I ...................................3
SPE 408 Theories and Criticism of Public Address ......3
SPE 420 Reader's Theatre...............................3
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum I...........................1
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary
Life .........................................3
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications (Interdisciplinary). In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours as well as supporting proficiencies (See CCC advisor).
Semester
Required Core Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Concepts
and Systems ................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................^
Total.....................................................6
Required Area and Broadcasting Courses
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft..................3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television
Broadcasting................................3
TLC 249 Internship in Radio-Television-Film-
Mass Communication........................1-6
SPE 343 Radio-Television Announcing.................3
SPE 344 Radio-Television Production ................3
SPE 348 Workshop in Radio/Television Production.....3
TLC 349 Advanced Internship in Radio-Television-
Film-Mass Communication..................1-15
Total....................................................21
Recommended Electives
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction ................................3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Arts.............3
SPE 448 Seminar-Practicum in Broadcasting...........3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life...........................3
ART 220 Beginning Photography.......................3
COM 244 Writing for Radio...........................3
COM 344 Corporate Scriptwriting for Film and Television .. 3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies ....3
JRN 383 Contemporary Issues ........................3
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing......................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management....................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing...................._3
or other designated electives
Total electives..........................................15
Total....................................................42
Communications: Theatre Administration
Sponsored by the Department of Speech
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications (Interdisciplinary). In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours as well as supporting proficiencies (see CCC advisor).
Total minimum hours required for the Secondary Teacher Education Program in Speech Communication Arts: 48 hours.
Students seeking secondary credentials in speech education must satisfy the teacher education program of MSC in addition to all of the major requirements. Recent changes in Colorado law affecting teacher certification have necessitated changes in advising procedures. All students in the speech education program who are seeking a certificate must, therefore, contact the Speech Department for modifications, changes, and advising relative to changes in Colorado law affecting teachers.
Semester
Required Core Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Concepts
and Systems ...............................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................^
Total...................................................6
Required Area and Theatre Arts Courses
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre ....................3
51


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft..................3
SPE 299 Internship..................................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry ......3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction.................................3
SPE 499 Advanced Internship........................ 3
Total....................................................18
Recommended Electives
COM 244 Writing for Radio...........................3
COM 344 Corporate Scriptwriting for Film and Television ..3
ENG 414 Modern Continental English and American
Drama ......................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management....................3
SPE 322 Movement for Stage .........................2
SPE 420 Reader's Theatre............................3
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum I........................1
SPE 427 Theatre: Practicum II.......................2
SPE 480 Workshop in Theatre Arts..................1-3
And/or other designated electives
Total electives..........................................18
Total....................................................42
Communications Free Electives List
Other courses approved by the advisor in the selected
communications area of emphasis are acceptable as electives.
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ......3
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication ...............3
ART 101 Basic Drawing Methods.......................3
ART 102 Basic Design and Crafts Methods.............3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art:
1960-Present Day............................3
ART 220 Beginning Photography.......................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II .......................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition ...................3
ENG 303 Semantics ..................................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism..................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing .......3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading......3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing ....3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers .....3
PHI 144 Logic ......................................3
PSC 322 Public Policy...............................3
PSY 241 Social Psychology...........................3
PSY 342 Issues in Community/Social Psychology.......3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking ...................3
SPE 322 Movement for the Stage .....................2
SPE 328 Stage Directing ............................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking..........3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction ................................3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art..............3
SPE 412 Freedom of Speech ..........................3
SPE 420 Reader's Theatre............................3
SPE 426 Theatre Practicum I.........................1
SPE 427 Theatre Practicum II........................2
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting .........3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life..........................3
The Speech Communication Minor
1. The speech minor is required to take SPE 101-3.
2. All speech minors are required to take a minimum of one class in at least three of the subject areas adopted for speech majors. This requirement does not apply to students interested in teacher education.
3. The required courses should be taken from one of the starred courses to be agreed upon by the student and advisor.
4. Additional semester hours in speech courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Speech.
5. Total minimum semester hours for a minor in speech communication: 18 semester hours.
Speech Pathology-Audiology Minor
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction ................................3
SPE 350 Speech Pathology I...........................3
SPE 351 Speech Pathology II..........................3
SPE 360 Audiology I .................................3
SPE 361 Audiology II ................................3
SPE 450 Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology-
Audiology ................................1-3
SPE 463 Practicum in Audiology...................... 1
Total................................................17-19
Electives
A minimum of two additional in courses selected from the following list in consultation with and approved by the Department of Speech. Approved psychology courses may be substituted for
electives.
SPE 352 Language Acquisition .........................3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication...................3
SPE 455 Practicum in Speech Pathology.................1
Total minimum hours required for a minor in speech pathology-audiology: 21 semester hours.
Telecommunications
Telecommunications is one of the most beneficial internship programs for communication students in broadcasting. Under the auspices of the Department of Speech Communication, the student is afforded the opportunity to gain first-hand experience through 92 current internships in radio, television, and film, provided by industry, government, business, public and commercial telecommunications centers. The student may begin this program upon the completion of six hours in broadcasting-telecommunications courses at MSC. Students should contact the CCC advisor in broadcasting for details relative to eligibility and placement in the telecommunications internships. Internship -telecommunications courses are offered every semester during each of the modules as well as on a full semester basis.
52


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Division of Social Sciences
In the social sciences, students may choose bachelor's degree programs in anthropology, history, political science, psychology, sociology, social welfare, multidisciplinary programs in behavioral science and gerontology, and an array of emphasis areas and minors. These curricula develop students' understanding of the subject area and their skills in working with individuals, groups, and large organizations. Courses range from the traditional liberal arts based curriculum to professional internships in social welfare and legislative government, to studies in popular culture and research practicums. Programs prepare students for beginning level practice in helping services and social work agencies, and graduate education in law. Graduates focus on the social and behavioral science disciplines, research in the social and behavioral sciences, work with the elderly, public administration, or secondary school teaching.
History
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715 ...................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715.................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ......................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 .................... 3
Total.......................................................12
Electives
A minimum of 23 additional semester hours in history is required, 18 hours of which must be upper-division. No more than four hours in HIS 389 readings courses may be counted toward the major without prior written approval from the department.
Grade Average
Students majoring in history must maintain at least a 2.0 average in their history courses.
Advising
History majors should consult with a departmental advisor to select the courses in other disciplines which complement their area of concentration in the major.
Minor in History
There are four different areas of emphasis available to students seeking a history minor: (I) regular history area of emphasis, (II) American popular culture area of emphasis, (III) American West history area of emphasis, (IV) twentieth century studies history area of emphasis.
I. Regular History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715 ....................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715..................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ........................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 .................... 3
Total.......................................................12
Electives
A minimum of nine additional semester hours in history is required. The hours must be upper-division and should be selected in consultation with a departmental advisor. No more than two hours in HIS 389 readings courses may be counted toward the minor without prior written approval from the department.
II. American Popular Culture Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 122 American History since 1865 ................3
HIS 151 Movies and History..........................3
or
HIS 152 Rock Music and Social History or
HIS 153 Sports in America ...............................J
Total....................................................9
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional history hours is required, of which nine must be upper-division. Courses must be related to American popular culture.
III. American West History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 110 American West............................3
HIS 111 Colorado History I.......................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 ............ 3
Total.................................................12
Electives
A minimum of 9 additional history hours treating the American West is required, all of which must be upper-division.
IV. Twentieth-Century Studies History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 122 American History since 1865 ...............3
HIS 201 Contemporary World History................J3
Total..................................................6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional hours treating twentieth-century history is required, of which nine must be upper-division.
Grade Average
Students minoring in history must maintain a 2.0 average in their history courses.
Secondary School Education Certification in Social Sciences:
Students majoring in history may combine their major with other courses in the social sciences and in Education to earn secondary education certification. The requirements of this program are included under the Education Department section of this bulletin.
Prelaw Courses
Several history courses are of particular importance to legal studies. These include HIS 121, HIS 122, HIS 346, and HIS 368. Students interested in prelaw courses are urged to contact the departmental advisor.
Minor in Interdisciplinary Legal Studies
The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is designed to show students how the various disciplines in the humanities and social sciences treat questions of law and justice. The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is not a pre-law preparatory program or paralegal training. Its goal is to cross disciplines so that students can understand how the humanities and social sciences illuminate the principles, practices, and policies of the law.
53


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CJC 110 Evolutionary Legal Concepts.....................3
HIS 368 The Court and Crisis............................3
PHI 343 Philosophy of Law ..............................3
SOC 355 Sociology of Law ...............................3
ENG 370 Literature and the Law..........................3
PSC 312 Political Science (American
Constitutional Law).............................3
xxx xxx Seminar in Legal Topics (Interdisciplinary team taught course) ........................... 3
Total........................................................21
Students will select one law-related course from the courses listed below or approved by the interdisciplinary legal studies minor advisor:
HIS 470 History of the Professions .....................3
HIS 346 The Constitution and the New Nation.............3
SOC 350 Criminology.....................................3
WMS 331 Women and the Law.............................. 3
Total Hours Required for Minor...............................24
Political Science
The study of political science is mainly a study of governments: their social and economic environments, how they are organized, how and why they decide upon and carry out policies, and how nation-states interact on the world scene. It also includes the study of political ideas and values, past and present, citizen behavior and recent trends in methods of research and analysis aimed at enlarging our knowledge of political processes.
The Political Science Program provides students with the perspective and background necessary to understand the complex and often confusing reality of politics.
Political Science Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PSC 101 American National Government .....................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas......................3
PSC 305 Political Theory .................................3
PSC 402 Special Studies ................................. 3
Total.......................................................12
Electives
A minimum of 21 additional semester hours of political science must be completed. At least 12 of these 21 hours must be upper-division courses (300-and 400-level). Total semester hours required for a PSC major: 33.
Minor in Political Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PSC 101 American National Government ..................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas....................^
Total.......................................................6
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional semester hours are required in political science courses. Total semester hours required for a PSC minor: 18.
In addition to the scheduled classes, political science students are encouraged to enroll for at least one off-campus internship. Students may receive credit for practical work experience in various areas of government service. Placement in a governmental position may be initiated by the student or by the Political Science Department. Interested students should contact the Political Science Department for details.
Minor in Public Administration
Public administration is the study of governmental organizations, their management, and how government policies are formulated and carried out. The Political Science Department offers a minor in public administration available to students interested in a career in government service, to students presently employed in government who wish to increase their skills and job status, and to students planning to take postgraduate work in public administration.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
I. Basic courses required for all PA minors:
PSC 101 American National Government ..................3
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration .........3
II. Two of the following courses:
PSC 322 Public Policy..................................3
PSC 324 Intergovernmental Relations ...................3
PSC 326 Politics of Budgeting..........................3
PSC 328 Public Personnel Administration ...............3
ACC 320 Government Accounting .........................3
III. One of the following courses:
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..............3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics.....................4
IV. Internship PSC 412 or substitute course (minimum)..... j3
Total...................................................19-20
A governmental internship will be required of all students for a minimum of one semester and a minimum of three semester hours. This requirement may be waived for students with at least one calendar year of administrative work experience in a government agency.
It is recommended that PA minors also take a course in both public speaking and in technical writing.
Also available to students is a program of courses leading to a recognition of completion award in public administration presented by the Political Science Department. Students may earn the award by successfully completing a selection of courses amounting to 26 semester hours. Contact the Political Science Department for details.
Not listed among the regular courses are a variety of topics courses and self-paced courses which are offered each semester and give the student a greater variety of choice. Please be sure to check the semester class schedule for these.
Psychology
The major or minor program is to be planned in consultation with an adviser from the Psychology Department by the beginning of the junior year or upon transfer into the department.
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology.........................3
PSY 311 Introduction to Statistics for Social
and Behavioral Sciences .......................3
PSY 312 Inferential Statistics .........................3
PSY 331 Research Techniques, Experimental I .........3
PSY 332 Research Techniques, Experimental II ........3
PSY 451 History and Systems of Psychology.............. 3
Total.......................................................18
Electives
A minimum of 21 additional semester hours in psychology courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Psychology, making a total of 39 hours in psychology.
54


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
The field of psychology includes a number of possible areas for future specialization. The department recommends that students sample from among all of these areas:
Area I experimental psychology
Area II clinical psychology
Area III social and personality psychology
Area IV industrial psychology
Area V developmental psychology
Area VI gerontology
Area VII human factors
Students considering advanced degrees should be aware that most graduate schools require (1) learning, (2) sensation and perception, (3) physiological psychology, and often require a mix of courses representing the various subdivisions within the field. Students interested in the gerontology area of emphasis must select a minimum of 42 hours (see list under sociology gerontology area of emphasis) in addition to the 18 hours of required courses for the psychology major. This must be done in consultation with and approved by the Department of Psychology. The gerontology emphasis may be applied in lieu of the 21 elective hours in the psychology major and the minor requirement. Students desiring secondary certification in social studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor
The multi-minor may be arranged through the Department of Psychology and includes the required courses listed under the holistic health and wellness education multi-minor in the Degrees and Programs Available at MSC section of this bulletin.
Minor in Psychology
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology.......................3
PSY 451 History and Systems of Psychology............J3
Total......................................................6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in psychology courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Psychology is required, making a total of 21 hours in psychology.
Sociology
The study of sociology emphasizes understanding people in groups small groups like the family, the all-pervasive bureaucratic organizations of American society, political parties, football crowds, groups in conflict, society as a whole. It includes the study, from a variety of theoretical models, of past and present societies and social processes, and the analysis, using modern research methods, of contemporary social issues.
The sociology program offers to its majors and minors, and to students from all academic disciplines, courses that focus on important issues and trends in today's complex societies.
Sociology Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology.....................3
SOC 201 Current Social Issues.........................3
SOC 332 Sociological Theory: Past and Present ........3
SOC 360 Research in the Social Sciences ..............3
SOC 460 Advanced Research in the Social Sciences... 3
Total...................................................15
Electives
A minimum of 21 additional semester hours in sociology courses is required, constituting a total of 36 semester hours. At least 12
upper-division semester hours in sociology must be completed at Metropolitan State College by students majoring in the field.
Optional Areas of Concentration in sociology are as follows:
Each area of concentration includes a number of courses designed to give the student an in-depth exploration of the knowledge, challenges, issues, and research in a specific subdiscipline of sociology.
I. Business and the Urban Community
This concentration is particularly recommended for business, land use, urban studies and industrial communications majors, and all students whose career plans are aimed toward management, planning, or administration in the urban setting.
SOC 309 Urban Sociology
SOC 316 Industry and Occupations
SOC 318 Labor and Management Organizations
SOC 322 Race, Sex, and Ethnic Groups
SOC 355 Sociology of Law
SOC 373 Mass Media and Social Behavior
SOC 381 Population Issues
II. Social Deviance
This concentration is particularly recommended for criminal justice, human services, prelaw, and psychology majors and all students whose career goals involve working in prevention, treatment, and/or rehabilitation programs.
SOC 201 Current Social Issues
SOC 250 Deviant Behavior in Society
SOC 350 Criminology
SOC 351 Juvenile Delinquency
SOC 355 Sociology of Law
SOC 383 Mental Disorders
III. The Family and Alternative Life Styles
This concentration is particularly recommended for teacher education, human services, and psychology majors and all
students who plan people-serving careers.
SOC 240 The Chicano Family
SOC 310 Death and Dying
SOC 340 Childhood and Adolescent Socialization
SOC 341 The Family in Transition
SOC 342 Education in a Changing Society
SOC 343 Sociology of Sex Roles
SOC 344 The Black Family
SOC 351 Juvenile Delinquency
IV. Medicine and Health
This concentration is particularly recommended for health care management, nursing, pre-med, and psychology majors.
SOC 104 Introduction to Gerontology
SOC 204 Aging in American Society
SOC 310 Death and Dying
SOC 380 Health and Healers
SOC 381 Population Issues
SOC 383 Mental Disorders
V. Social Class and Stratification
This concentration focuses on the various ways in which societies are divided. It is recommended for all students wishing to gain further understanding of conflict and inequality in groups and societies and to explore possible solutions to these problems.
SOC 201 Current Social Issues
SOC 320 Social Classes in America
SOC 322 Race, Sex and Ethnic Groups
SOC 324 Poverty in America
SOC 343 Sociology of Sex Roles
55


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
VI. Changing Social Institutions
This concentration offers a broad overview of the dominant institutions in society, those institutions that provide the framework for our work, family life, and general social interaction.
SOC 320
SOC 341
SOC 342
SOC 355
SOC 371
SOC 380
SOC 391
SOC 430
Social Classes in America The Family in Transition Education in a Changing Society Sociology of Law Politics and Power Health and Healers Religious Movements in America Social Change
Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences (PSY 311) is strongly recommended for sociology majors who plan to go on for graduate study and/or have career goals involving research. (This course will not be used as a sociology elective.)
Sociology majors are also urged to include field experience in their college plans, either through enrolling in SOC 470 or through a cooperative education placement.
Students desiring secondary certification in social studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Gerontology Area of Emphasis
Gerontology deals with the causes and consequences, biological, psychological and social, of aging. Drawing from many fields of academic study, this area of emphasis prepares the student for professional and para-professional careers in human services for the aged population.
To complete the gerontology area of emphasis, a student selects, (in addition to the 15 hours of required courses in the sociology major), in consultation with and approved by the Department of Sociology/Anthropology, a minimum of 45 hours from the following list of courses. The gerontology area of emphasis may be applied in lieu of the 21 elective hours in the sociology major and the minor requirement.
Semester
Hours
SOC 104 Introduction to Gerontology..................3
SOC 204 Aging in American Society....................3
SOC 304 Contemporary Issues in Gerontology ..........3
SOC 309 Urban Sociology .............................3
SOC 310 Death and Dying .............................3
SOC 324 Poverty in America...........................3
SOC 341 The Family in Transition.....................3
SOC 380 Health and Healers ..........................3
SOC 381 Population Issues ...........................3
SOC 383 Mental Disorders ............................3
SOC 470 Advanced Field Internship....................3
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment...................3
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development .............3
PSY 295 Contemporary Issues in Psychology:
Death and Dying ............................3
PSY 327 Adulthood and Aging .........................3
PSY 398 Cooperative Education: Psychology ...........3
PSY 493 Seminars in Developmental Psychology:
Senescence .................................3
HES 105 Dynamics of Health...........................3
HES 204 Nutrition ...................................3
semester hours of the minor must be completed at Metropolitan State College.
It is suggested that students consider focusing their elective choices in one of the areas of concentration in sociology.
Anthropology
Anthropology is the exploration of human diversity. The combination of cultural, archaeological, and biological perspectives offers a viewpoint that is unique in studying the problems related to the survival and well-being of the human species. From the living and vanished cultures of Colorado to those of New Guinea or South America, anthropology can be applied to assist our understanding of human differences.
Anthropology Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ANT 101 Physical Anthropology and Prehistory .........3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ........3
ANT 210 Human Evolution...............................3
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication .................3
ANT 264 Principles of Archaeology.................... 3
Total...................................................15
Electives
A minimum of 21 additional semester hours in anthropology is required, bringing the total to 36 semester hours. At least 12 upper-division semester hours in anthropology must be completed at Metropolitan State College by students majoring in the field.
Students desiring teacher certification in social studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Minor in Anthropology
The minor provides an opportunity for students to bring a unique anthropological perspective to their already chosen area of interest. Anyone having to deal with human or cultural differences would benefit from selecting a focus in cross-cultural contact, archaeology, or human diversity.
Required Courses
ANT 101 Physical Anthropology and Prehistory .........3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology.........3
Total......................................................6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in anthropology is required, bringing the total to 21 semester hours. At least 6 upper-division semester hours must be completed at Metropolitan State College.
Behavioral Science
Major for Bachelor of Arts
This is a distributed major, offering students a structured overview of the social and behavioral sciences, emphasizing breadth of coverage rather than in-depth studies. Particularly applicable for students interested in certification in the elementary and secondary education areas.
Minor in Sociology Required Courses
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology...........................3
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in sociology courses, selected in consultation with a department advisor is required, bringing the total to 18 semester hours. At least 6 upper-division
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ..........3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics: Macro..................3
HIS 366 Recent U.S., 1945 to the Present ...............3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas.....................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology.........................3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology...................... 3
Total.......................................................18
56


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Electives
A minimum of 18 additional upper-division elective hours in anthropology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and sociology is required, bringing the total to 36 semester hours. No more than six upper-division hours may be in any one discipline and must be selected in consultation with, and have the approval of, the advisor. Three hours of field study are recommended in this 18 hours of electives. At least 12 upper-division hours must be completed at Metropolitan State College by students majoring in this field. Each student in this major must have the preliminary approval of an assigned advisor.
Students desiring teacher certification in social studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
No Minor Offered
Social Welfare
Major for Bachelor of Science
The Social Welfare Program offers preparation for beginning professional practice in social services, corrections and social work agencies. Students are also encouraged to pursue graduate degrees such as the M.S.W. and the Ph.D., or D.S.W.
The basic objectives of the program are to enable students to enter beginning level social work practice, achieve effective active participation in community affairs based upon an understanding of complex social welfare programs, and to encourage graduate study.
The curriculum reflects these objectives in its required courses which focus upon field experience; methods of helping individuals, families, small groups, organizations, and communities; human growth and development; human diversity; social policy analysis and research. Particular emphasis is placed upon understanding and coping with bureaucratic processes and structures.
The field of social welfare includes the following specialty areas: child welfare, family social work, correctional services, social services (public assistance agencies), medical and mental health, developmental disabilities, aging, private practice, industrial social work and others.
Students who major in social welfare are not required to complete a minor. Students desiring a contract minor in social welfare should consult a social welfare faculty advisor.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SWF 101 Introduction to Social Welfare
Services .....................................3
SWF 104 Human Behavior and the Social Environment....4
SWF 105 Family Social Services........................4
SWF 201 Social Welfare Services and Populations
at Risk ......................................3
SWF 202 Social Welfare Services and Women.............3
SWF 241 Practicum in Social Welfare Services..........6
SWF 378 Social Welfare Policy ........................3
SWF 379 Research in Social Welfare....................3
SWF 401 Practice in Social Welfare Services...........4
SWF 441 Cross-cultural Social Welfare Services........4
SWF 479 Professional Internship...................... 6
Total......................................................43
Electives in social welfare................................10
Credits to be selected from the following:
SWF 301 Social Welfare Services for
Children and Adolescents......................4
SWF 302 Case Management in Social Welfare
Services .....................................4
SWF 303 Social Services for Adults and Aging .........4
SWF 480 Workshop (Variable Topics) .................2-4
SWF 490 Seminar (Variable Topics)...................2-4
SWF 498 Independent Study...........................1J5
Total......................................................53
Case Management Program
The Social Welfare Program and the Human Services Department have developed a joint program in case management and developmental disabilities. The purpose of the program is to train individuals interested in performing the functions of a case manager. Required courses are listed under the Department of Human Services. For further information call 556-3167, or 556-8471.
Contract Minor Available.
57


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Division of Science and Mathematics
Science and mathematics programs are offered in the departments of biology, chemistry, earth sciences, mathematical sciences and physics. Curricula are flexible, including interdisciplinary, career-oriented bachelor's degree programs both in the traditional areas of science and mathematics and in more career-oriented areas such as training for health related fields, land use, applied mathematics, computer science, statistics, air pollution monitoring, or occupational health and safety. In cooperation with local colleges and universities, students may complete a bachelor of science or bachelor of arts degree from Metropolitan State College and earn certification in medical technology.
Biology
The Department of Biology offers two majors, the bachelor of science in biology and the bachelor of arts in biology. While it is not necessary to declare an emphasis within these majors, a student may choose to emphasize botany, microbiology or zoology. Supportive courses associated with paramedical studies, criminalistics and the Drug and Alcohol Institute, as well as general courses for enrichment of the nonscience students background, are offered by the department.
Students seeking secondary certification in science should see the Department of Teacher Education.
A biology minor is offered to students with related majors or a special interest in the field.
Biology Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology..............4
BIO 210 General Botany Two out
BIO 220 General Zoology of three
BIO 240 General Microbiology courses..........9-10
BIO 360 General Genetics ............................3
BIO 355 Urban Ecology, or BIO 454, Plant
Ecology, or BIO 455, Animal Ecology..........4
Electives
Biology courses selected from the 200, 300, and 400 series, and approved by faculty advisors in the Department of Biology, must be completed to bring the total of biology courses approved for the major to 40 semester hours. At least 14 of these elective semester hours must be from the 300 and 400 courses of the Department of Biology.
Total Hours Required in Biology..........................40
Required Non-Biology Courses
One year of college general chemistry, one semester of upper-division organic chemistry, one semester of upper-division biochemistry, one year of mathematics starting with MTH 111 are requisites for the biology major.
Biology Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology...............4
BIO 210 General Botany Two out
BIO 220 General Zoology of three
BIO 240 General Microbiology courses..........9-10
BIO 360 General Genetics .............................3
BIO 355 Urban Ecology, or BIO 454, Plant
Ecology, or BIO 455, Animal Ecology..........4
Electives
Biology courses from the 200, 300, and 400 series approved by the Department of Biology must be completed to bring the total of biology courses approved for the major to 40 semester hours. At
least 14 of these semester hours must be from the 300 and 400 courses of the Department of Biology.
Total Hours Required in Biology.......................40
Required Non-Biology Courses
One year of General Chemistry (equivalent to the present courses CHE 110andCHE 111).
Botany Area of Emphasis
Requirements for either a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree in biology must be satisfied, and the 40 hours of biology courses must include BIO 210, General Botany; BIO 454, Plant Ecology; and 15 semester semester hours from the following botany electives:*
Semester
Course Hours
BIO 314 Plant Physiology ..........................5
BIO 315 Plant Hormones.............................2
BIO 316 Plant Anatomy and Morphology ..............4
BIO 318 Vascular Plant Taxonomy....................4
BIO 412 Algology ..................................4
BIO 416 Mycology...................................4
BIO 456 Field Methods in Plant Ecology ............2
BIO 485 Evolution .................................3
Microbiology Area of Emphasis
Students must satisfy the requirements listed for the bachelor of science major in biology, including BIO 240, General Microbiology. Students must also take BIO 335, Immunology; BIO 340, Bacteriology; BIO 445, Pathogenic Microbiology; and BIO 447, Microbial Genetics. Additional hours from the courses listed below or appropriate omnibus courses as selected by the student and approved by the microbiology faculty must be taken to complete the 20 hours of upper-division courses and a total of 40 semester hours in biology.*
Semester
Course Hours
BIO 305 Cell and Molecular Biology....................4
BIO 327 Parasitology..................................4
BIO 412 Algology .....................................4
BIO 416 Mycology......................................3
BIO 422 Protozoology .................................3
BIO 444 Virology......................................4
Required Non-Biology Courses
The student must satisfy the requirements listed for non-biology courses for the bachelor of science major including one course in biostatistics or calculus and a computer science course to fulfill the required one year of college mathematics. In addition, the student must complete CHE 300 and 301, Quantitative Analysis with laboratory; CHE 432, Biochemistry II; and one year of college physics.
*BIO 301, Microtechniques, and BIO 305, Cell and Molecular Biology are both applicable to the fields of botany, microbiology, and zoology, and are recommended as additional electives for all three areas of emphasis.
58


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Zoology Area of Emphasis
Students must satisfy the requirements for the bachelor of science degree in biology and must include in the 40 semester hours of biology courses BIO 220, General Zoology; BIO 455, Animal Ecology; and 15 semester semester hours from the following list of zoology electives:*
Semester
Course Hours
BIO 321 Histology....................................4
BIO 322 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy...............5
BIO 325 Arthropod Zoology ...........................4
BIO 327 Parasitology.................................4
BIO 334 Endocrinology................................3
BIO 336 Animal Physiology............................4
BIO 422 Protozoology ................................3
BIO 425 Entomology...................................4
BIO 427 Herpetology .................................3
BIO 428 Ornithology .................................4
BIO 429 Mammalogy ...................................3
BIO 481 Introduction to Vertebrate
Embryology..................................4
*BIO 301, Microtechnique, and BIO 305, Cell and Molecular Biology, are both applicable to the fields of botany, microbiology, and zoology and are recommended as additional electives for all three areas of emphasis.
Minor in Biology
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology 4
BIO 210 General Botany
BIO 220 General Zoology Two out of
BIO 240 General Microbiology these four .. 9-13
BIO 231, 232 Human options
Anatomy and Human Physiology
BIO 360 General Genetics One out of
BIO 355 Urban Ecology these four .. 3-4
BIO 454 Plant Ecology options
BIO 455 Animal Ecology
Electives
Biology courses from the 200, 300, and 400 series, approved by the Department of Biology, must be completed to bring the total of biology courses approved for the minor to 24 semester hours.
Total Hours Required in Biology.....................24
Medical Technology Program
See chair of Biology Department for details.
Chemistry
The Department of Chemistry is approved by the American Chemical Society and offers several degree programs: the bachelor of science in chemistry; bachelor of science in chemistry occupational health and safety area of emphasis; bachelor of science in chemistry criminalistics area of emphasis; and the bachelor of arts in chemistry. Minors in chemistry and criminalistics are also available.
Students who plan to pursue a career in chemistry after graduation or plan to attend graduate school in chemistry should choose the bachelor of science in chemistry program. The bachelor of arts in chemistry program is designed for students who plan a career in a field related to chemistry, but who do not intend to attend graduate school. The bachelor of arts option, which requires fewer hours, may be especially attractive to those wishing a second major or to those students desiring secondary education certification.
Criminalistics is the scientific investigation, identification, and comparison of physical evidence for criminal or civil court
proceedings. Criminalists must be trained in many disciplines including chemistry, biology, law enforcement, physics, and mathematics. The four-year criminalistics curriculum leads to a bachelor of science degree and includes a half-time internship in a criminalistics laboratory during the senior year. Students in the criminalistics program are encouraged to complete all the requirements for a degree in chemistry approved by the American Chemical Society while completing the criminalistics degree program. Graduates of the program are prepared for employment in criminalistics and have completed the requirements for admission to graduate school in chemistry or criminalistics, medical school, dental school, or law school.
Students electing the chemistry major with the occupational health and safety emphasis will be trained in the recognition, evaluation, and control of hazards in the workplace. This area of emphasis includes courses equivalent to those required for the bachelor of arts major in chemistry as well as supporting science and mathematics courses and courses in instrumental analysis, toxicology, safety, and occupational health and safety. A mandatory internship during the junior or senior year provides valuable practical experience. Graduates of this program are prepared for immediate employment in the field of occupational health and safety or the field of chemistry. Graduates in this emphasis area also meet the requirements for admissions to medical school, dental school, veterinary school or graduate school in industrial hygiene or chemistry.
For further information about the occupational health and safety or criminalistics programs, students should contact the Chemistry Department. Students seeking secondary education certification in science should consult the MSC Teacher Education Department for requirements.
The following courses constitute the basic core and are required in all chemistry degree program except for the minor in chemistry.
Semester
Basic Chemistry Core Hours
CHE 120 General Chemistry I ........................5
CHE 121 General Chemistry II .......................5
CHE 300 Analytic Chemistry..........................3
CHE 301 Analytic Chemistry Lab......................2
CHE 310 Organic Chemistry I ........................4
CHE 311* Organic Chemistry II .......................3
CHE 312 Organic Chemistry Lab I ....................2
CHE 313* Organic Chemistry Lab II .................. 2
Total Hours in Basic Core..............................26
Chemistry Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Chemistry Core...................................26
Additional Required Chemistry Courses:
CHE 325 Physical Chemistry I .......................4
CHE 326 Physical Chemistry II ......................4
CHE 328 Physical Chemistry Lab I ...................2
CHE 329 Physical Chemistry Lab II ..................2
Electives
A minimum of ten semester hours in chemistry courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Chemistry is required. To meet American Chemical Society degree criteria the
following courses must be completed:
CHE 410 Instrumental Analysis .........................3
CHE 411 Instrumental Analysis Lab .....................2
CHE 430 Inorganic Chemistry........................... 3
Total Hours Required.......................................48
59


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Chemistry Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Chemistry Core.....................................26
Additional Required Chemistry Courses:
CHE 319 Survey of Physical Chemistry..............4
CHE 320 Survey of Physical Chemistry Lab............1
Electives
A minimum of six semester hours in chemistry courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Chemistry is required.
Total Hours Required.......................................37
Occupational Health and Safety Area of Emphasis
Students electing this program of study must complete the basic chemistry core (26 hours) in addition to the following required courses. The requirement of a minor is waived for students in this program.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Chemistry Core......................................26
Additional Required Chemistry Courses:
CHE 319 Survey of Physical Chemistry..................4
CHE 320 Survey of Physical Chemistry Lab..............1
CHE 410 Instrumental Analysis ........................3
CHE 411 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory...............2
CHE 431 Biochemistry I ................................5
Required Occupational Health and Safety Courses:
CHE 250 Introduction to Occupational Health
and safety ..................................3
CHE 350 Occupational Safety............................3
CHE 415 Instrumentation and Analysis in the
Occupational Environment ....................4
CHE 420 Evaluation and Control of Air Quality.........3
CHE 425 Principles of Occupational Health and Safety..3
CHE 450 Occupational Toxicology .......................3
CHE 475 Occupational Health and Safety Internship....8
Required Ancillary Courses:
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology................4
BIO 232 Human Anatomy and Physiology II................4
BIO 240 General Microbiology...........................4
MTH 141 Calculus I ....................................4
MTH 320 Biostatistics .................................3
PHY 201 College Physics I............................._5
Total Hours Required......................................92
Electives
The following courses are recommended as electives:
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication ..........3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing..............3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro..................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations ......................3
Criminalistics Area of Emphasis
Students electing this program of study must complete the basic chemistry core (26 hours) in addition to the following required courses. The requirement of a minor is waived for students in this program.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Chemistry Core....................................26
Additional Required Chemistry Courses:
CHE 319 Survey of Physical Chemistry.....................4
CHE 320 Survey of Physical Chemistry Lab.................1
CHE 410 Instrumental Analysis .........................3
CHE 411 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory...............2
CHE 431 Biochemistry I ................................5
Required Criminalistics Courses:
CHE 370 Criminalistics I...............................3
CHE 371 Criminalistics II..............................3
CHE 470 Criminalistics Internship I ...................7
CHE 471 Criminalistics Internship II ..................7
Required Criminal Justice Courses:
CJC 101 Introduction to the Criminal Justice System...3
CJC 210 Substantive Criminal Law.......................3
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedures..............3
CJC 312 Constitutional Law.............................3
Required Ancillary Courses:
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology................4
BIO 240 General Microbiology...........................4
BIO 360 General Genetics ..............................3
MTH 141 Calculus I ....................................4
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics ....................4
PHY 201 College Physics I..............................5
or
PHY 231 General Physics I .............................4
and
PHY 232 General Physics Laboratory I ................. 1
Total Hours Required.....................................97-98
Minor in Chemistry
Students completing the basic chemistry core (26 hours) qualify for a minor in chemistry. Students may elect to substitute five semester hours in upper-division chemistry courses for CHE 311 *
and CHE 313*. Semester
Required Courses Hours
CHE 120 General Chemistry I ...........................5
CHE 121 General Chemistry II ..........................5
CHE 300 Analytic Chemistry.............................3
CHE 301 Analytic Chemistry Lab.........................2
CHE 310 Organic Chemistry I ...........................4
CHE 311* Organic Chemistry II .........................3
CHE 312 Organic Chemistry Lab I .......................2
CHE 313* Organic Chemistry Lab II ...................._2
Total Hours in Basic Core..................................26
Minor in Criminalistics
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CHE 110 Principles of to Chemistry.....................5
CHE 270 Introduction to Criminalistics.................4
CHE 275 Arson and Explosives...........................3
CHE 276 Field Testing and Laboratory Analysis
of Drugs .....................................1
CHE 370 Criminalistics I...............................3
CHE 371 Criminalistics II..............................3
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedures............. 3
Total Hours Required.......................................22
Earth Sciences
The Earth Sciences Department is comprised of three basic disciplines: geography, geology, and meteorology. The Department of Earth Sciences offers coursework leading to a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree with a major in land use and a bachelor of science in meteorology. The bachelor of science degree program is recommended for those students desiring a stronger background in the physical and quantitative aspects of the environment.
Minor programs are available in geology, geography, and meteorology. Students wishing teacher certification in either science or social studies have the opportunity to develop a core of courses in geology, geography, or meteorology. For details on
60


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
these programs, students should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Land Use
The Land Use program is very broad scoped and can be utilized for a number of career objectives. This is the reason for several areas of emphasis. Career opportunities exist in such areas as planning agencies, cartography, geologic drafting, air photo and satellite imagery interpretation, environmental and resource management organizations, travel and transportation, mining and mineral companies, residential and industrial development, recreational land use, population analysis, and a variety of other interrelated fields. The program also provides a good basis for continued study at the graduate level.
Land Use Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Core Hours
MTH 120 Statistics for Land Use I........................4
GEG 321 Introduction to Cartography .....................3
GEG 361 Principles of Land Use...........................3
GEG 495 Internship (or Field Methods)................... 2
Total........................................................12
Required Area of Emphasis
Each student shall select one of the following areas of emphasis. Within the area of emphasis the student will take 19 hours among the courses listed. Not more than six of these 19 hours may be lower-division.
Required Courses semester
Urban Land Use Hours
GEG 132 Geography of Social Issues...................3
GEG 136 Geography of Economic Activities ............3
GEG 204 Geography of Denver .........................3
GEG 300 Historical Geography of the U.S..............3
GEG 360 Urban Geography (required)...................3
GEG 362 Land Use and Population .................... 3
GEG 363 Land Use and Transportation..................3
GEG 392 Directed Study in Land Use ..................2
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning (required) ......3
GEG 462 Land Use: Residential........................3
GEG 490 Seminar in Land Use..........................2
MTH 103 Triangle Trigonometry .......................1
Geographic Information Systems
GEG 122 Map Use......................................2
GEG 125 Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems (required)...........................3
GEG 322 Intermediate Cartography.....................3
GEG 325 Computer Cartography (required)..............3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning..................3
GEG 471 Legal Aspects of Land Use....................3
GEG 484 Remote Sensing ..............................3
GEG 485 Advanced Geographic Information Systems
(required)...................................3
SUR 151 Surveying I .................................3
SUR 252 Surveying II ................................3
SUR 265 Photogrammetry I ............................3
SUR 366 Land Use Information Systems ................3
CSI 451 Computer Graphics ...........................3
Resources and Environment
GEG 140 World Resources .............................3
GEG 340 Water Resources..............................3
GEG 362 Land Use and Population .....................3
GEG 392 Directed Study in Land Use ..................2
GEG 422 Climate and Land Use.........................3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning..................3
GEG 464 Land Use: Recreation ........................3
GEG 484 Remote Sensing (required)..................3
GEG 490 Seminar in Land Use........................2
GEL 342 Soil Resources.............................4
GEL 344 Energy and Mineral Resources ..............4
GEL 400 Environmental Geology (required)...........3
BIO 355 Urban Ecology ..............................4
ECO 345 Environmental Economics (required) .........3
Geologic Area of Emphasis
(Note: Students selecting this area of emphasis will be required to minor in geology.)
GEG 124 Landforms.................................3
GEG 484 Remote Sensing ...........................3
GEG 490 Seminar in Land Use.......................2
GEL 115 Oceanography .............................3
GEL 120 Gemology..................................2
GEL 203 Geology of Colorado.......................3
GEL 215 Geomorphology of the U.S..................3
GEL 309 Introduction to Sedimentation (required)..4
GEL 311 Introduction to Stratigraphy (required)...3
GEL 312 Geomorphology.............................4
GEL 331 Structural Geology (required) ............5
GEL 342 Soil Resources............................4
GEL 344 Energy and Mineral Resources..............4
GEL 400 Environmental Geology ....................3
Structured Electives
Each student must take 11 additional upper-division hours, approved by the Earth Sciences Department, to bring the total in the major to 42 hours. These hours may be taken outside the Earth Sciences Department with prior approval. A list of suggested, related courses in other departments is maintained in the Earth Sciences Office.
Electives should be selected to provide an integrated and well-planned pattern of courses. The freedom to select certain courses, both within the areas of emphasis, and the structured electives, allows students the opportunity to somewhat individualize and self-design their programs, in keeping with their vocational goals.
Total Hours Required.....................................42
Required Minor
Except for the geologic area of emphasis, the field of study selected as a minor is at the option of the student.
Land Use Major for Bachelor of Science
To fulfill the requirements for a bachelor of science with a major in land use, a student must complete the requirements as listed above under the bachelor of arts; however, the student must minor in one of the sciences, or science-oriented fields as approved by the Earth Sciences Department.
Minor in Geology
/ Semester
Required Courses Hours
GEG 124 Landforms....................................3
GEL 101 General Geology..............................4
GEL 103 Historical Geology...........................4
GEL 301 Mineralogy I ................................4
GEL 302 Mineralogy II ...............................4
GEL 320 Petrology....................................4
Electives
A minimum of three additional semester hours of earth science courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Earth Sciences.
Total Hours Required.......................................26
61


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Minor in Geography Required Courses
GEG 112 Orienteering ..............................1
GEG 122 Map Use....................................2
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography............3
GEG 123 Weather and Climate .......................3
or
GEG 124 Landforms..................................3
Structured Electives
A minimum of 13 additional hours of electives must be selected in consultation with a member of the Department of Earth Sciences faculty. At least one course must be selected from each of the following groups to satisfy this requirement:
Physical Geography and Earth Resources
GEG 140 World Resources ...........................3
GEG 340 Water Resources............................3
GEL 342 Soil Resources: Genesis and Morphology....4
GEL 344 Energy and Mineral Resources ..............4
Spatial Analysis and Planning
GEG 360 Urban Geography ...........................3
GEG 361 Principles of Land Use.....................3
GEG 362 Land Use and Population ...................3
Regional Geography
GEG 202 Geography of Colorado......................3
GEG 204 Geography of Denver .......................3
GEG 210 Geography of Latin America.................2
GEG 220 Geography of the U.S.......................3
GEG 300 Historical Geography of the U.S........... 3
Total Hours Required..................................22
Meteorology
The meteorologist represents the liaison between meteorological information and the public. She or he collects, analyzes and, subsequently, translates the information for public use. The public includes such varied groups as large general contractors, public and private utilities, heavy manufacturing, chemical processing plants, agriculture, transportation (including aviation services), government (such as the military and federal agencies), and research organizations. The meteorologist studies fundamental meteorological theory and analysis practices as well as instrumentation, data processing, and communications concepts. The program is designed to provide the student with the concepts of meteorology while emphasizing one or two chosen areas of public need.
Meteorology Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology.................3
MTR 142 Introduction to Meteorology Lab.............1
MTR 241 Meteorological Instrumentation..............3
MTR 340 Synoptic Meteorology I......................4
MTR 341 Synoptic Meteorology II.....................4
MTR 343 Dynamic Meteorology I.......................3
MTR 344 Physical Meteorology .......................3
MTR 345 Dynamic Meteorology II......................3
MTR 441 Numerical Weather Prediction ...............3
MTR 442 Industrial Meteorology......................3
MTR 444 Climatology.................................3
Elective meteorology courses.......................... 7
Subtotal..............................................40
Minor
Must include a minor of not less than 18 semester hours, as
approved by the department............................18
Additional Course Requirements*
ENG 101 & 102 English Composition...........................6
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics....................4
MTH 151 Computer Programming: Fortran .............4
MTH 141 Calculus I ...................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II ..................................4
PHY 201 College Physics I.............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II............................5
Humanities.................................8-10
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences..........8-10
Career (Optional) ..........................0-4
Subtotal...................................................52
Approved electives........................................ 10
Total.....................................................120
Students must consult a faculty advisor to determine applicability of general studies courses listed.
Minor in Meteorology
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology ..................3
MTR 142 Introduction to Meteorology Lab...............1
MTR 340 Synoptic Meteorology I........................4
MTR 341 Synoptic Meteorology II.......................4
MTR 444 Climatology...................................3
Approved electives ........................................ 5
Total......................................................20
Mathematical Sciences
The Department of Mathematical Sciences offers bachelor of arts and bachelor of science degrees in mathematics and a bachelor of science degree in computer science. A minor program in mathematics is also offered which complements such majors as engineering technology, the physical sciences, and business. A minor in computer science is also offered to complement the mathematics major as well as majors in the sciences, technologies and business.
The department provides courses in several emphasis areas encompassing a variety of significant mathematical ideas. Thus, for those primarily interested in the use of mathematics in the study of some aspect of the physical or human world, courses that stress the classical and current development and applications in analysis, computer science, statistics and probability, business and economics, technical mathematics, and operations research are available.
A degree in mathematics is useful in a variety of professional fields including, among many others, business, economics, computer science, government, education, technology, and science. Students are invited to consult with the department concerning career potentials.
The degree program in computer science adheres to nationally recognized standards and provides students with a more technical alternative to the emphasis in computer science. Please contact the director of computer science in the Mathematics Department for more information about this program.
Major in Mathematics for Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science.
The Department of Mathematical Sciences offers course work leading to the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree. The student may choose either degree consistent with her or his career objectives.
All majors in mathematics are required to complete a minimum of 36 hours consisting of the following basic core of courses (with a required minimum grade of C in each of these core courses) and electives:
62


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Semester
Basic Core Hours
MTH 141 Calculus! ......................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II ....................................4
MTH 310 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs............ 3
Total......................................................11
Electives
The student must complete a coherent program of mathematics courses, including 19 upper-division hours, to be planned in consultation with the students advisor and approved by the department. This program must be formulated before the last ten credit hours of mathematics are taken. The only courses applicable to the major as electives are MTH 151,214, 242, and any upper-division course.
The student may choose to complete one of five emphases previously approved by the department. These emphases are: applied mathematics, computer science, mathematics, secondary education, and statistics and probability, as outlined below:
*MTH 314 may be substituted for MTH 214.
Mathematics Emphasis
The emphasis in mathematics prepares the student for further specialized study at the graduate level as well as being adaptable for preparation for positions in business, industry, and government.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Core...............................................11
MTH 242 Calculus III ...............................4
MTH 311 Abstract Algebra I .........................3
MTH 411 Abstract Algebra II ........................3
MTH 441 Advanced Calculus I .......................3
MTH 442 Advanced Calculus II ......................3
A minimum of 9 hours chosen from MTH 151, MTH 214, or any
upper-division mathematics courses....................... 9
Total Hours Required.....................................36
Secondary Education Emphasis
Applied Mathematics Emphasis
The emphasis in applied mathematics is designed to meet the needs of the scientific, technical, and computer based economy
and to prepare the student for graduate study.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Core..................................................11
MTH 151 Computer Programming: FORTRAN.................4
MTH 242 Calculus III ..................................4
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics ....................4
MTH 342 Differential Equations ........................4
MTH 344 Partial Differential Equations.................3
MTH 448 Numerical Analysis I ..........................3
MTH 449 Numerical Analysis II .........................3
A minimum of three hours chosen from the following courses:
MTH 314 Linear Algebra.................................4
MTH 322 Design of Experiments .........................4
MTH 325 Optimization Techniques I....................4
MTH 347 Applied Combinatorial Mathematics .............3
MTH 421 Probability Theory.............................4
MTH 445 Complex Variables............................. 3
Total Hours Required........................................40
Computer Science Emphasis
This emphasis studies the fundamental concepts of computer science as well as processes of analyzing, designing, implementing, and testing computer software systems. The computer science emphasis is designed to prepare individuals to enter this field.
The computer science offerings undergo frequent revision and development. Such changes may necessitate special arrangements to accommodate students already in progress. Students are directed to consult advisors in the department for information concerning any changes.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Core (CSI 310 replaces MTH 310)...................11
CSI 110 Computer Science I ..........................3
CSI 120 Computer Science II .........................3
CSI 210 Computer Organization and Architecture ......3
MTH 214 Matrix Algebra*..............................2
CSI 311 Data Structures..............................3
CSI 312 Operating Systems ...........................3
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics ..................4
CSI 410 Assembly Language Programming ...............3
CSI 411 File Structures..............................3
CSI 421 Software Development and Engineering..... 3
Total Hours Required....................................41
The emphasis in secondary education is for the preparation of classroom teachers of mathematics for secondary schools. Students seeking secondary credentials in mathematics must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the mathematics major requirements.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Core...............................................11
CSI 110 Computer Science ............................3
MTH 311 Abstract Algebra I ...............................3
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics .......................4
MTH 360 History of Mathematics.......................3
MTH 361 Methods of Teaching Mathematics..............3
MTH 365 Foundations of Geometry......................3
A minimum of six hours chosen from CSI 102, MTH 214, or any
upper-division mathematics courses; at least three hours must be in upper-division courses................................ 6
Total Hours Required.....................................36
Statistics and Probability Emphasis
The emphasis in statistics and probability stresses the application of the principles and methods of statistics and probability in the biological, physical, and social sciences and engineering. This emphasis also prepares the student for graduate study.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Basic Core.................................................11
MTH 151 Computer Programming: FORTRAN................4
MTH 214 Matrix Algebra*..............................2
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics ..................4
MTH 322 Design of Experiments .......................4
MTH 325 Optimization Techniques I ...................4
MTH 421 Probability Theory...........................4
MTH 422 Stochastic Processes........................_4
Total Hours Required.......................................37
*MTH 314 may be substituted for MTH 214.
Minor in Mathematics
Semester
Basic Core Hours
MTH 141 Calculus I ..................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II .................................4
Electives
A minimum of 12 hours are to be selected from MTH 151,214,242, or upper-division courses. At least four hours must be taken at the
upper-division level......................................12
Total Hours Required......................................20
63


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Computer Science Major for Bachelor of Science
The department offers a complete degree program in computer science which adheres to the nationally recognized standards set by the computing sciences Accreditation Board. Students are encouraged to contact the departmental director of computer science for further details. No minor is required in the CSI
program.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CSI 110 Computer Science I ...........................3
CSI 120 Computer Science II ..........................3
CSI 210 Computer Organization and Architecture .......3
CSI 310 Discrete Mathematics..........................3
CSI 311 Data Structures...............................3
CSI 312 Operating Systems ............................3
CSI 320 Algorithm Analysis ...........................3
CSI 321 Comparison of Programming Languages ..........3
CSI 411 File Structures...............................3
CSI 420 Computing Theory .............................3
CSI 421 Software Development and Engineering........._3
Total....................................................33
Required Ancillary Courses
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing.............3
CSI xxx Upper-division elective ......................3
CMS xxx Upper-division course subject to
preapproval by advisor......................3
EET 231 Digital Logic and Telecommunications......... 4
Total....................................................13
Required Mathematics Courses
MTH 141 Calculus I ...................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II ..................................4
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics ...................4
Select a minimum of 7 hours from the following:
MTH 214 Matrix Algebra ...............................2
MTH 242 Calculus III .................................4
MTH 314 Linear Algebra................................4
MTH 325 Optimization Techniques.......................4
MTH 342 Differential Equations .......................4
MTH 448 Numerical Analysis I ........................ 3
Total....................................................19
Required Laboratory Science Courses
PHY 231 General Physics I and
232 Laboratory ..................................5
PHY 233 General Physics II and
234 Laboratory ................................._5
Total....................................................10
Subtotal.................................................75
General studies and free electives.......................45
Total Hours Required for Major..........................120
Minor in Computer Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CSI 110 Computer Science I ...........................3
CSI 120 Computer Science II ..........................3
CSI 210 Computer Organization and Architecture ...............3
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional hours selected from any CSI courses above CS1120 of which at least four hours must be at the upper-
division level................................................12
Total Hours Required..........................................21
Physics
The Department of Physics offers course work leading to a bachelor of science and to a bachelor of arts. A minor in physics is
also offered. Undergraduates preparing for work in industry or for graduate study should take the bachelor of science in physics. Students preparing to teach secondary school physics should take the bachelor of arts in physics in addition to satisfying the requirements for certification in science. See Department of Teacher Education for details.
The physics program is offered jointly by the faculties of MSC and UCD. MSC students in physics may select courses taught by faculty members from either institution.
The Department of Physics also offers courses in astronomy which are designed primarily as general interest courses.
Physics Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PHY 231 General Physics I .............................4
PHY 233 General Physics II.............................4
PHY 232 General Physics Laboratory I .................1
PHY 234 General Physics Laboratory II ................1
PHY 281 Modern Physics ................................3
PHY 282 Classical Physics .............................3
PHY 321 Analytical Mechanics ..........................4
PHY 381 Quantum Mechanics..............................3
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours of upper-division physics courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Physics......................................15
Total Hours Required.......................................38
A one-year sequence of PHY 201-202 may be substituted for the PH Y 231 -233 requirements with the consent of the Department of Physics.
The student is urged to take one year of general chemistry and one year of electronics. These courses should be chosen in consultation with the student's advisor in the Department of Physics.
Physics Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PHY 231 General Physics I .............................4
PHY 233 General Physics II ............................4
PHY 232 General Physics Laboratory I ..................1
PHY 234 General Physics Laboratory II .................1
PHY 281 Modern Physics ................................3
PHY 282 Classical Physics .............................3
PHY 321 Analytical Mechanics ..........................4
PHY 333 Electricity and Magnetism......................4
PHY 341 Thermal Physics ...............................3
PHY 371 Physics Laboratory I...........................1
PHY 372 Physics Laboratory II .........................1
PHY 381 Quantum Mechanics..............................3
PHY 471 Advanced Physics Laboratory I..................1
PHY 481 Atomic and Molecular Structure.................3
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional semester hours in upper-division physics courses must be selected and approved by the Department of Physics......................................12
Total Hours Required.......................................48
A one-year sequence of PHY 201 -202 may be substituted for the PHY 231 -233 requirements with the consent of the Department of Physics.
The student is urged to take one year of general chemistry and one year of electronics. These courses should be chosen in consultation with the students advisor in the Department of Physics.
64


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Minor in Physics
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PHY 231 General Physics I 4
PHY 233 General Physics II 4
PHY 232 General Physics Laboratory I 1
PHY 234 General Physics Laboratory II 1
PHY 281 Modern Physics 3
PHY 282 Classical Physics 3
Electives
A minimum of 8 additional semester hours in upper-division physics courses must be selected and approved by the
Department of Physics.................................. 8
Total Hours Required...................................24
A one-year sequence of PHY 201 -202 may be substituted for the PHY 231 -233 requirements with the consent of the Department of Physics.
65


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services
The Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services is an interdisciplinary approach to the study of culture, offering a major and a minor in Afro-American studies and Chicano studies. The institute provides the student with academic skills leading to better understanding of social interaction and provides services at the local, national and international level. Through the institute, students study with faculty from diverse academic backgrounds and can travel and study in Spain, Africa, and Mexico.
Afro-American Studies
The Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services offers a range of courses in Afro-American studies that present the dimension of the Black experience in this country. These courses encompass and afford a comprehensive understanding of the African heritage. They present African links and potential; contributions of Black people in the growth and development of the U.S.; Black culture and lifestyles; the Black community; political activity and potential; religious development and importance; community service and resource assistance; and prognosis and potential for social change. The courses may apply in the general studies requirements and as electives for graduation.
Students are urged to consult with the faculty in Afro-American studies about new courses now being designed as well as special offerings.
The major in Afro-American studies (which leads to a bachelor of arts degree) and the minor program must be planned in consultation with an advisor in the AAS Department.
Students desiring secondary certification in social studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Afro-American Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies.........3
AAS 113 Survey of African History.....................3
AAS 200 Social Movements and the Black
Experience..................................3
AAS 330 The Black Community...........................3
AAS 370 Psychology of Racism and Group Prejudice
(PSY 370) ..................................3
AAS 485 Research Seminar in Afro-American Studies....3
From the following select one:
MUS 201 Topics in Ethnic Music: Variable Title........3
ART 306 African-American Visual Traditions............3
AAS 324 Afro-American Literature (ENG 324) ...........3
Electives..................................18
Total Hours Required.....................................39
Electives
Elective hours in Afro-American studies courses are selected in consultation with the advisor.
Minor in Afro-American Studies
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies.......3
AAS 200 Social Movements & the Black
Experience................................ 3
Total..................................................6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours is required in Afro-American courses, three hours of which must be an African course, selected in consultation with and approved by the Afro-American studies advisor assigned the student. Total hours for the minor are 21.
Chicano Studies
The Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services offers a bachelor of arts degree in Chicano studies. The Chicano and other Hispanic historical experiences are used as points of departure toward expanding awareness of the multicultural world and the contributions of Chicanos. The program is designed to assist in the preparation of scholars as well as human service providers.
Chicano Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
The requirements include core courses in the major, basic knowledge of Spanish language; plus approved electives.
Required Core Courses
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies.............3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: Pre-Columbian
and Colonial Periods (HIS 191)............3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest:
Mexican and U.S. Periods (HIS 192) .........3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the Mexican
and Chicano (ANT 236).......................3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature
(ENG 241).................................._3
Total....................................................15
Language Requirements:
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I .......................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II.......................5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading & Conversation I
or
SPA 212 Spanish Reading & Conversation II.........._3
Total....................................................13
Approved Electives.......................................12
Total Hours Required for Major...........................40
A minimum of 12 semester hours of electives in Chicano studies selected in consultation with the institute director is required.
Minor in Chicano Studies
The minor can be designed to provide the student with course experiences which are most relevant to occupational and educational goals. Students, in consultation with a faculty advisor in Chicano Studies will develop individual minors which reflect the best possible elective curricula and which will insure that a relevant emphasis is maintained. Total hours for the minor are 21.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies .............3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: the Pre-Columbian
and Colonial Periods........................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest:
Mexican and U.S. Periods ...................3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the Mexican
and Chicano.................................3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature................_3
Total....................................................15
Electives
A minimum of six semester hours of electives are required to complete the minor. The courses are to be selected in consultation with a Chicano studies faculty advisor.
66


School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Institute for Womens Studies and Services
Institute for Womens Studies and Services
In 1985, the Womens Resource Center and the Department of Womens Studies merged to form the Institute for Womens Studies and Services. The goals of the institute are:
1. To offer academic course work in women's studies, including a minor and a contract major.
2. To foster the inclusion of material on women and minorities across the curriculum.
3. To provide services for women students, including advising, information and referral, support groups, workshops, conferences, and seminars.
4. To identify and encourage faculty, administrative and professional mentors for women students.
5. To facilitate collaborative interdisciplinary research.
6. To engage in cooperative ventures with women's organizations in education, business, government, and the community.
A Western States Project on Women in the Curriculum grant was awarded to the institute in 1985. The purpose of the grant is to incorporate the new scholarship concerning women into the college curriculum. Additional grants further this objective. In cooperation with the Colorado Council on the Future of Women in the Workplace, and the Alliance of Professional Women, the institute offers women students opportunities to interact with and learn from professional women in education, business, and overnment. The institute conducts the Denver Area eaching and Research Colloquium on Women, bringing together faculty and students from six metropolitan Denver institutions to share results of curriculum development and feminist scholarship.
Womens Studies
Contract Major
Through the Office of Adult Learning Services, students may construct an individualized interdisciplinary major combining work in womens studies with work in other disciplines. Students should consult the director of the institute and the director of adult learning services to initiate planning. The women's studies contract major is appropriate both for the general student and for the student who expects to work specifically with female populations. Faculty strongly recommend a cooperative education internship.
A women's studies degree might be combined effectively with majors in management, organizational development, psychology, education, nursing, human services, law enforcement, advertising, public relations, marketing, finance, and other fields appropriate to the student's interest. Students are thus prepared to work with both general and female populations in a variety of areas.
Employment opportunities for women's studies students may be found in managing womens resource centers and battered womens shelters. Students might also work in community counseling and consulting or develop workshops or special programming for women in business and industry. Alumnae are also employed in banking and as executives in professional associations. Students who plan to work in education, law, or medicine may find a womens studies degree a useful base for graduate or professional study.
Minor
Also interdisciplinary, the women's studies minor uses faculty expertise from many different departments. Faculty strongly
recommend a cooperative education internship. The objectives of both the contract major and the minor include: heightened awareness for women themselves; review of the cultural patterns which define women; the study of the historical achievements of women in all disciplines; and the exploration of emerging needs and opportunities for women. Emphasis is at once on both personal and professional growth. These objectives are met within the context of the new scholarship on women, including minority women, and international women.
The courses are appropriate for students in education, guidance and counseling, law enforcement, human services, business management, advertising, public relations, communication, liberal arts, and the behavioral and social sciences.
Men are welcome and encouraged to study the scholarship which focuses on women. They may find from such study a conceptual framework that will enable them to better understand, appreciate, and work with women.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
WMS 101 Introduction: Women in Transition ..........3
WMS 218 Assertiveness Training .....................3
WMS 331 Women and the Law...........................3
WMS 351 Feminist Theory ............................3
WMS 475 Senior Seminar ............................_3
Total..................................................15
Electives:ln addition to the core courses, nine semester hours of electives acceptable to or taught through women's studies are required, bringing the total number of semester hours credit for a women's studies minor to 24. These courses, some of which are interdisciplinary, are selected in consultation with the womens studies faculty and are approved by the institute.
Additional Study
Women's studies core courses are supplemented each semester by topics, current issues, and cluster courses (WMS 342, 344, 345, 346, 367, and 425); in addition, students should check the Class Scheduletor other relevant offerings. Appropriate electives are often listed in other departments and may be cross-listed with womens studies. For example, students may take WMS 331, Women and the Law for either womens studies credit or for credit in Criminal Justice and Criminology (CJC 371). Similar offerings are available in humanities, fine arts, and social and behavioral sciences. Additional courses in other departments are cross-referenced for the students information. While these may not have womens studies course numbers (instead they will have course numbers in other departments), they may, with permission of the women's studies faculty, count toward elective credits for the contract major or minor. Examples include: PSY 295, The Psychology of Sex Roles and SWF 202, Social Welfare Services and Women. Also included are certain courses in communications (COM), history (HIS), industrial technology (ITS), and mathematics (MTH). Students should check the Class Schedule each semester for appropriate cross-listed and cross-referenced courses.
Womens Services
This component of the institute provides support for women students who seek information, referral to specific resources, and support groups. Womens services disseminates information regarding on- and off-campus educational services, financial aid, and admissions procedures. Womens services houses a resource library, information on scholarships and information from public agencies. Staff provide advising and assistance in planning for new educational and professional directions in a students life. Women's services objective is to give the individual student personalized attention and provide supportive networks.
67


School of Professional Studies
School of Professional Studies
The School of Professional Studies offers many and varied degree and teaching certification programs. Every program is designed not only to prepare graduates for success in a specific career, but to provide a broad educational background for career and life enhancement.
The major purpose of the school is to provide students with the knowledge, skills, and performance competencies needed to successfully enter a chosen profession. The School of Professional Studies includes three divisions, twelve departments, and other administrative units.
The Division of Education consists of three academic departments: teacher education; reading; and human performance, sport and leisure studies. The division also includes a parent/child development center, an educational resource center, six Denver Public Schools/ Metropolitan State College laboratory schools, a bilingual/bicultural education program, and an adult fitness center.
The three academic departments in the Division of Education offer two major and eight minor degree programs. Teacher certification programs are offered in early childhood, elementary education, and twelve secondary education fields.
The Division of Technology consists of four departments: aerospace science, civil engineering and environmental technology, electronics engineering technology, and technology and technical communications. The four academic departments offer nine major and ten minor degree programs.
The Division of Public Service Professions consists of five departments: criminal justice and criminology, hospitality, meeting, and travel administration, human services, military science, and nursing and health care management; the Institute for Gerontology, the Institute for the Study of Drugs, Alcohol, and Addictive Behaviors, and the Urban Studies Program. The five academic departments and the Urban Studies Program offer six majors and nine minor degree programs.
In addition to the many and diverse degree programs offered in the twelve academic departments, student support programs also are available: the Student Advising Program, the Basic Skills Testing Program, and the Campus Recreation Program. Other administrative units within the School include the Office of Student Teaching and the Mesa/Metro Teacher Education Program located in Grand Junction, Colorado.
There are overtwo hundred-fifty full-time and part-time faculty, administrators, and support personnel in the School of Professional Studies that are highly committed to assisting each student attain their career goals.
Division of Education
The Division of Education is composed of the Department of Teacher Education; the Department of Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies; the Department of Reading; the Parent Education Program, and the Child Development Center. Other units within the School include the Mesa/Metro Teacher Education Program, and the Education Resource Center.
The Teacher Certification Program at Metropolitan State College is fully accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education and the Colorado Department of Education.
The Department of Teacher Education offers minors in early childhood and exceptional child. Professional courses leading to certification in the areas of early childhood education, elementary education, and secondary education are also offered.
The Division of Education, with the cooperation of the Modern Languages Department and Chicano studies (located in the Institute for Intercultural Studies and Services), offers a minor and endorsement in bilingual/bicultural education.
The Department of Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies offers a major in human performance and sport with six emphasis areas and a major in leisure studies with two emphasis areas with minors in human performance and sport, leisure studies, and health and safety.
The Department of Reading offers one of the few undergraduate reading minors in the area. Course offerings provide the prospective teacher with the skills to teach developmental and remedial reading at the early childhood, elementary and secondary school levels. The department also offer college-level reading courses.
The Office of Student Teaching serves to integrate the laboratory experiences in the professional education programs. In addition to the student teaching programs, requests for observations, research projects and studies, and tutoring situations, utilizing off-campus laboratory settings are coordinated through this office.
The Child Development Center is a preschool laboratory which serves as a training facility for students enrolled in early childhood and other educational programs. The center provides a setting for college students to observe and participate in an on-going educational program for young children.
The laboratory schools are a cooperative endeavor of Metropolitan State College and the Denver Public School System. The purposes of the laboratory schools are: (1) to provide more effective education for the elementary school pupils and the Division of Education students; (2) to provide professional development and collaborate opportunities for both faculties; and (3) to fully utilize all available resources of the Auraria campus and communities.
The Mesa/Metro Teacher Education Certification Program is housed on the Mesa College Campus in Grand Junction, Colorado. This state system program provides the opportunity for students on the Western Slope to enroll in and graduate from Metros teacher education program on the Mesa campus.
The Education Resource Center is a facility designed to provide materials and resources for teacher education students and faculty members for coursework, field experiences and laboratories. The resource center presents guest lectures, workshops and seminars.
68


School of Professional Studies
The Campus Recreation Program is a comprehensive leisure service that provides students the opportunity to participate in a variety of recreational activities. The program consists of five major components: informal recreation, intramural leagues, club sports, special events, and an outdoor adventure program. All activities and programs are specifically designed to enhance student life experiences at Metropolitan State College, especially in terms of socialization, health, and fitness.
Campus Recreation is located in the Physical Education Recreation Building and provides ninety hours of programs each week in the swimming pool, weightroom, gymnasium, racquetball courts, dance studio, and athletic fields. Semester facility schedules are available in the campus recreation office.
Teacher Education, Certification, and Related Programs
The Teacher Education Department offers professional preparation for teaching and education-related careers. These programs include initial teacher certification and endorsement to teach in public schools in Colorado at three levels: early childhood (preschool through 2nd grade); elementary (kindergarten through 6th grade); and secondary (7th through 12th grade); plus art, music, and physical education certification (kindergarten through 12th grade). Minors are available in early childhood education, the exceptional child, bilingual/bicultural education with endorsement, and parent education. Courses and workshops are offered to meet Colorado Department of Education recertification requirements and Colorado Department of Social Services group leader and director qualifications.
Early childhood programs include:
1. A professional teaching sequence leading to a Colorado teaching certificate with endorsement to teach preschool through 2nd grade.
2. A professional teaching sequence which, taken in conjunction with the Elementary Education Program, fulfills requirements both for a minor and endorsement in early childhood education. Students are eligible for a Colorado teaching certificate and endorsement to teach preschool through 6th grade.
3. A minor in early childhood education.
4. A minor in early childhood education plus the necessary courses to qualify for administration of early childhood centers. Students may also take just the courses required to be group leader or director-qualified for the Colorado Department of Social Services.
The elementary education program consists of a professional teaching sequence leading to a Colorado teaching certificate with endorsement to teach kindergarten through 6th grade.
The secondary education program consists of a professional teaching sequence leading to a Colorado teaching certificate to teach secondary school (7th-12th grades) with endorsement in art, business, English, industrial arts, mathematics, modern languages, physical education, science, social studies, Spanish, and speech. Certification is also available in elementary physical education and K-12 art, music, and physical education.
The exceptional child program prepares teachers and other human service professionals to work with exceptional children in any educational setting. The minor is appropriate for a baccalaureate degree and also contains a core of courses that will meet basic requirements for graduate schools in Colorado.
The inderdisciplinary bilingual/bicultural education minor prepares students to work in bilingual/bicultural classrooms and schools. A bilingual/bicultural endorsement is available.
Parent education programs include an interdisciplinary minor in parent education and a program in parent education for students who already have baccalaureate degrees.
All teacher education and certification programs are approved by the Colorado Department of Education, and have full accreditation by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). Recertification courses are available for Colorado teacher certificate holders.
Requirements for All Certification Students
Students seeking a baccalaureate degree from Metropolitan State College must meet all requirements for a bachelors degree and the course of study leading to the desired certification and endorsement. Students who already have a baccalaureate or higher degree should consult with an advisor to determine the applicability of their previous degree(s) and coursework to current requirements. Specific course requirements are given under each certification and major program.
Requirements for entry to MSCs programs for initial teacher certification are established by the Colorado Department of Education and Metropolitan State College.
I. Prior to or during their first course in the professional education sequence, students must
A. Meet ONE of the following requirements;
1. Rank in the top two quartiles of the candidates high school graduating class.
2. Score at or above 19 on the American College Test (ACT) or score 950 or above on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT).
3. Have a grade point average of at least 2.50 on a 4.00 scale for at least 30 semester hours of the most recent college or university coursework.
B. Pass the California Achievement Test in mathematics, spelling, and language usage at or above the 75th percentile.
C. Demonstrate oral competence. Students seeking baccalaureate degrees should pass a public speaking course with a grade of B or above. Students who earn a grade of C may attempt an oral examination. Students who have baccalaureate degrees but did not pass a speech course with a grade of B or above may attempt an oral examination.
D. Complete 50 clock hours of successful experience working with children and youth.
Students may not take additional teacher certification courses until they meet these requirements.
Students who fail one or more of the basic skills (California Achievement Test) examinations will be notified and provided with a list of resources for each area in which remediation is needed. Students are expected to take the initiative to seek out these resources and bring their skills in the identified areas up to an acceptable level. Candidates failing one or more sections of the basic skills test may be retested using alternate testing forms for a total of not more than three additional attempts in each of the sections failed within a four-year period. No minimum wait time between the initial test and the first two retests is required; however, a minimum of ten weeks between the third and fourth testing sessions is required to allow for remediation.
II. To be formally admitted to the Teacher Certification Programs, students should
A. Complete a Declaration of Intent form, available in the Teacher Education Office, NC 2028, or in the first course in each professional sequence.
B. Complete an Admission to Teacher Education form, providing evidence of having met requirements as listed in section I., above, endorsed by an advisor.
C. Obtain an admission card from the Teacher Education Office or from the instructors in beginning-level courses. The admission card verifies that initial requirements have
69


School of Professional Studies
been met and will admit students to class, provided prerequisites and grade point average (GPA) requirements have been met.
III. Tocontinue in teacher certification programs, students should
A. Maintain a minimum GPA of 2.75 for the following:
1. All college work attempted
2. All coursework in their major or teaching area
3. All education courses to date (which may be one introductory course). Grades below the grade of C are not acceptable.
B. Complete 200 clock hours of experience with children and youth before entering 300-level courses. This service may be with any child or youth group such as the Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Campfire Girls, Head Start, YMCA, YWCA, church groups, other boys and girls clubs, camps, recreational programs, or school or child care and education programs. Experience may be paid or volunteer, but should be with a group of children.
IV. For admission to student teaching, students must
A. Complete a minimum of 90 semester hours of college level coursework. Students transferring more than 60 semester hours from another institution to Metropolitan State College, or those who already hold baccalaureate degrees, must complete a minimum of 20 semester hours of college-level coursework and two semesters before they can be admitted to student teaching.
B. Have a minimum GPA of 2.75 for the following:
1. All college work attempted
2. All coursework in their major area
3. All education courses attempted to date
C. Complete all professional courses required for certification with a grade of C or better.
D. Complete all subject area courses in the students teaching area(s) required by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools.
E. Complete all items in the personal student teaching folder, to be obtained in the Department of Teacher Education.
F. Have recommendations from two Metropolitan State College faculty members and/or evaluations from prestudent teaching field experiences.
G. Have a physical examination report including tuberculosis clearance on file with the Student Health Services Office.
H. Have approval by the appropriate screening committee when applicable.
I. Complete formal application for student teaching, to be submitted to the Department of Teacher Education no later than the following dates:
1. For fall semester student teaching 15 February
2. For spring semester student teaching 15 September
Students who have completed student teaching requirements at another institution or another teaching level may request to take student teaching for six semester hours.
Additional Information
All students should meet with an advisor in their endorsement area to develop a program plan. Transfer students or students who already have a baccalaureate degree may have to take specified general studies courses if they have not fulfilled these requirements in their previous work. Students who have previous work in education should meet with an education advisor for an evaluation before enrolling.
The Department of Teacher Education substitutes no coursework older than seven years for required courses in the certification sequence. The department may not accept more recent coursework if there have been significant changes in content.
Grades below a C- in the professional courses will not be accepted. Courses for which a grade below a C- is received must be repeated and the college policy on last grade stands will apply.
Information concerning requirements and courses of study are based upon current requirements of the State of Colorado and Metropolitan State College. Requirements are subject to modification, therefore, students are advised to consult the Department of Teacher Education for the current status of requirements.
Early Childhood Programs
The early childhood programs at Metropolitan State College offer
four options:
1. Professional teacher certification and endorsement in early childhood: preschool through second grade (Ages 3-8).
2. Professional teacher certification and endorsement in early childhood in conjunction with an elementary endorsement. This sequence fulfills the baccalaureate degree requirements for a minor in early childhood education.
3. A minor in early childhood education.
4. Early childhood administration, which includes the educational requirements for a minor in early childhood education and meets director qualifications for the Colorado Department of Social Services. Students may also take only those courses required by the Colorado Department of Social Services.
Colorado Teacher Certification and Early Childhood Endorsement: Preschool through Second Grade (Ages 3-8)
There are four parts to Metropolitan State College's early childhood teacher education and certification programs:
1. The professional teacher education sequence in early childhood education.
2. A major in an academic discipline.
3. A minor in an academic discipline or a professional education area.
4. MSC general studies requirement.
1. Professional Early Childhood Education Certification Sequence
Required Courses
Semester Hours
EDU 234 Urban Early Childhood Education ................3
EDU 235 Urban Early Childhood Education
Field Experience .............................2
EDU 236 Expressive Arts for the Young Child ............2
RDG 312 Developing Print Literacy: Preschool-
Third Grade ..................................4
EDU 335 Assessment and Measurement in the Early
Childhood Classroom ..........................3
EDU 337 Language Arts Curriculum for Early
Childhood Education...........................3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom .........3
EDU 364 Curriculum and Management: Preprimary-6.........4
EDU 431 Parents as Partners in Education Process........3
EDU 433 Science and Mathematics for the Young Child ... 2
EDU 435 Planning and Organizing the Early Childhood
Classroom.....................................3
EDU 439 Student Teaching and Seminar: Early
Childhood....................................10
Total Hours Required for Certification.....................42
2. Approved Metropolitan State College Majors
Anthropology
Art
Behavioral Science
Biology
Chemistry
English
History
70


School of Professional Studies
Mathematics Modem Languages Music Education Philosophy Physics
Political Science Psychology Sociology Spanish
Speech Communication
Human Development (transfer students)
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition.......................3
EDU 334 Administration of Early Childhood Programs.....4
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology.......................3
or
EDU 431 Parents as Partners in Education................3
Note: Students seeking only director qualifications may take just those courses required by the Colorado Department of Social Services. Colorado Department of Social Services regulations may be changed. Consult with the Teacher Education Department for additional information.
Minor in Early Childhood Education
3. Recommended Minors
Parent Education Reading
Exceptional Child Bilingual/Bicultural Education
4. General Studies Requirements Specific to Early Childhood Certification
Students are required to complete the general studies requirements of Metropolitan State College. Please consult a faculty advisor in the Department of Teacher Education for guidance in selection of appropriate general studies courses for the early childhood education certification program.
Colorado Teacher Certification and Endorsement in Both Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Students seeking an endorsement in elementary education can fulfill their requirements for a minor by taking the early childhood minor. By fulfilling the minor requirement and the additional requirements as specified below, students may receive endorsement in both early childhood and elementary education.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Early childhood education minor.....................22-25
Additional Requirements:
An acceptable major, general studies coursework, and
coursework in the elementary education professional sequence
which fulfills elementary certification requirements.
RDG 312 Developing Print Literacy: Preschool-
Third Grade....................................4
ENG 346 Childrens Literature ......................3
An additional six semester hours of student teaching at the early childhood level..............................................6
Early Childhood Administration
Students who wish to administer early childhood programs will meet Colorado Department of Social Services qualifications by taking the early childhood minor plus additional courses specified by the Colorado Department of Social Services, as shown below. Students do not have to be admitted to the teacher certification program to take this sequence of courses, nor do they have to be degree-seeking.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Early childhood education minor.......................22-25
Highly Recommended Courses
HPS 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary
Resuscitation ...............................2
EDU 332 Infant and Toddler Care and Nurture .........3
Additional Required Courses for Administration
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology......................3
PSY 3XX Applied Child Development (prerequisite
to all 300- and 400-level early childhood education courses..................4
Semester
Required Courses Hours
EDU 234 Urban Early Childhood Education ...........3
EDU 235 Urban Early Childhood Education
Field Experience ..........................2
EDU 236 Expressive Arts for the Young Child .......2
EDU 335 Assessment and Measurement in the Early
Childhood Classroom .......................3
EDU 337 Language Arts Curriculum for Early
Childhood Education........................3
EDU 431 Parents as Partners in Education............3
EDU 435 Planning and Organizing the
Early Childhood Classroom..................3
EDU 438 Teaching Practicum in Preprimary Early
Childhood Education..................... 3-6
Total Hours Required for Minor.......................22-25
Note: PSY 295 Applied Child Development is a prerequisite to all 300 and 400 level early childhood education courses.
Highly Recommended:
EDU 332 Care and Nurture of Infants and Toddlers........3
EDU 436 Cultural Influence on the Socialization
of Children...............................4
Elementary Education Program
Colorado Teacher Certification and Elementary Endorsement (Kindergarten through 6th Grade)
There are four parts to Metropolitan State Colleges elementary teacher certification program:
1. The professional teacher education sequence in elementary education;
2. A major in an academic discipline
3. A minor in an academic discipline or a professional education area
4. MSC general studies requirement.
1. Professional Elementary Education and Certification Sequence
/ Semester
Required Courses Hours
vEDU 2M Elementary Education in the United States..........3
vEDU 264 Urban and Multicultural Education .................3
EDU 3XX Activities and Health for the Elementary Child ....3
EDU 3XX. Art and Music Methods for the Elementary
Teacher...........................................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom ............3
EDU 361 Introduction to Educational Technology.............2
/EDU 364 Curriculum and Management: Preprimary-6............4
[ EDU 410 Language Arts and Social Studies Curriculum:
h Preprimary-6.......................................4
CEDU 412 Science and Math Curriculum: Preprimary-6 .........4
RDG 313 Teaching Reading in the Elementary
School K-6 ..................................... 4
EDU 419 Student Teaching & Seminar ..............,..........10
Total Hours Required for Certification......................... 42
71


School of Professional Studies
2. Approved Metropolitan State College Majors
Anthropology
Art
Behavioral Science
Biology
Chemistry
English
History
Mathematics
Modern Languages
Music Education
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science Psychology Sociology Spanish
Speech Communication
Human Development (transfer students)
3. Recommended Minors
Early Childhood Education*
Parent Education Reading
Exceptional Child Bilingual/Bicultural*
Concurrent endorsement available in early childhood, elementary, or bilingual/bicultural education.
4. General Studies Requirements Specific to Elementary Education Certification
Students are required to complete the general studies requirements of Metropolitan State College. Please consult a faculty advisor in the Department of Teacher Education for guidance in selection of appropriate general studies courses for the elementary education certification program.
Secondary Level
Students may be certified at the secondary level, being endorsed to teach in the following areas: art, business, English, industrial arts, mathematics, modern languages, music education, physical education, science, social studies, Spanish and speech.
Students should ask for advisors in the Department of Teacher Education as well as in the departments of their major and minor fields of study.
In addition to a major in the above areas, students must complete the following professional course program:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Social and Cultural Bases of Secondary Schools
A block of two courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 221 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary
Schools ...................................3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban Secondary
Schools ...................................2
Psychological and Physiological Bases of Secondary Education
A block of three courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner....................3
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in
the Content Areas.............................3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom ........3
In lieu of EDU 360, physical education certification students take:
HPS 462 Adaptive Human Performance and Sports
Activities....................................3
Processes of Teaching in the Secondary Schools
A block of three courses to be taken concurrently and not earlier than two semesters before student teaching.
EDU 321 Secondary School Curriculum and Classroom
Management..................................3
EDU 322 Field Experience in Tutoring and Materials
Construction ............................. 2
EDU 361 Introduction to Educational Technology.. 3
Teaching Practice
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary..........................6, 8,10 or 12
Students who seek secondary certification should also check the general certification requirements listed under Teacher Education Program.
Before enrolling for student teaching, students are directed to take a course in methods of teaching their major and minor field of study offered in the respective departments.
Business Certification Program
The program requires the completion of degree requirements in the School of Business; the secondary level professional sequence; the requirements for vocational credentials; two of the teaching fields listed below; and the following courses:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BED 360 Principles of Business Education............2
BED 361 Methods of Teaching Typewriting/Keyboarding
and Wordprocessing .........................3
One three semester hour course in beginning or intermediate typing..................................................3*
Bookkeeping and Accounting
ACC 309 Income Tax I ...............................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting
or
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting.....................3
BED 363 Methods of Teaching Bookkeeping, Accounting,
and Basic Business (fall semesters).........3
Consumer Economics and Basic Business
FIN 225 Personal Money Management ..................3
BED 363 Methods of Teaching Bookkeeping, Accounting,
and Basic Business (fall semesters).........3
PHI 390 Business Ethics ............................3
Data Processing
BED xxx Teaching Data Processing course ............3
CMS 327 Micro-based Software .......................3
CMS 350 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design 3
Secretarial
CMS 223 Word Processing ............................3
BED 362 Methods of Teaching Stenography.............3
One three semester course in office practices and procedures..............................................3*
Requirements for Vocational Credentials
1. 4,000 hours of related work experience within the past ten years, 2,000 of which must have been completed within the last five years.
2. Completion of the following three vocational courses (2 semester hours credit each):
a. Foundations of Vocational Education*
b. Coordinating Techniques*
c. Student Organizations*
'Students should consult with a faculty advisor regarding the completion of these non-MSC courses.
72


School of Professional Studies
Science Certification Program
The program includes a major in one area of science, an area of emphasis in a second area, and a sampling from additional areas of science and mathematics. The program satisfies both major and minor requirements, so no further minor is required.
Major
Students must complete an academic major at Metropolitan State College in one of the following areas:
Biology
Chemistry
Earth-Space Science Physics
Please consult with the department involved or with the Teacher Education Department for a list of approved and/or required courses.
Science Support Area
Students must complete one of the following teaching areas of emphasis other than that of the major.
Semester
Biology Hours
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology..............4
BIO 210 General Botany...............................5
BIO 220 General Zoology .............................5
BIO 355 Urban Ecology ...............................4
or
BIO 360 General Genetics ............................3
Chemistry
CHE 120 General Chemistry I .........................5
CHE 121 General Chemistry II.........................5
CHE 300 Analytical Chemistry ........................3
CHE 301 Analytical Chemistry Lab ....................2
CHE 310 Organic Chemistry I .........................4
CHE 312 Organic Chemistry Lab........................2
Earth Science
GEL 101 General Geology..............................4
GEL 103 Historical Geology...........................4
GEG 100 World Regional Geography ....................3
GEG 123 Weather and Climate .........................3
GEG 124 Landforms....................................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy....................3
Mathematics
MTH 141 Calculus I ..................................4
MTH 310 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs..........3
MTH 361 Methods of Teaching Mathematics .............3
10 additional hours to be selected from:
MTH 241 Calculus II .................................4
CSI 110 Computer Science I ..........................3
MTH 311 Abstract Algebra I ......................... 3
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics ..................4
MTH 360 History of Mathematics.......................3
MTH 365 Foundations of Geometry......................3
Physics
PHY 231 General Physics I ...........................4
PHY 232 General Physics Lab I .......................1
PHY 233 General Physics II ..........................4
PHY 234 General Physics Lab II.......................1
Plus eight additional hours in physics
A support area in computer science is being proposed. Check with the Teacher Education Department or Mathematics Department for further information.
General Requirements
These may be fulfilled in the academic major or teaching area of emphasis.
Choose at least one course from each of the following areas:
Biology
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology.............4
Chemistry
CHE 110 Principles of Chemistry.....................5
or
CHE 120 General Chemistry I ........................5
Earth Science
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy...................3
or
GEG 100 World Regional Geography ...................5
or
GEL 101 General Geology.............................4
Physics
PHY 201 College Physics ............................5
or
PHY 231 General Physics I ..........................4
Mathematics
MTH 111 College Algebra ............................4
or
MTH 112 College Trigonometry .........................,...3
or
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics..................4
or
MTH 140 Pre-Calculus Mathematics....................4
or
MTH 141 Calculus I .................................4
or
CSI 110 Computer Science I .........................3
or
MTH 320 Biostatistics ..............................3
or
MTH 360 History of Mathematics......................3
Science
This course is required:
SCI 395 Methods of Teaching Science.................3
Notes
Physics majors should choose AST 104 and MTH 151 to meet certification requirements.
Students who elect the earth science or physics teaching areas of emphasis must choose at least one upper-division course in addition to SCI 395.
A course in environmental concerns/conservation will soon be required by the Colorado Department of Education.
Permission is being sought for mathematics to be included as an area of emphasis. Check with the Teacher Education Department.
Social Studies Certification Program
The program includes a major in one area of social science, an area of emphasis in a second area, and a sampling from every social/behavioral science.
The program meets both major and minor requirements; an additional minor is not required.
Major
Students must complete an academic major at Metropolitan State College in one of the following areas:
Afro-American Studies
73


School of Professional Studies
Anthropology Behavioral Science Chicano Studies Economics History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
Please consult with the department involved or with the Teacher Education Department for list of approved and/or required courses.
Social Studies Area of Emphasis
Students must complete one of the following teaching areas of emphasis. History must be selected unless the academic major is history.
History (18 semester hours)
HIS 101 Western Civilization I .........................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization II ........................3
HIS 121 American History I ..............................3
HIS 122 American History II ............................3
Six additional upper-division history hours selected in consultation with the department. Reading courses will not apply.
Afro-American Studies (12 semester hours)
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies.........3
AAS 102 Survey of the Black Struggle..................3
Six additional hours in Afro-American studies; three must be upper-division. Afro-American History is recommended. Students should consult with a faculty advisor regarding selection of these courses.
Anthropology (12 semester hours)
ANT 101 Physical Anthropology and Prehistory ..........3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology .........3
Six additional upper-division hours in anthropology Chicano Studies (12 semester hours)
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies ...............3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America........................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest........3
Three additional upper-division hours in Chicano studies. Economics (18 semester hours)
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro ...............3
Twelve additional upper-division hours in economics.
Geography (12 semester hours)
GEG 123 Weather and Climate ...........................3
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography................3
GEG 140 World Resources ...............................3
GEG 422 Climate and Land Use...........................3
Political Science (12 semester hours)
PSC 101 American National Government ..................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas....................3
PSC 300 American State and Local Government............4
PSC 305 Political Theory ..............................3
Psychology (12 semester hours)
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology........................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology ........................3
Six additional hours of electives. Suggested: PSY 216, 221,241, 295.
Sociology (12 semester hours)
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology.............................3
SOC 360 Research in the Social Sciences ...................3
Six additional hours of electives, three of which must be upper-
division.
General Requirements
(Some may be satisfied in academic major or support area.)
HIS 401 Methods of Teaching Social Science
Select one course from each of the following areas: Afro-American Studies*
Anthropology Chicano Studies Economics Geography"
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
*Afro-American History or other course dealing with Afro-American experience in the United States.
"GEG 100-3 World Regional Geography or GEG 140-3 World Resources suggested. These credits are to be taken as part of general studies.
A course in international studies will soon be required by the Colorado Department of Education.
Exceptional Child Minor
The minor in exceptional child is designed to prepare teachers, physical educators, recreational therapists, counselors, and professionals to work with exceptional children in educational therapeutic and recreational settings. The minor also will serve as a prerequisite core for MSC teacher education students who desire to pursue graduate programs in special education or gifted education.
Semester
Required for Either Emphasis: Hours
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom .......3
One 3 hour course from alternate emphasis..................3
Gifted Education Emphasis
EDU 346 Introduction to the Education of
the Gifted and Talented .....................3
ART 402 Integrating the Arts for the Gifted
and Talented ................................2
ART 403 Integrating the Arts: Field Experience
for the Gifted and Talented..................1
EDU 442 Methods and Materials for Teaching the Gifted .. 3
EDU 443 Field Experience in Gifted and Talented.......1
EDU 444 Teaching Thinking Skills to the Gifted ......_2
Total Hours...............................................15
Special Education Emphasis
Select a minimum of 12 hours:
SED 340 Educational Exceptionality and Human
Growth ......................................3
SED 343 Field Testing Remedial Techniques in
Special Education ...........................3
SED 344 Counseling Parents of Exceptional
Children.....................................3
SED 349 Education of the Learning Disabled ...........3
HPS 462 Adaptive Human Performance and
Sports Activities..........................._3
Total.....................................................12
Total Hours Required......................................18
Bilingual/Bicultural Education Minor
The Division of Education offers a minor in bilingual/bicultural education. The minor is an interdisciplinary program sponsored by Chicano Studies, the Teacher Education Department, the Modern Language Department, and the Reading Department. The principal objective of the bilingual/bicultural minor is to prepare future teachers who will be able to conduct all phases of
74


School of Professional Studies
classroom instruction in a bilingual and bicultural setting. In the developmental sequence, the minor will provide the potential teacher with a background of the Mexican heritage and with an understanding of present day Hispano/Chicano culture. Proficiency in the Spanish language is required of all students before they complete the minor. This proficiency will prepare the teacher to understand and further develop the native tongue of bilingual/bicultural children, while offering a second language to many other children. In addition, the minor will provide the teacher with sufficient field and academic experiences and resources in order to develop, implement, and evaluate curricular methods, techniques, and materials in the bilingual/bicultural classroom. For students who do not student teach in a bilingual/bicultural program, the practicum in bilingual/bicultural education will be required.
Semester
Required Courses and Recommended Sequence Hours
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the American
Southwest: Mexican and U.S. Periods...........3
EDU 351 Perspectives in Bilingual/Bicultural
Education.....................................4
RDG 353 Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers ......2
SPA 310 Spanish Terminology for the Bilingual
Classroom.....................................2
RDG 358 Reading in the Bilingual/Bicultural Classroom ....3
EDU 451 Development of Methods and Materials
for the Bilingual/Bicultural Classroom........4
CHS* Electives......................................3
SPA* Electives....................................._3
Total....................................................24
"Must be advanced courses and taken with the approval of the bilingual advisor.
Courses Strongly Recommended in Chicano Studies and Spanish
CHS 310 Chicano Community Organization...................2
CHS 330 Education of the Chicano Child ..................3
CHS 410 Seminar: Mexican and Chicano Art.................3
SPA 322 Culture and Folklore of the Mexican
Southwest.......................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation ...........................3
SPA 312 Spanish Phonetics and Diction....................3
Required when student teaching in a bilingual/bicultural program is not completed:
EDU 452 Practicum in Bilingual/Bicultural Education......3
Preparation Requirements
Language Proficiency: Proficiency in oral and written Spanish will be determined by a committee composed of Spanish-speaking members of the Modern Language Department, Chicano Studies, and the Department of Teacher Education. The four-skills exam is used as the proficiency measure. Students who fail to achieve a satisfactory score on the proficiency examination will be required to take sufficient Spanish classes to enable them to pass the proficiency examination. The following courses are designed to help students meet the proficiency requirements before the
completion of the bilingual/bicultural minor:
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I............................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II...........................5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation I ...........3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II...........3
Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor
The multi-minor may be arranged through the Department of Education and includes the required courses listed under the holistic health and education multi-minor in the Degrees and Programs Available at MSC section of this bulletin.
Parent Education
The purpose of the parent education minor is two-fold. First, the program is designed to provide students entering professions where they will deal with children and families with the information and skills necessary to conduct parent education programs. Second, the program addresses a need identified in the community for people with specific preparation for the role of parent educator. Many agencies offer or are interested in offering parent education programs, yet no specific preparation for that role has been available. This minor is designed both to make the field of parent education more credible by providing students with education for that role and to give students a set of skills that are increasingly in demand.
The minor is seen as particularly appropriate for students entering family-and child-related fields, including (but not limited to) education, health care management, human services, criminal justice (especially juvenile justice), nursing and nurse practitioner programs, psychology, sociology, social welfare, speech, and women's studies. People entering these fields might well be in a position to develop and conduct parent education programs; a minor in parent education should serve them well in the employment market. Other fields, also, might provide opportunities to utilize this background; parent education happens in settings ranging from churches to industry and is not limited to educational settings in the usual sense.
The parent education minor encompasses three areas of preparation. One set of classes is intended to give students basic information necessary for effective parenting (child development, parenting techniques, family management, health care). The second facet of the program gives students the skills necessary for developing and conducting parent education programs such as group techniques and program development. The third component of the program entails actual field experience working in parent education programs. This experience is incorporated into a number of classes and is the central component of the final course in the minor. A field placement is required in the last semester. Placement opportunities include parent education in hospitals, social service agencies, public and private schools, and business and industry. Students work closely with a PAR advisor to ensure an appropriate field placement.
Minor in Parent Education
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PAR 205 Introduction to Parent Education............3
EDU 3XX Applied Child Development ..................4
or
PSY 325 Child Psychology ...........................3
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and Experience ...
...........................................4
HSW 204 Family Functions, Dysfunctions, and Therapy ...4
PSY 295 Parenting Techniques........................3
PAR 307 Working with the Contemporary Family .......3
HES 307 Parental Health Care Issues.................3
EDU 407 Designing and Implementing Programs for Adult
Learners.................................. 3
Subtotal.
26-27
Field Placement: A minimum of three hours from the courses
listed. The program director works closely with students and community agencies in setting up appropriate field placements.
PAR 489 PSY 493 EDU 469 HSW 479 NUR 485
Parent Education Field Placement Seminar in Developmental Psychology Professional Practicum Professional Internship Nursing Process: Application
Total Hours Required for Minor.
29-30
75


School of Professional Studies
Minimum hours required for the minor are 29-30 (depending on courses selected). If the PAR minor is combined with a major in any of the following departments (EDU, HSW, NUR, PSY), the combined total semester hours for major and minor must be 60 hours. Such a program must include all courses required for the major and those listed here as required for the PAR minor. Approval by both departments will be necessary for such a combined program.
Note: For descriptions of other courses included in the minor, see appropriate department listings: EDU Education; HES Health Services; HSW Human Services; NUR Nursing; PSY Psychology; SOC Sociology; WMS Women's Studies
Parent Education Program
Prerequisites: A degree (B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S.) in a field such as education, psychology .social welfare, human services, child development, or nursing.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PAR 205 Introduction to Parent Education.............3
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and
Experiences.................................4
or
HSW 204 Family Functions, Dysfunction, and Therapy..4
PSY 295 Parenting Techniques.........................3
PAR 307 Working with the Contemporary Family ........3
HES 307 Parental Health Care Issues..................3
EDU 407 Designing and Implementing Programs for Adult
Learners....................................3
PAR 489 Parent Education Field Placement ..........._3
Total....................................................22
Suggested Electives
PAR 480 Special Topics in Parent Education
PSY 326 Psychology of Adolescence
HSW 204 Family Functioning, Dysfunction, and Therapy
SOC 341 The Family in Transition
WMS 101 Women in Transition
WMS 218 Assertiveness Training
SED 344 Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children
HSW 104 Behavior Modification
CHS 221 The Chicano Family
SWF 104 Human Behavior and the Social Environment
SWF 105 Family Social Services
SWF 301 Social Welfare Services for Children and Adolescents
AAS 355 The Black Family
Reading
The Reading Department offers college level reading courses for all students and a reading minor for early childhood, elementary and secondary education majors.
The Colorado Commission on Higher Education and the Colorado Department of Education have mandated changes in the early childhood and elementary teacher certification requirements. For complete information and advising, contact the Reading Department, central classroom building, room 207. telephone 556-2995.
The reading minor is designed to produce well-trained classroom teachers. In the sophomore and junior years, students take course work in methods and techniques of teaching reading and receive supervised experience teaching groups of children in a school classroom setting.
In the senior year, students learn to administer a complete reading diagnosis, write a comprehensive case report based on the study of current remedial theory, develop materials for students with reading difficulties, and work in the reading clinic on a one-to-one basis with children who have severe reading problems.
Reading Minor
Semester
Required Courses Hours
RDG 312* Developing Print Literacy: Preschool-3rd
Grade ........................................ 4
RDG 313* Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
K-6............................................4
RDG 328* Teaching Reading & Writing in Content Areas .... 4
RDG 314 Whole Language Integration Across the
Curriculum................................... 2
RDG 360 Practicum in Teaching Reading....................3
RDG 425 Remedial Reading Theories and Diagnosis .........4
RDG 434 Development of Reading Materials ................2
RDG 460 Practicum in Teaching Remedial Reading.........._3
Total.......................................................18
'Early childhood education certification students take RDG 312; elementary education certification students take RDG 313; secondary education certification students take RDG 328.
Highly Recommended
RDG 353
RDG 358
RDG 450
Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers Reading in the Bilingual/Bicultural Classroom
(competency in Spanish required)............
Language Arts & the Classroom Computer....
2
3
3
76


School of Professional Studies
Division of Technology
The Division of Technology provides technical education to prepare graduates for employment in a wide variety of technical fields. Instruction emphasizes the development of technical competence at a level suitable for success in the various areas offered. The programs include courses in humanities and social sciences to broaden the students general education. The various fields housed in this division offer great opportunities for women in non-traditional roles.
The Division of Technology offers degree programs in aviation management and professional pilot; civil engineering technology and surveying and mapping, electronics engineering technology; industrial technology, technical and industrial administration and industrial design; mechanical engineering technology; and technical communications.
The aerospace science programs combine a thorough, practical and technical training background with a general college education to prepare graduates for a wide variety of careers in aerospace. MSCs Aerospace Science Department is a fully certified ground school approved by the Federal Aviation Administration, for private, instrument, and commercial FAA ratings. The department has FAA airways science accreditation for the aircraft systems management and aviation maintenance management programs.
The Civil Engineering and Environmental Technology Department offers programs in civil engineering technology, drafting, and surveying and mapping. Environmental impact studies and the application of engineering principles are used in the planning and construction of highways, buildings, bridges and other structures. The surveying and mapping degree program is designed to prepare the graduate for registration as a professional land surveyor, as well as other careers in the field.
The electronics engineering technology degree program fuses the engineering principles and technical aspects of electronics and prepares graduates for a variety of technologist positions in research and development, design, electronic manufacturing and service engineering. This program emphasizes applications of theory in laboratory settings.
The Department of Technology and Technical Communications is divided into three program areas: industrial technology, mechanical engineering technology, and technical communications, industrial technology offers teaching, business and internship areas of emphasis. The mechanical engineering technology program is structured into two distinct areas: manufacturing and mechanical, technical communications specializes in technical writing and editing, organizational, and technical media communications.
Department of Aerospace Science
Colorado is one of the nations aerospace centers. Military installations, major aerospace industries, increased interest in private and corporation flying, and the airlines that serve Denver provide employment opportunities. Local Federal Aviation Administration and other government offices offer excellent sources for information. Because of this proximity, students also have the opportunity to visit these facilities and to take courses that are taught by personnel from the various organizations. The baccalaureate degree programs described below have been carefully planned to meet the needs of both the student and of industry. All of the technical courses have been developed in cooperation with the Federal Aviation Administration and prospective employers; students completing them are eligible to take a variety of FAA examinations leading to certification.
The aviation management program prepares the graduate to enter a wide variety of administrative positions within the various segments of the aviation industry.
The airframe and powerplant (A&P) courses are not offered by Metropolitan State College. However, students holding a valid FAA Airframe and Powerplant certificate may apply for 30 hours of credit to apply toward a BS degree providing certain validation papers are presented with the application.
All programs in the Department of Aerospace Science have been developed to meet the College Aviation Accreditation Guidelines of the University Aviation Association.
The airway science emphasis is an approved FAA program. Upon completion of the requirements, which include the systems management minor, a student can be registered with the FAA Airway Science Directory in Washington, D.C. As new employees are needed in a variety of FAA related positions, they may be contacted through this directory. Students majoring in any of the airway science emphases must minor in systems management.
Bachelor of Science
The Department of Aerospace Science offers baccalaureate degree programs with majors in the following areas:
Aviation Management (AMG)
General Aviation Emphasis
Airway Science Management Emphasis
Aviation Maintenance Emphasis
Airway Science Maintenance Management
Emphasis
Professional Pilot (PPT)
General Aviation Emphasis
Flight Engineer Emphasis
Airway Science Aircraft Systems Management
Emphasis
Minors
Aviation Management (AMG)
Professional Pilot (PPT)
Airframe and Powerplant Mechanics (APL)
These programs combine a thorough, practical and technical training background with a general college education to prepare a graduate for a wide variety of careers in the aerospace industry. These four-year baccalaureate degree programs have been developed upon the two-plus-two concept (a B.S. degree program built upon a AAS two-year degree). This concept makes it extremely easy for a community/junior college graduate in an aerospace program to transfer to MSC and earn a bachelor of science degree in our aviation program. In order to be awarded the bachelor of science degree, the student must comply with the colleges general requirements for the bachelors degree listed in this bulletin under Requirements for All Degrees
FAA Approved Ground School
MSC Aerospace Science Department is a fully certified and approved ground school for the private, instrument and commercial FAA ratings, approved by the Federal Aviation Administration. Veterans Administration flight students should see the Aerospace Science Department Chair for information on approved flight training program.
77


School of Professional Studies
Flight Courses
Flight training is contracted for, by the student, with the flight training schools under contract with MSC. In order to enroll in all flight courses and receive academic credit, the student must fly with MSC's contract flight schools.
The cost of the flight training is in addition to regular tuition and college services fees. This cost will vary depending upon how frequently the student is able to fly during the semester and how much total time the student requires to gain the necessary proficiency. The college instructor helps the student achieve an understanding of the relationship of flight theory to flight practice in order to acquire the knowledge required to meet FAA certification standards. Flights are scheduled by the student with the contract flight training school.
Credit by Examination Procedures
The basic provision for obtaining credit-by-examination (a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit) is outlined in this bulletin under academic information. The following procedures are established by the Department of Aerospace Science to implement this provision:
1. A student entering MSC for the first time must make application for credit by examination during the first three weeks of the first semester. All examinations must be completed within the first semester.
2. A student will not be approved to take a course of a lower number than any course she or he has taken previously.
3. If a student is registered for, but has not completed a higher-numbered course, the examination for the lower numbered course must be completed within the first three weeks of the semester.
4. Examinations will not be graded during the summer session.
5. Courses authorized for credit by examination and the appropriate FAA license and/or rating are listed below:
Hours
Course Title FAA Required Credit
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals Private 3
AES 135 Air Navigation Private 3
AES 180 Commercial/lnstrument Ground 6
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion Fit. Engineer 3
AES 403 Aerodynamics Fit. Engineer 3
AES 404 Aircraft Performance Fit. Engineer 3
AES 450 Flight Multi-Engine Multi-Engine 1
AES 451 Flight Instructor Fit. Instructor 1
AES 452 Flight Instructor-Instrument Fit. Instructor 1
AES 453 Fit. Instructor-Multi-Engine Fit. Inst. Multi 1
AES 455 Flight Helicopter Helicopter 1
AES 457 Airline Transport Pilot ATP Rating 1
Bachelor of Science Degree in Aerospace Science Programs
A summary of the course program and semester hours which a student must complete for a bachelor of science degree is as follows:
Semester
Hours
General Studies.....................................37-39
Major (Select One)...................................49-59
Aviation Management General Aviation
or Airway Science Management.....................49
Aviation Maintenance
or Airway Science Maintenance Management*........59
Professional Pilot
General Aviation*................................51
Flight Engineer**................................59
or Airway Science Aircraft Systems Management**
Minor (Select One)**..................................18-36
Business Minor/Meteorology
Average Semester Hours of Minor......................20
Airframe and Powerplant (A&P) Minor***...............36
Free electives........................................ 0-16
Total...............................................120-124
A recommended sequence for taking all courses in a selected major or minor and a list of required general studies may be obtained from the Department of Aerospace Science.
General Studies
Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in aerospace science programs must complete the general studies requirements of Metropolitan State College. Students must consult with a faculty advisor for the selection of approved general studies courses.
All professional pilot majors must possess, as a minimum, the FAA commercial pilot certificate with an instrument rating to receive a bachelor of science degree.
Students choosing a major in any of the airway science emphases must minor in systems management. Other majors may minor in any area of the School of Business, A&P, meteorology or as approved by the Aerospace Science Department.
The credit hours awarded are based on the number of clock hours required by the Federal Aviation Administration for the award of the A&P license and the credits normally awarded by junior/community colleges, thus the increased number of hours for the Aviation Maintenance emphasis major or A&P minor.
Aviation Management (AMG)
Major for Bachelor of Science General Aviation Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals ......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation I............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology ......................2
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments
and Navigation ............................2
AES 222 Flight Dispatcher/Load
Planning ..................................3
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and
Propulsion.................................3
AES 320 National Airspace Operations................3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and
Regulations................................3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk
Management.................................3
AES 323 Commuter Airline
Management.................................3
AES 420 Airport Planning ...........................3
AES 421 Airport Management.........................,3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing..................3
AES 424 Air Cargo...................................3
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems.................3
AES 486 Aviation Safety.............................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting......................... 3
Total................................................49
Suggested Electives
AES 205 Aviation History and Future
Development................................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management.............3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations...........3
AES 360 Space Flight ...............................3
78


School of Professional Studies
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology AES 222
of Flight ...3 AES 322
AES 387 Aircraft Accident Investigation ...3 AES 324
AES 403 Aerodynamics ...3 AES 360
AES 404 Aircraft Performance ...3 AES 387
AES 423
Aviation Maintenance Emphasis or Airway Science AES 424
Flight Dispatcher/Load Planning ...........3
Aviation Law and Risk Management...........3
Airline Planning and Management............3
Space Flight...............................3
Aircraft Accident Investigation............3
FBO and Aircraft Marketing.................3
Air Cargo..................................3
Management Emphasis
Students who wish to enroll in the aviation management major with the aviation maintenance area of emphasis should complete an A&P program prior to or while attending MSC.
Required Courses
A&P FAA Certificate...............................
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments and Navigation
AES 321 Aviation Economics and Regulations AES 322 Aviation Law and
AES 385
AES 420
AES 421
AES 423
AES 437
AES 486
AES 491
Total.
Risk Management.............
Human Factors and Physiology .
Airport Planning............
Airport Management..........
FBO and Aircraft Marketing..
Advanced Navigation Systems ..
Aviation Safety.............
Aviation Management Problems and Job Targeting...........
Suggested Electives
AES 222
AES 320
AES 323
AES 324
MTR 346
AES 387
AES 403
AES 404
Flight Dispatcher/Load Planning ...
National Airspace Operations..
Commuter Airline Management.....
Airline Planning and Management. Meteorology and Flight Operations
Aircraft Accident Investigation.
Aerodynamics..................
Aircraft Performance .........
Semester
Hours
.....30
......2
......3
......3
......3
......3
......3
......3
......3
......3
....._3
....59
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Flight Engineer Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals ......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation I............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology.......................2
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments and Navigation........2
AES 180 Commercial/lnstrument Ground................6
AES 197 Professional Pilot Documentation ...........0
AES 270 Simulator-Cross Country Flight..............2
AES 300* Aircraft Systems and Propulsion.............3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and Regulations..........3
AES 323 Commuter Airline Management.................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management.............3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations...........3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology of Flight......3
AES 403* Aerodynamics................................3
AES 404* Aircraft Performance .......................3
AES 413* Flight Engineer Duties and Responsibilities.4
AES 414* B-727 Systems...............................4
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems.................3
AES 486 Aviation Safety.........;.......................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting.........................._3
Total..................................................59
'In order to comply with the requirements for the FAA flight engineer's written examination, these courses must be scheduled within a concentrated time period and with a minimum number of clock hours.
The flight engineers program should be taken during the
students senior year.
Professional Pilot (PPT)
Suggested Electives
Major for Bachelor of Science General Aviation Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation I...........................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology.......................2
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments and Navigation.......2
AES 180 Commercial/lnstrument Ground...............6
AES 197 Professional Pilot Documentation ..........0
AES 270 Simulator Cross Country Flight ............2
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion............3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and Regulations.........3
AES 323 Commuter Airline Management................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management............3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations...........3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology
of Flight .................................3
AES 403 Aerodynamics................................3
AES 404 Aircraft Performance .......................3
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems.................3
AES 486 Aviation Safety.............................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting......................... 3
Total..................................................51
Suggested Electives
AES 205 Aviation History and Future
Development................................3
AES 205 Aviation History...........................3
AES 222 Flight Dispatcher/Load Planning ...........3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk Management...........3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management............3
AES 360 Space Flight...............................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing.................3
AES 424 Air Cargo..................................3
Airway Science Aircraft Systems Management Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals ......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation I............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology .......................2
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments and Navigation........2
AES 180 Commercial/lnstrument Ground................6
AES 197 Professional Pilot Documentation ...........0
AES 270 Simulator-Cross Country Flight..............2
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion.............3
AES 320 National Airspace Operations................3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and Regulations..........3
AES 323 Commuter Airline Management.................3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations............3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology of Flight.......3
AES 403 Aerodynamics.................................3
AES 404 Aircraft Performance ........................3
AES 413 Flight Engineer Duties and Responsibilities.4
AES 414 B-727 Systems................................4
79


School of Professional Studies
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems.................3
AES 486 Aviation Safety............................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting........................._3
Total..................................................59
Suggested Electives
AES 205 Aviation History............................3
AES 222 Flight Dispatcher/Load Planning ............3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk Management............3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management.............3
AES 360 Space Flight ...............................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing..................3
AES 424 Air Cargo...................................3
Minors
The following aerospace minors are designed primarily to afford majors in other areas within the college with the opportunity to develop an understanding of the aerospace world and sufficient familiarity with aviation skills to use in furtherance of their primary job. Aerospace majors normally may not elect the aviation management or professional pilot minors. Exception: aviation management (maintenance emphasis) may minor in professional pilot; professional pilot majors may minor in airframe and powerplant mechanics.
Aviation Management Minor
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals ......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation I............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology ......................2
AES 321 Aviation Economics and Regulations..........3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk Management..........._3
Total...................................................14
Plus nine hours selected from the following courses:
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion.............3
AES 323 Commuter Airline Management.................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management.............3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology of Flight......3
AES 420 Airport Planning ...........................3
AES 421 Airport Management..........................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing..................3
AES 424 Air Cargo...................................3
AES 486 Aviation Safety.............................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems and
Job Targeting.............................. 3
Total..................................................._9
Total...................................................23
Professional Pilot Minor
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals ......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation I............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology ......................2
AES 180 Commercial/lnstrument Ground................6
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion.............3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations...........3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology of Flight......3
AES 486 Aviation Safety............................_3
Total...................................................26
In addition, all professional pilot minors must possess, as a minimum, the FAA commercial certificate with an instrument rating.
Airframe and Powerplant Mechanics Minor
Students who wish to enroll in the airframe and powerplant (A&P) mechanics minor should complete an A&P program prior to or while attending MSC.
Required Courses
Completion of an FAA approved A&P program with appropriate
college credit (usual semester hours awarded)..............30
Plus:
AES 486 Aviation Safety................................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing...................._3
Total......................................................36
Air Force ROTC Program
Students may register and receive credit at Metropolitan State College for Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AFROTC) classes at the University of Colorado, Boulder. The Air Force Department of Aerospace Studies offers two Air Force ROTC programs leading to a commission in the active Air Force upon earning a baccalaureate degree.
Four-Year Program. The four-year program consists of the General Military Course (GMC) and the Professional Officer Course (POC). Emphasis is focused upon basic leadership qualities and preparation for the Air Force while enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program. Upon completion of the GMC, students attend a four-week field training camp at an air force base. Field training is designed to encourage leadership development and to introduce students to the active Air Force environment. The POC taken during the last two years prepares students for active duty through practical experiences as a cadet officer. In this phase, students will concentrate on advanced leadership training in final preparation for an Air Force commission. Four-year programs are available to students with a minimum of eight semesters remaining at Metropolitan State College. Application for these programs should be made after consultation with a professor of aerospace studies, University of Colorado.
Two-Year Program. The two-year program consists of the Professional Officer Course (POC) and a six-week field training camp. Students with two years of full-time college remaining at the undergraduate, graduate level, or both, are eligible to apply. Once selected, students must successfully complete the six-week field training which includes 60 hours of academic study in addition to the regular curriculum of the four-week camp. The POC phase is identical to that explained in the four-year program.
Students should contact a professor of aerospace studies, University of Colorado, for specific requirements and options available based on each students status at the time of program entry. Applications are accepted between September 1 and December 15.
Flight Training: Limited enrollment in expense-paid ground school and flight training is open to cadets approved and qualified for future USAF pilot training.
Air Force College Scholarship Program: Students participating in Air Force ROTC may be eligible to compete for Air Force ROTC college scholarships. Students selected for this program are placed on grants that pay tuition, book costs, nonrefundable education fees, and subsistence of $100 per month, tax free. All cadets enrolled in the Professional Officer Course receive $100 per month during the regular academic year. Students are also eligible to compete for two-, three-, or four-year scholarships open to both men and women.
For further information, contact:
Professor of Air Force Aerospace Studies Air Force ROTC Detachment 105 Folsom Stadium, Room 223
80


School of Professional Studies
University of Colorado Boulder, Colorado 80309 Telephone: 492-8351
Program of Study
Four-Year Program
The following courses are required during the first two years:
Semester
Hours
AFR 103 Development of Air Power I...................1
AFR 104 Development of Air Power II..................1
AFR 203 U. S. Military Forces I......................1
AFR 204 U. S. Military Forces II.....................1
The following courses are required during the last two years of the program:
AFR 301 USAF Management and Leadership I ............3
AFR 302 USAF Management and Leadership II ...........3
AFR 401 National Security Forces I...................3
AFR 402 National Security Forces II..................3
Two-Year Program
Veterans of military service, reservists, students with Junior ROTC, Civil Air Patrol, or equivalent experience, may be allowed advanced placement for all or a portion of the first two years. Students who successfully complete the six-week summer camp are allowed to enroll in the program at the 300 course level. ALL students must complete the courses listed under the second paragraph of the four-year program above.
Supplemental Courses and Language Requirements
All AFROTC scholarship students in the General Military Course must successfully complete a course in English composition before they can advance to the Professional Officer Course. All AFROTC scholarship students must also successfully complete a course in an Indo-European or Asian language prior to commissioning. All Professional Officer Course students must successfully complete a course in mathematical reasoning prior to commissioning.
Army ROTC Program
Students may enroll in Army ROTC classes available on campus in the Department of Military Science. For further details and program offerings, refer to the military science section of this bulletin.
Civil Engineering Technology
The specialized fields within the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology include programs in civil engineering Ttchnology, drafting, and surveying. The surveying program is a separate, specialized four-year program. The individual curriculum requirements are listed separately.
Civil engineering technology graduates apply engineering principles in performing many of the tasks necessary for the planning and construction of highways, buildings, railroads, bridges, reservoirs, dams, irrigation works, water systems, airports, and other structures. In planning for a construction project, they may participate in estimating costs, preparing specifications for materials, and participate in surveying, drafting, and design work. During the construction phase, they work closely with the contractor and the superintendent in scheduling field layout, construction activities and the inspection of the work for conformity to specifications. In recent years, a major work area for civil and environmental engineering technology relates specifically to environmental problems. This includes design and construction of water supply facilities, design of waste-water collection and treatment facilities, design of air pollution control
facilities, and design of solid and toxic waste disposal facilities. The development of environmental impact studies and environmental impact reports are also included in this area.
Following are the curriculum requirements for the various degrees, minors, and areas of emphasis.
Civil Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
The four-year bachelor of science degree is awarded upon the completion of the required courses and either a structures, environmental or surveying area of emphasis or an approved minor.
This program is accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology.
Semester
Required Technical Studies Hours
CEN 110 Civil Technology...........................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ........................4
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II .......................4
CEN 210 Structural Drawing.........................4
CEN 215 Mechanics IStatics........................3
SUR 151 Surveying I ...............................4
SUR 252 Surveying II ..............................4
CEN 310 Construction Methods ......................3
CEN 312 Engineering Economy........................3
CEN 313 Mechanics of Materials.....................3
CEN 314 Mechanics of Materials Laboratory.........1
CEN 316 Mechanics II Dynamics.....................3
CEN 317 Introduction to Structural Analysis ........3
CEN 318 Fluid Mechanics I ..........................3
CEN 319 Fluid Mechanics II .........................3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing...........3
MET 311 Thermodynamics I ..........................3
MTH 151 Computer Programming: FORTRAN..............4
Approved technical electives (CEN)......................_6
Subtotal................................................61
Environmental Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
CEN 330 Water Supply and Treatment.................3
CEN 331 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal .........3
CEN 332 Environmental Impact Statements ...........3
CEN 430 Environmental Technology...................3
CEN 431 Environmental Technology Practices.........3
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology ..............^3
Total...................................................18
Structures Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
CEN 410 Structural Design .........................3
CEN 411 Steel Design...............................3
CEN 412 Concrete Design I .........................3
CEN 413 Soils Mechanics............................3
CEN 414 Concrete Design II ........................3
CEN 330 Water Supply and Treatment.................3
or
CEN 331 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal .........3
or
CEN 430 Environmental Technology...................3
or
CEN 431 Environmental Technology Practices........_3
Total...................................................18
Engineering and Land Surveying Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
SUR 262 Survey Drafting............................3
81


School of Professional Studies
SUR 253 Route Surveying ..............................4
SUR 354 Boundary Law I................................3
SUR 454 Boundary Law II...............................3
SUR 453 Site Planning ................................3
Surveying Elective ....................... 3-4
Total..................................................19-20
Control Surveying and Mapping Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
SUR 262 Survey Drafting ..............................3
SUR 265 Photogrammetry I .............................3
SUR 362 Cartographic Surveys..........................3
SUR 345 Electronic Instrumentation for Surveying......3
SUR 474 Geodetic and Special Surveys..................4
SUR 453 Site Planning................................_3
Total.....................................................19
Minor in Civil Engineering Technology Required Technical Studies
CEN 110 Civil Technology..............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ..........................4
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics.........................3
SUR 151 Surveyingl ...................................3
CEN 310 Construction Methods..........................3
Approved lower-division technical elective ................3
Approved upper-division technical elective................_3
Total.....................................................22
Minor in Drafting Engineering Technology Required Technical Studies
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ..........................4
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II .........................4
CEN 221 Architectural Drawing ........................3
CEN 320 Advanced Technical Drawing ...................3
Approved lower-division technical elective ................3
Approved upper-division technical elective................_3
Total.....................................................20
Surveying and Mapping
The bachelor of science in surveying and mapping is the only one of its kind in Colorado or the region. It is designed to prepare the graduate for registration as a professional land surveyor, but is broad enough to prepare him or her for a career in any other area of surveying and mapping as well, or for graduate study. Graduates are In professional-level positions with the Bureau of Land Management and other federal, state and local government agencies, utilities, and private companies. Several have become presidents of their societies (Professional Land Surveyors of Colorado and the Colorado Section of the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping). A relatively new employment area for graduates is in land information systems (storing information on land parcels, public utilities, natural resources, etc., in computer systems for recordkeeping and planning purposes).
Surveying and Mapping Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Technical Studies Hours
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I .......................4
SUR 151 Surveyingl ................................4
SUR 252 Surveying II ..............................4
SUR 253 Route Surveying ...........................4
SUR 255 Surveying Computations ....................3
SUR 262 Survey Drafting............................3
SUR 265 Photogrammetry I ..........................3
SUR 271 Astronomy for Surveyors ...................2
SUR 354 Boundary Law I.............................3
SUR 362 Cartographic Surveys.......................3
SUR 366 Land Information Systems..................3
SUR 376 Surveying Data Adjustments ...............3
448 Geodesy...................................3
SUR 453 Site Planning.............................3
SUR 454 Boundary Law II...........................3
SUR 465 Photogrammetry II ........................3
SUR 474 Geodetic and Special Surveys..............4
GEL 101 General Geology...........................4
GEG 484 Remote Sensing of the Environment........_3
Subtotal...............................................62
Required Math Minor
MTH 141 Calculus I .............................. 4
MTH 151 Computer Programming: FORTRAN..............4
MTH 214 Matrix Algebra ............................2
MTH 241 Calculus II ...............................4
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics.................4
Approved math elective ..........................(min.)_2
Subtotal.............................................. 20
Total.................................................130
Minor in Surveying
Required Technical Studies
SUR 151 Surveyingl ................................4
SUR 252 Surveying II ..............................4
SUR 262 Survey Drafting ...........................3
SUR 265 Photogrammetry I ..........................3
SUR 271 Astronomy for Surveyors ...................2
SUR 362 Cartographic Surveys.......................3
SUR 465 Photogrammetry II........................._3
Total..................................................22
Electronics Engineering Technology
Electronics engineering technology graduates possess some of the know-why of the engineer and some of the know-how of the technician.
Graduates are employed in a variety of positions as technologists working in some of the following functional areas:
Research and Development
Technical activities in research and development are primarily directed towards obtaining new information and new knowledge of the field. The engineering technologist is a member of the research team. This specific work may involve the development and construction of prototypes, test and evaluation of equipment, or other activities necessary to render technical support to a research project.
Electronic Manufacturing
A graduate employed in a manufacturing facility might be involved in actual manufacturing, fabrication, test, prototype development, calibration, and quality control. In some cases, students may also become heavily involved in sales engineering.
Manufacturing Plants
In all other areas of industry, the rapid advancement of sophisticated electronic instrumentation is opening vast fields for the engineering technology graduates. Practically all on-line control processes are electronically directed. In this area, technical, as well as personnel supervisory positions are available to the engineering technologist.
Services
Service engineering has become a field of its own. This area involves extensive activities in the fields of computers, communications, instrumentation, new product development, and numerous other activities involving electrical and electronic systems.
82


School of Professional Studies
Design
Some technologists design electronic equipment and systems, where the design is application oriented.
The EET curriculum provides a foundation in mathematics and science as well as a thorough treatment of the characteristics of electric circuits and electronic devices. In this four-year program, specialization may be achieved by selection of an area of emphasis in computers, communications (including satellite, fiber optics, microwave, and laser), control systems (including robotics) and power (including solar energy). This degree program is accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology.
Electronics Engineering Technology
Major for Bachelor of Science
EET 343 Power Generation Using Solar Energy.........3
MET 311 Thermodynamics .............................3
MET 314 Heat Transfer Lab...........................1
Upper-division EET electives..........................._5
Subtotal...............................................18
Control Systems Area of Emphasis
Required EET courses
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and Operation.....4
EET 372 Control Systems Laboratory .................1
EET 433* Digital Communications.....................3
EET 434** Interface Techniques ......................3
EET 471 Automatic Control Systems II ...............4
EET 473 Robotics
or
Upper-division EET elective............................_3
Subtotal...............................................18
Because the program emphasizes applications of theory, students are required to take concurrent laboratory courses. In the EET 100 and EET 200 series of courses, students who drop or change to No Credit in the theory/laboratory course must make the same change in the companion laboratory/theory course.
The bachelor of science degree is awarded upon completion of the courses listed below. Students should contact the department for recent changes to this major.
This program is accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology.
Semester
Required Technical Courses Hours
EET 110 Circuits I ....................................4
EET 111 Circuits Labi .................................1
EET 112 Circuits II ...................................4
EET 113 Circuits Lab II................................2
EET 210 Electronics I .................................4
EET 211 Electronics Lab I .............................1
EET 212 Electronics II ................................3
EET 213 Electronics Lab II ............................2
EET 232 Digital Circuits I ............................3
EET 234 Technical Programming Applications.............2
EET 311 Advanced Circuits I............................4
EET 312 Advanced Circuits II ..........................4
EET 333 Digital Circuits II ...........................3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors................3
EET 362 Communication I................................3
EET 371 Automatic Control Systems I ...................3
EET 410 Senior Project I ..............................1
EET 411 Senior Project II .............................2
CEN 200 Statics and Dynamics ..........................4
MET 312 Heat Transfer..................................2
Upper-division EET electives
(or MIS 401 and MIS 402) .................................._6
Subtotal...................................................61
Communications Area of Emphasis
Semester
Required EET Courses Hours
EET 331 Pulse Circuits..............................3
EET 363 Communication II ...........................4
EET 367 Measurements for Communications.............4
EET 462 Communications III .........................4
Upper-division EET electives..........................._3
Subtotal...............................................18
Power Area of Emphasis
*EET 435 may substitute for EET 433 **EET 436 may substitute for EET 434
Computer Technology Area of Emphasis
Required EET Courses
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and Operation.....4
EET 432 Digital Filters ............................3
EET 433* Digital Communications......................3
EET 434** Interface Techniques ......................3
Upper-division EET elective............................._5
Subtotal................................................18
*EET 435 may substitute for EET 433 "EET 436 may substitute for EET 434
Minor in Electronics Engineering Technology
Required EET Courses
EET 110 EET 111 EET 112 EET 113 EET 231 or
EET 232 EET 301
Total....
Circuits I ...........................
Circuits I Lab........................
Circuits II ..........................
Circuits II Lab.......................
Digital Logic and Telecommunications
Digital Circuits I ......................
Industrial Electronics ...............
....4
....1
....4
....2
....4
....3
___4
18-19
Technology and Technical Communications
The department offers degree programs in industrial technology, technical and industrial administration, industrial design, mechanical engineering technology and technical communications. For specific information see the detailed listings for each major.
Industrial Technology
The industrial technology program offers the following majors:
Bachelor of Science:
Industrial Technology (ITS)
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis Business Area of Emphasis Internship Area of Emphasis Technical and Industrial Administration (TIA)
Bachelor of Arts:
Industrial Design (IND)
Required Courses
EET 341 Electric Power Generation......................3
EET 342 Electric Power Distribution ...................3
Minors:
Industrial Technology Industrial Arts Teaching
83


School of Professional Studies
General Studies
Students must consult with a faculty advisor regarding general studies requirements.
Credit by Examination
Often students selecting the industrial technology major have extensive experience in business, industry or the military that parallels the content of some of the courses. To receive credit for such experience the student must contact the department chair for evaluation.
Industrial Technology Major for Bachelor of Science Degree
In order to be awarded the bachelor of science degree in industrial technology, the student must meet the colleges general specifications for the baccalaureate degree and must complete the courses required for one of the three areas of emphasis (industrial arts teaching, business, or internship) as listed below. General studies requirements listed in the industrial technology program section of this bulletin may not apply to the new General Studies Program. Students must consult with a faculty advisor regarding general studies requirements.
No minor required.
Industrial Technology Core
The following core courses are required for all industrial
technology areas of emphasis.
ITS 101 Introduction to Woodworking ......................4
ITS 102 Introduction to Industrial
Technology .....................................1
ITS 103 Finishing Materials and Processes ................2
ITS 110 Introduction to Plastics I .......................2
ITS 120 Introduction to General Metals: Cold Metals.......2
ITS 122 Introduction to General Metals: Hot Metals .......2
ITS 131 Introduction to Craft Materials and Processes ...2
ITS 141 Industrial Drawing: Sketching.....................2
ITS 142 Industrial Drawing: Instruments ..................2
ITS 150 Introduction to Graphic Arts I ...................2
ITS 151 Introduction to Graphic Arts II ..................2
ITS 166 Introduction to Power ............................3
ITS 171** Consumer Electricity and Electronics:
Communication Systems...........................2
ITS 172** Consumer Electricity and Electronics: Control
Systems ........................................2
ITS 175 Consumer Electricity and Electronics:
Residential Systems ............................3
ITS 380 Industrial Production............................_4
Total........................................................37
"Electricity/electronics specialty students substitute EET 210-4, Electronics I.
I. Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis
Teacher certification requirements.........................34
EDU 221 Process of Education in Urban
Secondary Schools.............................3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban
Secondary Schools.............................2
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner....................3
EDU 321 Secondary School Curriculum
and Classroom Management .....................3
EDU 322 Field Experiences in Tutoring and
Materials Construction .......................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom.....................................3
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education..................3
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary....................................12
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing
in the Content Areas ........................ 4
Total.....................................................126
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis Electricity/ Electronics Speciality
General Studies............................................36
Science and/or Mathematics*
MTH 103 Triangle Trigonometry .........................1
MTH 111 College Algebra ...............................4
PHY 100 Introduction to Physics .......................4
Industrial Technology Core.................................37
Electricity/Electronics Specialty Core.....................16
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines ................3
EET 211 Electronics Laboratory ........................1
EET 232 Digital Circuits I ............................3
EET 333 Digital Circuits II ...........................3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors................3
EET 436 Microprocessors Applications...................3
Industrial arts teaching emphasis requirements..............6
ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of
Teaching Industrial Arts......................3
ITS 483 Organization and Administration
of Industrial Arts............................3
Teacher certification requirements........................ 34
Total.....................................................129
'Required for specialty
II. Business Area of Emphasis
Selection of the business emphasis prepares students to enter business and industry in a variety of capacities. Sales, manufacturing, management and small business operation provide diverse opportunities for graduates. Within this emphasis, speciality areas are available in:
-automotive -graphics
-drafting -metals
-electricity/electronics -woods
General Studies..............................................36
Graduates meet all the state requirements for a secondary teaching credential and are qualified to teach industrial arts in both junior and senior high schools. Courses are also offered which are designed for those already in teaching and desire to further their
professional growth.
General Studies..............................................36
Industrial Technology Core....................................37
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis Requirements.......18
ITS 260 Principles of Automotive
Systems .........................................4
ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of
Teaching Industrial Arts.........................3
ITS 483 Organization and Administration of
Industrial Arts..................................3
ITS Upper-division electives (must be
in 2 different areas)............................8
Science and/or Mathematics for Electricity/Electronics Specialty
MTH 103 Triangle Trigonometry ............1
MTH 111 College Algebra ..................4
PHY 100 Introduction to Physics ..........4
Industrial Technology Core.................................37
Business Core..............................................24
ITS 370 Industrial Safety.................3
ITS 371 Developments in Industrial and
Technical Processes................3
ITS 372 Characteristics of Industrial and
Technical Personnel Selection,
Supervision, and Evaluation.......3
ITS 473 Assessment of Trade and Technical
Enterprises........................3
ITS 474 Organizational Structures for
Technical Enterprises .............2
84


School of Professional Studies
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I........3
ACC 308 Small Business Taxation ..........3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics
Macro.............................3
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business I .... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management..........3
MGT 321 Commercial and Corporate Law.....3
MGT 356 Small Business Management........3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing...........3
Speciality Areas......................................16-24
Automotive
ITS 260 Principles of Automotive
Systems ..........................4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Ignition,
Carburetor and Emission Systems 4 ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Electrical
Systems ..........................4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems:
Autobody Fundamentals.............4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Engine
Overhaul..........................4
ITS 420 Welding Technology ...............4
Drafting
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing......4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts.............4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies.................5
CEN 210 Structural Drawing................3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry..............2
CEN 221 Architectural Drawing ............3
Electricity/Electronics
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines ...3
EET 211 Electronics Laboratory ...........1
EET 232 Digital Circuits I................3
EET 333 Digital Circuits II ..............3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors .... 3
EET 436 Microprocessor Applications.......3
Graphics
ITS 255 Introduction to Photography........3
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing........4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts..............4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies..................5
TEI 200 Airbrush I (CCD Course)............6
Metals
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II .......2
ITS 231 Art Metal, Silversmith and
Lapidary ..........................2
ITS 321 Advanced Metalworking .............4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing........4
ITS 420 Welding Technology ................4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies..................5
Wood
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II .......2
ITS 301 Advanced Woodworking...............4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing........4
ITS 345 Facility Planning...................3
ITS 401 Furniture Construction..............4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies..................5
Electives.............................................. 0-7
Total..................................................121-122
III. Internship Area of Emphasis
Under this program students receive on-the-job training by working in business and industry in a capacity related to their own speciality area. Employment opportunities are comparable to those in the business area of emphasis. Within this emphasis, speciality areas are available in:
-automotive -graphics
-drafting -metals
-electricity/electronics -woods
General Studies.............................................36
Science and/or Mathematics for E/E Specialty
MTH 103 Triangle Trigonometry .............1
MTH 111 College Algebra ....................4
PHY 100 Introductions to Physics ...........4
Industrial Technology Core..................................37
Internship Core.............................................20
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I .........3
ITS 473 Assessment of Trade and Technical
Enterprises........................3
ITS 474 Organizational Structure for
Technical Enterprises..............2
Internship..................................................12
Specialty Areas..........................................16-24
Automotive
ITS 260 Principles of Automotive
Systems ...........................4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Ignition,
Carburetor and Emission Systems 4 ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Electrical
Systems ...........................4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems:
Autobody Fundamentals..............4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Engine
Overhaul...........................4
ITS 420 Welding Technology .................4
Drafting
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing........4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts...............4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies..................5
CEN 210 Structural Drawing..................3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry................2
CEN 221 Architectural Drawing ..............3
Electricity/Electronics (E/E)
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines .....3
EET 211 Electronics Lab ....................1
EET 232 Digital Circuits I .................3
EET 333 Digital Circuits II.................3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors .... 3
EET 436 Microprocessors Applications........3
Graphics
ITS 255 Introduction to Photography.........3
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing.........4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts...............4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies..................5
TEI 200 Airbrush I..........................6
(CCD Course)
Metals
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II ........2
ITS 231 Art Metal, Silversmith and
Lapidary ..........................2
ITS 321 Advanced Metalworking ..............4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing.........4
ITS 420 Welding Technology .................4
85


School of Professional Studies
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies..................5
Wood
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II ........2
ITS 301 Advanced Woodworking................4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing.........4
ITS 345 Facility Planning...................3
ITS 401 Furniture Construction..............4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies..................5 ________
Total..................................................120-122
Industrial Technology Minor
This minor must be approved in writing by the chair of the department. The chair must approve the plan of study and will take into account the students previous experience and future occupational goal.
Industrial Arts Teaching Minor...............................22
Required Courses
ITS 380 Industrial Safety and Production .... 4 ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of
Teaching Industrial Arts...........3
ITS 483 Organization and Administration of
Industrial Arts....................3
ITS Lower-Division Elective ............8
ITS Upper-Division Elective ............4
Technical and Industrial Administration
The technical and industrial administration major builds on the technical expertise attained through completion of an associate of applied science, associate of science, or associate of arts degree with specialties from within the fields of trade and industry (T&l) or technical education. This major provides students with an increased opportunity for career mobility and advancement in jobs related to, or associated with, their technical background.
Students who have met MSCs general studies requirements should be able to complete the bachelor of science degree in four-five semesters. Technical credits earned in the associate degree will be accepted and applied toward requirements for a minor. Students entering this program must possess an associate degree and complete the following requirements.
Technical and Industrial Administration Major for Bachelor of Science Degree
General Studies............................................36
Technical and Industrial Administration Core...............20
ITS 370 Industrial Safety...................3
ITS 371 Development in Industrial and
Technical Processes................3
ITS 372 Characteristics of Industrial and
Technical Personnel Selection,
Supervision and Evaluation ........3
ITS 473 Assessment of Trade and Technical
Enterprises........................3
ITS 474 Organizational Structures for
Technical Enterprises .............2
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I .........3
MGT 300 Principles of Management............3
Select 1 to 12 semester hours............................1-12
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies................1-5
ITS 471 Trade and Technical Practicum.......8
ITS 472 Professional Internship............12
Electives to complete 30 credit hour major................0-9
ACC 308 Small Business Taxation ............3
MKT* 200 Business and Interpersonal
Communications.....................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems . .3
FIN 225 Personal Money Management .3
FIN 342 Principles of Insurance .3
MGT 356 Small Business Management .3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing .3
MKT 301 Marketing Research .3
MKT 310 Retailing .3
COM Upper-division courses
ITS Upper-division courses
Minor Four upper-division credit hours must be completed in addition to technical credits transferred from associate degree. These courses must be selected in consultation with and
approved by an ITS program advisor........................4
Associate degree credits..............................40-50
Total...................................................120
Industrial Design
The industrial design major is a joint program offered through the Art Department and Industrial Technology leading to a bachelor of arts degree.
Industrial Design Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
No Minor Required
Semester
Hours
General Studies..............................................36
Required Courses.............................................69
ART 110 Drawing Processes and
Concepts I.........................3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I 3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II ..
...................................3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art.................3
ART 240 Beginning Advertising Design ........3
ART 245 Beginning Product and Industrial
Design.............................3
ART 300 History of Art Nouveau
or
ART 303 History of Art Between World
Wars...............................3
ART 340 Intermediate Advertising
Design ............................3
ART 345 Intermediate Product and
Industrial Design..................3
ART 445 Advanced Product and Industrial
Design I...........................3
ART 446 Advanced Product and Industrial
Design II .........................3
ITS 101 Introduction to Woodworking .........4
ITS 103 Finishing Materials & Processes .... 2
ITS 110 Introduction to Plastics I ..........2
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II .........2
ITS 120 Introduction to General Metals:
Cold Metals........................2
ITS 122 Introduction to General Metals:
Hot Metals.........................2
ITS 141 Industrial Drawing: Sketching........2
ITS 142 Industrial Drawing: Instruments .....2
ITS 255 Introduction to Photography..........3
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing..........4
ITS 380 Industrial Safety and Production .... 4
ITS 401 Furniture Construction...............4
PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering............3
Elective courses (selected in consultation with
advisor, 10 of which must be upper-division)............. 15
Total.......................................................120
86


School of Professional Studies
Mechanical Engineering Technology
The program has been developed considering the needs of industry. A group of technical people from various engineering companies, industrial companies, and consulting firms in the greater Denver area serve the mechanical engineering technology program in an advising capacity. This meaningful relationship assures that the four-year graduate is capable of handling a variety of challenging tasks that assist the professional engineer.
The mechanical engineering technology program offers the bachelor of science degree in MET. It is structured with two distinct areas of emphasis. The student may select to follow: (1) a series of courses with an emphasis on manufacturing; or (2) a group of design, heat power related courses under the designated mechanical emphasis.
The mechanical engineering technologist, as a specialist in applied engineering, takes creative ideas and concepts and translates them into practical applications in new machines, products, or manufacturing processes. A mechanical engineering technologist may choose to apply these concepts in the energy field.
The mechanical engineering technology programs are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology.
Mechanical Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science Degree
Mechanical Engineering Technology Core
The following core courses are required for all mechanical engineering technology areas of emphasis:
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Technology.........3
MET 101 Manufacturing Processes........................3
MET 220 Materials of Engineering.......................3
MET 221 Mechanical Drawing ............................3
MET 222 Computer Aided Drafting for Engineering
Technology ..................................3
MET 301 Fluid Flow I...................................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ...........................3
or
Equivalent Training or Experience in Drafting
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines ................3
EET 301 Principles of Electronics/Electronic
Circuits I ..................................4
MTH 111 College Algebra ...............................3
and
MTH 112 College Trigonometry ..........................3
or
MTH 140 Precalculus Mathematics .......................4
MTH 141 Calculus I ....................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II ...................................4
PHY 201 College Physics I..............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II............................ 5
Subtotal...............................................47-53
The student then selects one of the following sequences:
I. Manufacturing Area of Emphasis:
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance................3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis ........................4
MET 305 Heat Power ....................................3
MET 310 N/C Computer Programming.......................3
MET 325 Tool Design and Production Tooling ............3
MET 330 Statistical Process Control ...................3
MET 333 Robotics for Manufacturing.....................3
MET 341 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing ........3
MET 351 Technical Supervision..........................3
MET 401 Advanced Manufacturing Technology..............3
MET 404 Plant Layout................................3
MET 408 Computer Aided Manufacturing ...............3
MET 424 Cost Estimating for Manufacturing...........3
CEN 200 Statics and Dynamics ......................_4
Subtotal.............................................. 44
Total.............................................127-133
II. Mechanical Area of Emphasis:
MET 302 Fluid Flow II...............................3
MET 307 Machine Design .............................3
MET 311 Thermodynamics I ...........................3
MET 312 Heat Transfer...............................2
MET 314 Heat Transfer Laboratory....................1
MET 331 Thermodynamics II ..........................3
MET 332 Instrumentation Laboratory..................3
MET 407 Computer Aided Design.......................3
MET 428 Advanced Energy Technology..................3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics.......................3
CEN 313 Mechanics of Materials......................3
CEN 314 Mechanics of Materials Lab..................1
CEN 316 Mechanics II Dynamics.....................3
Upper-division technical elective......................_3
Subtotal.............................................. 37
Total.............................................120-126
The department has structured the following sequence of courses for those wishing to minor in mechanical engineering technology.
Mechanical Engineering Technology Minor
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Technology.........3
MET 101 Manufacturing Processes......................3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance..............3
MET 220 Materials of Engineering.....................3
MET 310 N/C Computer Programming.....................3
MET 400 Project Engineering ........................_3
Total....................................................18
Technical Communications
The technical communications program offers three areas of emphasis under the communications multi-major and a technical communications minor. The three areas of emphasis are technical writing and editing emphasis, Organizational emphasis, and technical media emphasis. Each area of emphasis offers training in one or more communications areas that are most in demand by industry and government. Technical writing and Eeiting prepares an individual to write, edit and publish the wide variety of reports, manuals, and other technical or lay publications produced by industry and government. The organizational emphasis is designed for the person who desires to manage the flow of information within a company or government agency or between industries and agencies. The technical media emphasis meets two needs of industry and government: (1) persons prepared to design and implement internal training programs, and (2) persons seeking careers in providing information through the visual media.
The technical communications minor provides a general background in communications designed to meet the minimal needs of industry and government with opportunity to emphasize the area of most interest to the individual student. The minor is particularly useful to persons majoring in scientific and technological disciplines as a means of expanding their employment skills.
The program welcomes students from the community and other areas of the college whose professional or academic work will benefit from one or more of the program offerings. Persons enrolling for one of the major areas of emphasis or the minor must confer with a program advisor because ali academic programs are tailored to the career goals of the individual student.
87


School of Professional Studies
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Technical Writing and Editing
Sponsored by the Program in Technical Communications
This communications area of emphasis provides the student with both the theory and production practices of technical writing and editing used by industry and government. It includes coursework in the writing, editing, design and production of technical reports, proposals, and manuals in addition to professional experience, hands-on practice with computer hardware, and the production of software instructions and manuals.
Semester
Required Core Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communications Concepts
and Systems ....................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion........................^
Total.........................................................6
Required Area of Emphasis Courses
24 hours from the following:
COM 243 Introduction to Industrial Visual Media.........3
COM 244 Writing for Radio...............................3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing...............3
COM 299 Internship...................................arr.
COM 344 Corporate Scriptwriting for Film and Television ..3
COM 354 Developing Computer-Assisted Instruction .......3
COM 361 Advanced Technical Writing .....................3
COM 362 Industrial Editing and Production ..............3
COM 363 Designing Technical Publications................3
COM 364 Writing Computer-User Software
Documentation...................................3
COM 366 Topics in Industrial and Technical
Communications..................................3
COM 378 Communications Law..............................3
COM 462 Critical Readings in Industrial and Technical
Communications..................................3
COM 479 Senior Seminar in Industrial Communications ....3
COM 480 Workshop.....................................arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship..........................arr.
ITS 151 Introduction to Graphic Arts II ................2
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts.........................._4
Total........................................................24
Electives
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis and/ or courses approved by the student's advisor that would
specifically benefit the student s career goals..............12
Total........................................................42
Communications: Organizational
Sponsored by the Program in Technical Communications
This Communications area of emphasis prepares the student for a career in managing the flow of information within and between technical and industrial communications networks and systems. It includes practical experience and theoretical understanding of developing organizational communications theory, the cultures that exist within corporations, conflict management, and various methodologies for the dissemination of information within industrial, governmental, and other large organizations.
Semester
Required Core Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communications Concepts
and Systems ..............................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.................
Total.................................................6
Required Area of Emphasis Courses
24 hours from the following:
COM 243 Introduction to Industrial Visual Media.......3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing.............3
COM 299 Internship.................................arr.
COM 351 Organizational Communication .................3
COM 352 Communication of Power and Authority..........3
COM 353 Corporate Cultures............................3
COM 354 Developing Computer-Assisted Instruction .....3
COM 356 Variable Topics in Organizational
Communicating................................3
COM 378 Communications Law ...........................3
COM 479 Senior Seminar in Industrial Communications ....3
COM 480 Workshop...................................arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship........................arr.
MGT 355 Production Management.........................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations .....................3
PSY 345 Industrial Psychology.........................3
PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering.....................3
SOC 316 Industry and Occupations......................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking............3
SPE 311 Conference Leadership........................_3
Total.....................................................24
Electives
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis and/ or courses approved by the student's advisor that would
specifically benefit the students career goals...........12
Total.....................................................42
Communications: Technical Media
Sponsored by the Program in Technical Communications
This communications area of emphasis provides the student with the theoretical understanding and the practical experience required to design, write, and produce multi-image slide and video-tape productions for use in industry, government, and other large organizations. Such productions are frequently used for training, image creation, and information dissemination.
Semester
Required Core Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communications Concepts
and Systems ......................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.........................J3
Total...........................................................6
Required Area of Emphasis Courses
24 hours from the following:
COM 241 Basic Multi-Image Production .....................3
COM 242 Basic Industrial Videotape Production ............3
COM 243 Introduction to Industrial Visual Media...........3
COM 244 Writing for Radio.................................3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing.................3
COM 299 Internship........................................3
COM 341 Advanced Multi-Image Production ..................3
COM 342 Advanced Industrial Videotape Production..........3
COM 344 Corporate Scriptwriting for Film and Television ..3
COM 354 Developing Computer-Assisted Instruction .........3
COM 378 Communications Law ...............................3
COM 441 Budgeting and Planning for Audio-Visual
Productions.......................................3
COM 479 Senior Seminar in Technical Communications ....3
COM 480 Workshop.................................arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship......................arr.
ITS 151 Introduction to Graphic Arts II ..................2
ITS 255 Introduction to Photography.......................3
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts.............................4
88


School of Professional Studies
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking........3
SPE 311 Conference Leadership......._3
Total.........................................................24
Electives
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis and/ or courses approved by the students advisor that would
specifically benefit the students career goals...............12
Total.........................................................42
Technical Communications Minor
The technical communications minor is designed to provide additional skills for the student majoring in a scientific or technological discipline that will increase his/her employability. In addition to the required core courses, the student selects five courses which may be in one of the specialized areas or may be divided among the areas offered by the technical communications
program to provide an overview of the discipline.
I. Each of the following courses:
COM 243 Introduction to Industrial Visual Media......3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing............3
COM 272 Introduction to Communications Concepts and
Systems .....................................J3
Semester Hours Required....................................9
II. Five of the following courses:
COM 241 Basic Multi-Image Production ................3
COM 242
COM 244
COM 341
COM 342
COM 344
COM 351
COM 352
COM 353
COM 354
COM 356
COM 361
COM 362
COM 363
COM 364
COM 366
COM 378
COM 441
COM 462
COM 479
Basic Industrial Videotape Production......
Writing for Radio..........................
Advanced Multi-Image Production ...........
Advanced Industrial Videotape Production...
Corporate Scriptwriting for Film and Television
Organizational Communication...............
Communication of Power and Authority.......
Corporate Cultures.........................
Developing Computer-Assisted Instruction ..
Variable Topics in Organizational
Communicating.................................
Advanced Technical Writing ................
Industrial Editing and Production .........
Designing Technical Publications...........
Writing Computer-User Software
Documentation..............................
Variable Topics in Industrial and Technical
Communication..............................
Communications Law.........................
Budgeting and Planning for Audio-Visual
Productions................................
Critical Readings in Industrial and Technical
Communications.............................
Senior Seminar in Technical Communications .
Semester Hours Required.....
Total Semester Hours Required.
..3
..3
..3
15
24
89
CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO coco


School of Professional Studies
Division of Public Service Professions
The Division of Public Service Professions is composed of five departments, three programs, and one institute: The Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology, the Department of Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration, the Department of Human Services, the Department of Military Science, the Department of Nursing and Health Care Management, the Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps Program, the Urban Studies Program, and the Institute for the Study of Drugs, Alcohol, and Addictive Behaviors.
The Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology offers a bachelor of science degree with a choice of five areas of emphasis: law enforcement/public safety, corrections, youth advocacy, criminal justice administration, and corporate security.
The Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration Department provides a flexible and individualized interdisciplinary program leading to the bachelor of arts degree, with minors in hotel, restaurant, meeting and travel administration.
The Department of Human Services provides a core service in programs of rehabilitation and training which emphasizes client self-help. Such programs conducted by local, state, and federal institutions and private agencies have created expanded opportunities for a variety of interesting new and existing careers.
The Department of Military Science offers Army ROTC programs leading to a commission in the active Army, Army Reserve or National Guard.
The purposes of the baccalaureate registered nurse program and the health care management program are to provide diploma and associate degree R.N. graduates and other health care professionals with a broadened educational base for improvement of health care practice and preparation for meeting future health care needs of society.
The Air Force ROTC Program allows students to register and receive credit at Metropolitan State College for Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) classes at the University of Colorado, Boulder.
The Institute for the Study of Drugs, Alcohol, and Addictive Behaviors is designed to provide opportunities for people seeking to become state certified addictions counselors to meet those requirements through a degree in human services with an addictions emphasis or a nondegreed program through the institute.
The Urban Studies Program is designed for students desiring a strong background in quantitative aspects of an urban environment. This degree program is an interdisciplinary approach to learning that includes spatial, political, economic and social processes.
The Institute for Gerontology was established to coordinate the interdisciplinary activities and gerontological programs at Metropolitan State College. Program areas of emphasis are offered in health care management, sociology, psychology and leisure studies.
Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology
The present and future needs of American society require substantially greater numbers and more highly educated persons in criminal justice agencies at all levels of government. Increasingly, the demand by potential employers is for applicants who have had professional education. In addition, there is considerable interest at all levels in the criminal justice system to increase professionalization through education. The present curriculum not only provides a solid foundation in police-related areas, but also prepares students who are interested in further study in the areas of probation and parole, corrections, juvenile agency work, criminal justice administration and private/ corporate security. Course offerings within these professional fields are related to the human services program, public administration, urban studies and commercial enterprise.
Criminal Justice and Criminology Major for Bachelor of Science
The baccalaureate major is designed to provide professional courses, as well as a broad general education. The curriculum is structured for the student seeking either preservice or inservice education. Recognizing that many interested in such education are already employed in some form of criminal justice work and that many have completed course work at the college level, the department has developed a four-year program which provides comprehensive fundamental subjects in the first two years (lower-division) and emphasizes subjects of an advanced, specialized and administrative nature in the second two years (upper-division). The curriculum Is structured to facilitate transfer from two-year police science/criminal justice programs.
A minor in sociology, psychology, political science, business management or urban studies is strongly recommended, but
others are accepted. A contract minor may also be designed to meet the individual students area of interest.
Students must meet the colleges requirements for the baccalaureate degree, including general studies and should consult with a faculty advisor regarding general studies courses, the selection of a criminal justice area of emphasis and the minor.
Areas of Study
The Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology offers a bachelor of science degree with a choice of five areas of emphasis. These areas of emphasis recognize the growing specialization within the criminal justice system and the expanding information base in the fields of law enforcement, corrections, youth advocacy, criminal justice administration and corporate security. The areas also acknowledge the educational and professional needs of the criminal justice and criminology student by providing to all graduates a commonality of learning experiences through core courses required for all areas of emphasis in criminal justice and criminology.
Criminal Justice and Criminology Major for Bachelor of Science
Criminal Justice Core semester
Required Courses for All Areas of Emphasis Hours
CJC 101 Introduction to the Criminal Justice System...3
CJC 110 Evolutionary Legal Concepts in Criminal Justice ..
.............................................3
CJC 210 Substantive Criminal Law.......................3
CJC 465 Ethics for the Criminal Justice Professional.._3
Total......................................................12
In all areas of emphasis, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division semester hours.
90


School of Professional Studies
Area of Emphasis I: Law Enforcement/Public Safety
Designed for those students who seek academic preparation for careers within law enforcement agencies or who may be considering law school or other graduate school programs.
Semester
Required Courses in Addition to Core: Hours
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedure...............3
CJC 214 Criminal Procedure.............................3
CJC 312 Constitutional Law............................J3
Total.......................................................9
Students electing this area of emphasis must select 18 hours from the following courses to complete the law enforcement/public safety area of emphasis:
CJC 215 Municipal Law..................................3
CJC 220 Law Enforcement Operations.....................3
CJC 291 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice..........1-2
CJC 314 Juvenile Law ..................................3
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior.......3
CJC 335 Seminar in Delinquency Causation, Prevention
and Control ..................................3
CJC 340 Criminal Behavior and Criminal Careers.........3
CJC 341 Criminal Justice and the Social Structure .....3
CJC 350 Criminal Investigation ........................3
CJC 370 Civil Law for Criminal Justice Administration .3
CJC 440 Criminal Justice Planning, Policy Analysis,
Evaluation and Budgeting Systems..............3
CJC 441 Special Topics in Law Enforcement..............3
Area of Emphasis II: Corrections, Probation and Parole Administration
Designed for those students seeking academic preparation for careers within the adult corrections systems at the community or institutional level.
Semester
Required Courses in Addition to Core: Hours
CJC 214 Criminal Procedure.............................3
CJC 312 Constitutional Law.............................3
CJC 328 Classification and Treatment of the Offender ....^
Total........................................................9
Students electing this area of emphasis must select at least 20 hours from the following courses to complete the corrections, probation, and parole administration area of emphasis:
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedure................3
CJC 314 Juvenile Law....................................3
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior........3
CJC 329 Probation and Parole............................3
CJC 334 Counseling Skills for Corrections Personnel ....3
CJC 340 Criminal Behavior and Criminal Careers .........3
CJC 430 Penology........................................3
CJC 440 Criminal Justice Planning, Policy Analysis,
Evaluation and Budgeting Systems...............3
CJC 431 Correctional Law................................3
CJC 442 Practicum in Corrections .......................5
CJC 462 Special Topics in Corrections Administration ...3
Area of Emphasis III: Youth Advocacy/Delinquency Control
Designed to prepare and enhance career skills for specialization in youth advocacy and delinquency control, based upon competencies acquired as a practitioner in this field or students transferring from a two-year program in criminal justice/law enforcement. Students completing an associate degree in a criminal justice program are encouraged, but not required, to complete a minor.
Semester
Required Courses in Addition to Core: Hours
CJC 312 Constitutional Law.............................3
CJC 314 Juvenile Law...................................3
CJC 335 Seminar in Delinquency Causation,
Prevention and Control........................3
CJC 340
CJC 345
CJC 466
PSY 325
PSY 326
Total.
Criminal Behavior and Criminal Careers .......3
Behavior Development and Treatment Plans.....3
Youth Advocacy Initiatives.................1-15
Child Psychology .............................3
Adolescent Psychology ....................... 3
22-36
Area of Emphasis IV: Criminal Justice Administration and Management
Designed to enhance the career skills of students preparing for specialization in criminal justice management and administration, based on competencies acquired as criminal justice practitioners or transferring from a two-year program in criminal justice/law enforcement. Students completing an associate degree in a criminal justice program are encouraged, but not required, to complete a minor.
Semester
Required Courses in Addition to Core: Hours
CJC 312 Constitutional Law..............................3
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior........3
CJC 370 Civil Law for Criminal Justice Administration..3
CJC 440 Criminal Justice Planning, Policy Analysis,
Evaluation and Budgeting Systems...............3
CJC 467 Research Seminar in Criminal Justice
Administration................................_5
Total......................................................17
Students electing this area of emphasis must complete 12 semester hours from the following courses to meet requirements in the criminal justice administration and management area of
emphasis:
CJC 310 Logic and the Law.............................3
CJC 314 Juvenile Law .................................3
CJC 325 Criminal Justice Delivery of Services and
Decision Making .............................3
CJC 410 Advanced Jurisprudence........................3
CJC 443 Comparative Criminal Justice..................3
CJC 461 Special Topics in Criminal Justice
Administration.............................. 3
Area of Emphasis V: Private Security Administration and Management
Designed for students seeking professional careers in the diverse areas of private or corporate security.
Semester
Required Courses in Addition to Core: Hours
CJC 201 Introduction to Private Security ..............3
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedure...............3
CJC 214 Criminal Procedure.............................3
CJC 312 Constitutional Law.............................3
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior.......3
CJC 341 Criminal Justice and the Social
Structure ....................................3
CJC 370 Civil Law for Criminal Justice Administration.3
CJC 385 Corporate Security Management..................3
CJC 475 Crime Prevention and Loss Reduction............3
CMS 201 Introduction to Information Systems............3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ..................._3
Total..................................................... 33
Minor in Criminal Justice and Criminology
CJC 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice System........3
CJC 110 Evolutionary Legal Concepts in Criminal Justice ..
..............................................3
CJC 465 Ethics for the Criminal Justice Professional...3
CJC Electives selected in consultation with and
approved by the department advisor, at
least four hours of which must be upper-division.
..............................................._9
Total.........................................................18
91


School of Professional Studies
Hospitality, Meeting & Travel Administration
Major for Bachelor of Arts
The Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration Department provides a flexible and individualized interdisciplinary major program leading to the bachelor of arts degree and four academic minor programs.
Students are offered areas of emphasis in hotel administration, meeting administration, restaurant administration or travel administration. Each area of emphasis is designed for the individual student to provide both the theoretical knowledge and practical experiences to prepare for employment in these rapidly expanding industries.
To be awarded a degree, the student must complete the general studies requirement of MSC. Students must consult with faculty advisors for selection of approved general studies courses.
In addition to meeting degree requirements, including the general studies requirement, the HMTA student must:
1. Maintain a grade point average of 2.25.
2. Demonstrate a typing proficiency of 35 wpm.
3. Present CPR and first aid certification.
4. Demonstrate a basic competence in a foreign language.*
5. Present verification of 1,200 clock hours of on-the-job experience in the HMTA areas of emphasis. These may be secured through paid job experience, cooperative education, externships, or a combination of the three. No more than nine semester hours in cooperative education will be accepted, and these hours must contain specific descriptions of the job duties performed.
6. Travel students must present certification of 40 clock hours of computer reservation training.
7. Complete a graduation agreement and have it approved by the advisor no later than the third semester of enrollment (second semester for transfer students) in the HMTA Program.
"Competence to be certified by MSC Modern Language Department as having the equivalence of, or taking MDL111 and 112 and earn a grade of C or better.
In addition to the above courses, students must choose a minimum of three courses from the following list:
HMT 161 Kitchen Procedures & Production I ...........4
HMT 162 Kitchen Procedures & Production II ..........4
HMT 361 Enology: The Study of Wine ..................3
HMT 367 Restaurant Administration II.................3
HMT 375 Promotional Materials: Analysis & Design ....3
HMT 450 Hospitality Sales ...........................3
HMT 459 Seminar in Hotel: Variable Topics ...........2
HMT 473 Principles of Negotiation....................3
MKT 311 Advertising................................. 3
Subtotal................................................8-11
Total..................................................38-41
Restaurant Administration Emphasis
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ..................3
HMT 161 Kitchen Procedures and Production I..........4
HMT 162 Kitchen Procedures and Production II.........4
HMT 265 Restaurant Financial Accounting..............3
HMT 356 Hotel/Restaurant Law.........................3
HMT 357 Hospitality Marketing........................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control.............................3
HMT 361 Enology: The Study of Wine ..................3
HMT 365 Hospitality Property Management..............3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I..................3
HMT 367 Restaurant Administration II.................3
HMT 466 Training and Development in Hospitality..... 3
Total.....................................................38
Meeting Administration Emphasis
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ..................3
JRN 284 Fundamentals of Public Relations.............3
HMT 276 Meeting Administration I.....................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing......................3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design ....3
HMT 376 Meeting Administration II....................3
HMT 479 Seminar in Meeting: Variable Topics........._2
Subtotal..................................................20
Electives: It is strongly recommended that meeting administration students utilize their electives and a minor to secure an area of specialization in the meeting field.
Semester
HMTA Core (Required of all HMTA Majors) Hours
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant
Administration..................................3
HMT 103 Principles of Meeting/Travel
Administration..................................3
HMT 109 Job Search Strategies..........................2
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication ...................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication.....................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development ....3
CMS 101 Introduction to Computers......................_3
Total......................................................23
'Or equivalent approved by HMTA faculty advisor.
Hotel Administration Emphasis
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ....................3
HMT 256 Hotel Financial Accounting ...................3
HMT 351 Hotel Administration I .......................3
HMT 352 Hotel Administration II ......................3
HMT 356 Hotel/Restaurant Law..........................3
HMT 357 Hospitality Marketing.........................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control..............................3
HMT 365 Hospitality Property Management................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I ...................3
HMT 466 Training & Development in Hospitality ........_3
Subtotal..................................................30
Category I (Select three hours plus MGT 400):
ECO
MGT
MKT
MKT
ECO
MKT
ECO
MKT
MGT
202-3 Principles of Economics Micro 221-3 Business Law
311- 3 Advertising
312- 3 Promotional Strategy
315- 3 Econometrics
316- 3 Sales Management 350-3 Managerial Economics 371-3 International Marketing
400-3 Organizational Decision Making
Category II (Select six hours)
COM
HMT
HMT
HMT
243-3 Introduction to Industrial Visual Media 378-3 Leadership by Objectives
472- 3 Meeting Law
473- 3 Principles of Negotiation
Category III (Select six Hours)
6
6
HMT
HMT
HMT
HMT
HMT
HMT
HMT
HMT
181 -3 Basic Travel Procedures I 282-3 Travel Industry Management
351- 3 Hotel Administration I
352- 3 Hotel Administration II
366- 3 Restaurant Administration I
367- 3 Restaurant Administration II 382-1 Travel Law
481-4 Tour Development, Marketing, Management and Evaluation
Total
38
92


School of Professional Studies
Travel Administration Emphasis
All travel emphasis majors and minors must present verification of 40 clock hours of computer reservation training by a qualified manager or instructor in computer reservation training.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures I ...................3
HMT 182 Basic Travel Procedures II ..................2
HMT 183 Cruise Development, Marketing, and Sales.....2
HMT 282 Travel Industry Management...................3
HMT 284 Introduction to Tour Management..............2
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design ....3
HMT 382 Travel Law ..................................1
HMT 385 Financial Management in the Travel Industry .3
HMT 481 Tour Development, Marketing, Management
and Evaluation ..............................4
HMT 482 Marketing in the Travel Industry.............3
HMT 483 Corporate Travel Management .................2
HMT 489 Seminar in Travel: Variable Topics.........._2
Subtotal.................................................30
Select five-six hours of credit in a travel specialization from the categories below:
Travel Agency Specialization:
HMT 285-3 Travel Agency Accounting
HMT 380-2 Risk Management in the Travel Industry
Air Travel Specialization:
HMT 383-3 Inflight Services HMT 384-3 Airport Services
Total....................................................35-36
HMTA Minors
The Hospitality Meeting and Travel Administration Department offers minors in all four areas of emphasis. Students are expected to know any prerequisites for courses in other departments.
Non-course Requirements:
300 clock hours of on-the-job experience CPR and first aid certification Language competence Typing proficiency of 35 WPM
Travel students verification of 40 clock hours of computer reservation training by a qualified reservation trainer or manager.
Minor requirements are listed below.
Hotel Administration Minor semester
Required Courses Hours
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration ....3
HMT 351 Hotel Administration I ...........................3
HMT 352 Hotel Administration II ..........................3
HMT 356 Hotel/Restaurant Law..............................3
HMT 357 Hospitality Marketing.............................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I.......................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development ....3
HMT electives (approved by faculty advisor) .... _3
Total..........................................................24
Restaurant Administration Minor
Required Courses
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration ....3
HMT 161 Kitchen Procedures and Production I...............4
HMT 162 Kitchen Procedures and Production II..............4
HMT 356 Hotel/Restaurant Law..............................3
HMT 357 Hospitality Marketing.............................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control..................................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I.......................3
HMT 367 Restaurant Administration II......................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development .._3
Total Minor....................................................29
Meeting Administration Minor
Required Courses
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration ....3
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures ..........................3
HMT 276 Meeting Administration I..........................3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design .........3
HMT 376 Meeting Administration II.........................3
HMT 378 Leadership by Objectives .........................3
HMT 472 Meeting Law ......................................3
HMT 473 Principles of Negotiation........................J3
Total Minor..................................................24
Travel Administration Minor
Required Courses
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures I ........................3
HMT 182 Basic Travel Procedures II .......................2
HMT 183 Cruise Development, Marketing, and Sales..........2
HMT 282 Travel Industry Management........................3
HMT 284 Introduction to Tour Management...................2
HMT 375 Promotional Materials: Analysis & Design .........3
HMT 382 Travel Law .......................................1
HMT 385 Financial Management in the Travel Industry .3
HMT 481 Tour Development, Marketing, Management
and Evaluation ..................................4
HMT 482 Marketing in the Travel Industry..................3
HMT 483 Corporate Travel Management ......................2
HMT 489 Seminar in Travel: Variable Topics..............._2
Total Minor..................................................30
Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies
The Department of Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies offers course work leading to the bachelor of arts degree. Students preparing for work in industry or graduate study should take the emphasis areas of adult fitness and exercise science, athletic training, sport & allied fields, communications multi-major, or a major emphasis in leisure studies, either recreation and parks administration or therapeutic recreation. Those students preparing to teach at the elementary, secondary or K-12 levels should take the elementary, secondary, K-12, or secondary physical education/athletic training emphasis.
Minors in human performance and sport include emphasis areas in elementary physical education, secondary physical education (non-certification programs), sport and allied fields, coaching, dance, athletic training, adult fitness and exercise science, holistic health and wellness education multi-minor, and health and safety.
Students seeking teaching credentials in physical education must satisfy the Teacher Certification Program at MSC in addition to all the requirements of the Department of Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies. Requirements for formal admission to the teacher certification programs,as listed under the teacher education programs section of this bulletin must also be met. Students should contact the Teacher Education Department for information regarding teacher certification programs.
Other requirements include (1) a passing grade of C or better in all HPSL courses included for major/minor programs or (2) the approval of the HPSL Proficiency Screening Committee for those courses in which adequate verification of proficiency or challenge can be established. Proficiency application forms can be obtained at the HPSL office.
Human Performance and Sport Major for Bachelor of Arts
A. Elementary Physical Education Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (HSL 150)
a. Basic Skills (all of the following):
Fundamentals of Movement....................2
93


School of Professional Studies
Physical Fitness...............................2
Tumbling ......................................2
b. Team Sports (four of the following):
Volleyball.....................................2
Basketball ....................................2
Soccer/Speedball...............................2
Football/Flag Football.........................2
Softball.......................................2
Field Hockey/Floor Hockey......................2
c. Miscellaneous (two of the following):
Square and Folk Dance ..........2
Track and Field ...............................2
Wrestling......................................2
Advanced Lifesaving ...........................2
Racquetball and Handball......................_2
Total Credits...............................................15
2. Additional Elementary Activity Courses
HPS 250 Activities for the Young Child................3
HPS 252 Rhythms for the Young Child...................2
HPS 258 Movement Education..........................._3
Total Credits................................................8
3. Theory Classes (all of the following):
HPS 160 Introduction to Human Performance and
Sports ........................................2
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology .......................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise .......................3
HPS 346 Evaluation and Measurement in Human
Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies..3
HPS 350 Methods of Teaching Human Performance and
Sports for Children ...........................3
HPS 450 Psychology of Motor Learning .................3
HPS 460 Organization, Administration of Human
Performance and Sport Programs ................3
Approved electives ......................................... 3
Total Credits...............................................23
NOTE: First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation are required.
Students may take H PS 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation cards from the American Red Cross.
Total Minimum Hours for Majors..............................46
Physical education teacher certification required course:
HPS 462 Adaptive Human Performance and
Sports Activities..............................3
B. Secondary Physical Education Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (HSL 150)
Secondary physical education majors must present proof of proficiency in 15 different activities. A total of 23 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by: (1) receiving a passing grade of C or better in the course or (2) obtaining the approval of the HPSL Proficiency Screening Committee for those activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at the HPSL office.
Semester
Hours
a. Basic Skills (all of the following):
Swimming.............................................2
Fundamentals of Movement.............................2
Physical Fitness.....................................2
Tumbling.............................................2
b. Tearn Sports (four of the following):
Volleyball...........................................2
Football/Flag Football...............................2
Field Hockey/Floor Hockey............................2
Soccer/Speedball.....................................2
Softball.............................................2
Basketball...........................................2
c. Individual Sports (five of the following):
Advanced Lifesaving.................................2
Gymnastics..........................................2
Track and Field.....................................2
Tennis..............................................2
Archery and Badminton...............................2
Golf................................................2
Racquetball and Handball............................2
Personal Defense....................................2
d. Miscellaneous (three of the following):
Square and Folk Dance...............................2
Ballroom Dancing....................................2
Wrestling...........................................2
Improvisation and Choreography......................2
Weight Training...................................._2
Total Credits..............................................23
2. Theory Courses (all of the following):
HPS 160 Introduction to Human Performance and
Sports .......................................2
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ........................3
HPS 332 Biomechanics ..................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise ........................3
HPS 340 Methods of Teaching Human Performance and
Sports for the Adolescent and Young Adult....3
HPS 346 Evaluation and Measurement in Human
Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies........3
HPS 460 Organization, Administration of Human
Performance and Sport Programs ...............3
Approved electives ........................................_3
Total Credits..............................................23
NOTE: First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation are required.
Students may take HPS 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation cards from the American Red Cross.
Total Minimum Hours for Major..............................46
Physical education teacher certification required course:
HPS 462 Adaptive Human Performance and
Sports Activities.............................3
C. K-12 Physical Education Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (HSL 150)
Students must be proficient in 16 different activities, selected from the categories below. A maximum of 25 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by (1) receiving a passing grade of C or better in the course or (2) obtaining the approval of the HPSL Proficiency Screening Committee forthose activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at the HPSL office.
Semester
Hours
a. Basic Skills (all of the following):
Swimming............................................2
Fundamentals of Movement............................2
Physical Fitness....................................2
Tumbling............................................2
b. Team Sports (four of the following):
Volleyball..........................................2
Football/Flag Football..............................2
Field Hockey/Floor Hockey...........................2
Soccer/Speedball....................................2
Softball............................................2
Basketball..........................................2
c. Individual Sports (five of the following):
Advanced Lifesaving.................................2
Gymnastics..........................................2
Track and Field.....................................2
Tennis............................................. 2
Archery and Badminton...............................2
94


School of Professional Studies
Golf...............................................2
Racquetball and Handball...........................2
Personal Defense...................................2
d. Miscellaneous (three of the following):
Square and Folk Dance..............................2
Ballroom Dancing...................................2
Wrestling..........................................2
Improvisation and Choreography.....................2
Repertory Choreography.............................2
Weight Training..................................._2
Total Credits............................................25
2. Theory Classes
HPS 160 Introduction to Human Performance and
Sports ......................................2
HPS 250 Activities for the Young Child................3
HPS 252 Rhythms for the Young Child...................2
HPS 258 Movement Education............................3
HPS 278 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries......3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology .......................3
HPS 332 Biomechanics .................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise .......................3
HPS 340 Methods of Teaching Human Performance and
Sport for the Adolescent and Young Adult.....3
HPS 346 Evaluation and Measurement in Human
Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies.......3
HPS 350 Methods of Teaching Human Performance and
Sports for Children .........................3
HPS 450 Psychology of Motor Learning .................3
HPS 460 Organization, Administration of Human
Performance and Sport Programs ..............3
HPS 399* Field Experience in Human Performance
and Sport ................................ 1-3
Total Credits.........................................38-40
Total Minimum Hours for Major.........................63-65
This course must be taken during the senior year in a secondary school at the level in which the student does not do student teaching.
NOTE: First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take HPS 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation cards from the American Red Cross.
Physical education teacher certification required course:
HPS 462 Adaptive Human Performance &
Sports Activities...............................3
D. Secondary Physical Education/Athletic Training Area of Emphasis
This emphasis area is designed for the student who desires to major in human performance and sport and also obtain an emphasis in the area of athletic training, but emphasis does not meet all NATA requirements.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
I. Completion of Secondary Physical Education emphasis (must
include HSL150, Weight Training)..........................46
II. Athletic Training Courses:
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition.....................3
HPS 206 First Aid and CPR ............................2
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment....................3
HPS 278 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries......3
HPS 300 Health Programs in Human Performance
and Sport....................................3
HPS 370 Psychology of Coaching........................2
HPS 478 Advanced Athletic Training..................._3
Total Minimum Hours for Major.............................65
III. Teaching certification requirement would be the same as the secondary physical education. Completion of this program eliminates requirement of a minor.
Semester
E. Sport and Allied Fields Area of Emphasis Hours
HSL 150 Professional Activities
(select any 12 credits)....................12
HPS 160 Introduction to Human Performance and
Sports .....................................2
HPS 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary
Resuscitation (or valid American Red
Cross Card).................................2
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology .....................3
HPS 332 Biomechanics ...............................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise .....................3
HPS 362 Trends and Issues in Human Performance
and Sports .................................2
LES 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society..3
Approved electives .....................................13
To be selected in accordance with student's intended career objectives. Must be preplanned with an advisor in HPSL Department and approved by the chair.
Total Minimum Hours for Major..............................43
F. Athletic Training Area of Emphasis
The emphasis area is designed for those primarily interested in athletic training at the high school, college, or professional level and is complimentary to allied fields, e.g., biology.
Semester
Hours
HSL 150 Physical Fitness.............................2
HSL 150 Weight Training..............................2
HPS 206 Standard First Aid and CPR...................2
HPS 278 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries.....3
HPS 300 Health Programs in Human Performance
and Sport ..................................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ......................3
HPS 332 Biomechanics ................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise ......................3
HPS 370 Psychology of Coaching.......................2
HPS 462 Adaptive Human Performance and Sports
Activities..................................3
HPS 478 Advanced Techniques in Athletic Training ....3
HPS 489 Internship..................................10
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition....................3
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment...................3
BIO 231 Human Anatomy and Physiology I...............4
BIO 232 Human Anatomy and Physiology II............._4
Total Minimum Hours for Major............................53
Requirements to enter and complete program:
To be accepted into the program, students must:
a. Have a declared major in human performance and sports with an athletic training emphasis.
b. Complete a minimum of 15 semester hours at MSC
c. Have a G.P.A. of 2.75 (must be maintained)
d. Complete these prerequisite courses:
HPS 206 Standard First Aid & CPR/or equivalent BIO 231/232 Human Anatomy and Physiology I and II or acceptable transfer course
To complete the program, students must:
1. Complete 1500 additional volunteer hours of work with a certified athletic trainer (required to obtain National Athletic Training Association certification but not required for graduation).
2. Pass the NATA certification exam and all other requirements of NATA (not required for graduation).
G. Adult Fitness and Exercise Science Emphasis
Adult fitness and exercise science is an emphasis program for those seeking an entrance into the adult fitness profession as an instructor or who have aspirations in the exercise science field
95


School of Professional Studies
through advanced degree work in exercise physiology. For those interested and capable of pursuing an advanced graduate degree with adult fitness and exercise science as a foundation, there are careers in research, college teaching, and private corporate fitness program development.
Semester
1. Professional Activity Courses: Hours
HSL 150 Stress Management ...........................2
HSL 150 Physical Fitness.............................2
HSL 150 Weight Training............................._2
Total Credits............................................6
2. Basic Theory Courses:
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition....................3
PSY 241 Social Psychology............................3
HPS 278 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries.....3
LES 307 Health and Movement Problems in
the Aging Adult.............................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ......................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise ......................3
HPS 378 Fitness Programs for Special Populations.....2
HPS 466 Legal Liability Educators,
Coaches, Administrators.....................3
HPS 468 Advanced Exercise Assessment Techniques .....2
HPS 484 Comparative Fitness Programs.................2
HPS 489 Internship..................................10
*HPS Approved Electives.........................._2
(Selected in accordance with students intended career objectives. Must be preplanned with an advisor in the HPSL Department and approved by the chair of the HPSL Department).
Total Credits............................................39
Total Minimum Hours for Major............................45
H. Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts Communications: Sports
Sponsored by the Department of Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communication. It is imperative that an area of emphasis advisor be consulted. Sports communication multi-majors are expected to engage in practical experiential situations in either sports broadcasting or sports journalism. At least one three-semester-hour internship in these areas must be considered the minimum. At least 50 percent of all major coursework should be completed prior to the internships in journalism.
Semester
Required Core Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Concepts and
Systems .....................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication...................3
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................._3
Total......................................................6
Required Area of Emphasis Courses
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and TV Broadcasting ....3
SPE 343 Radio-Television Announcing
(Prerequisite: SPE 240)......................3
or
SPE 344 Radio-Television Production
(Prerequisite: SPE 240)......................3
SPE 348 Radio and TV Production Workshop
(Prerequisites: SPE 240 and 343 or 344)......3
COM 378 Communications Law ...........................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism....................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and Newswriting...........3
HSL 150 Fundamentals of Movement......................2
HSL 150 (Select one two-hour HSL 150 Course).........2
HPS 370 Psychology of Coaching.......................2
LES 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society...3
HPS 498 Independent Study Sports Commmunication
(must develop and research sports topics related to specific sports,
for two one-hour courses).................._2
Total Hours.............................................29
Recommended Electives
Student must take electives in three different areas: three hours must be in HSL/HPS.
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft...................3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction.................................3
SPE 347 Evolution and Cinematics and Art ............3
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting ..........3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio and TV on Contemporary Life .. 3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading.......3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and Newswriting.......3
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing.......................3
JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines........3
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda, and Public Opinion ...3
HPS 210 Officiating (by course title)................2
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ......................3
HPS 332 Biomechanics ................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise ......................3
HPS 362 Trends and Issues in Human Performance
and Sports .................................2
HPS 372 Science and Art of Coaching and
Athletic Administration.....................2
COM 244 Writing for Radio............................3
COM 344 Corporate Scriptwriting for Film and Television .. 3
JRN 499 Omnibus Courses (Related to Sports
Communication, i.e., Sports Writing,
Photojournalism) Select Three ............._3
Category Total...........................................9
Total Minimum Hours for Major...........................43
Human Performance and Sport Minor
The human performance and sport minor emphasis areas are for non-majors in human performance and sport. Programs are open to all other disciplines of study within the college. The primary objective is to provide instructional studies in a liberal arts institution in human performance, sport and leisure studies, thereby enhancing one's knowledge, understanding, and skillful utilization of human performance, sport and leisure studies to pursue a better quality of life.
Minor programs will not meet requirements for teacher certification with the State Department of Education in Colorado. Other requirements include (1) a passing grade of C or better is required in all HPSL courses included for major/minor programs or (2) the approval of the HPS Proficiency Screening Committee for those courses in which adequate verification of proficiency or challenge can be established. Proficiency application forms can be obtained at the HPSL office.
Semester
A. Elementary Area of Emphasis Hours
HSL 150 Professional Activities .......................4
HPS 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary
Resuscitation (or valid American Red Cross Card 2 hours of HPSL Department
electives....................................2
HPS 250 Activities for the Young Child.................3
HPS 252 Rhythms for the Young Child....................2
HPS 258 Movement Education.............................3
HPS 350 Methods of Teaching Human Performance and
Sports for Children .........................3
96


School of Professional Studies
HPS 460 Organization, Administration of Human
Performance and Sport Programs ............._3
Total Credits............................................20
B. Secondary Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Fundamentals of Movement......................2
HSL 150 Professional Activities ......................8
HPS 206 Standard First Aid and CPR (or valid American
Red Cross Card. If student has valid Red Cross Card, 2 hours HPSL Department
electives must be substituted)...............2
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise .......................3
HPS 340 Methods of Teaching Human Performance and
Sport for the Adolescent & Young Adult......3
Approved electives (150 or above of HPSL
Department electives)......................._3
Total Credits............................................21
HPS 278 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries...........3
Total Credits..........................................21 -22
F. Athletic Training Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Physical Fitness...............................2
HSL 150 Weight Training................................2
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition......................3
HPS 206 First Aid and CPR .............................2
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment.....................3
HPS 278 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries.......3
HPS 300 Health Programs in Human Performance
and Sport ...................................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ........................3
HPS 332 Biomechanics ..................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise ........................3
HPS 478 Advanced Techniques in Athletic Training ....._3
Total Credits..............................................30
C. Sport and Allied Fields Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Professional Activities ......................6
HPS 160 Introduction to Human Performance & Sports ....2
HPS 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary
Resuscitation (or valid American Red Cross Card plus 2 hours of HPSL Department
electives....................................2
HPS 362 Trends and Issues in Human Performance and
and Sports ..................................2
LES 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society....3
Approved electives: Selected in accordance with student's intended career objectives. Must be preplanned with an advisor in
HPSL Department........................................._7
Total Credits..........................................22
D. Coaching Area of Emphasis
HSL 150
HSL 150
HSL 150
HSL 150
HSL 150
HPS 278
HPS 330
HPS 334
HPS 370
HPS 372
LES 473
Total Credits.
Fundamentals of Movement...............
Weight Training........................
Physical Fitness.......................
Select from Volleyball, Soccer/Speedball,
Basketball, and Softball...............
Select from Gymnastics, Track and Field,
Tennis, Golf, and Aquatics.............
Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries ....
Anatomical Kinesiology ................
Physiology of Exercise ................
Psychology of Coaching.................
Science and Art of Coaching and Athletic
Administration.........................
Sociology of Athletics in American Society
..2
..2
..2
..2
..2
.3
..3
..3
..2
..2
_3
26
Additional Requirement for Coaching Area of Emphasis
Three semesters of involvement in athletic participation or involvement; little league through college coaching.
HPS 332-3 Biomechanics is suggested as an additional course for coaching preparation.
E. Dance Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Fundamentals of Movement.....................2
HSL 150 Repertory Choreography.......................2
HSL 150 Improvisation and Choreography...............2
HSL 150 Ballroom Dancing ............................2
HSL 150 Teaching Dance (Ballet/Jazz/Modern)..........2
HPS 244 Dance Production ............................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ......................3
HPS 450 Psychology of Motor Learning ................3
Select one of the following electives:
HSL 150 Rhythmic Activities for Special Populations..2
or
HPS 252 Rhythms for the Young Child..................2
or
Requirements to enter and complete program:
To be accepted into the program, students must:
a. Have a declared major in human performance and sport with an athletic training emphasis.
b. Complete a minimum of 15 semester hours at MSC
c. Have G.P.A. of 2.75 (must be maintained)
d. Complete these prerequisite courses:
HPS 206 Standard First Aid & CPR/or equivalent BIO 231/232 Human Anatomy and Physiology I and II or acceptable transfer course
To complete the program, students must:
1. Complete 1500 additional volunteer hours of work with a certified athletic trainer (required to obtain National Athletic Training Association certification but not required for graduation.
2. Pass the NATA certification exam and all other requirements of NATA (not required for graduation).
G. Adult Fitness and Exercise Science Emphasis
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition....................3
PSY 241 Social Psychology............................3
LES 307 Health and Movement Problems
in the Aging Adult..........................3
HPS 378 Fitness Programs for Special Populations.....2
HPS 399 Field Experience in Human Performance
and Sport ................................1-3
HPS 468 Advanced Exercise Assessment
Techniques .................................2
HPS 484 Comparative Fitness Programs.................2
HPS Electives (selection based on
exercise science needs) ................... 3
Total Credits.......................................19-21
Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor
The multi-minor may be arranged through the Department of Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies and includes the required courses listed under the holistic health and education multi-minor in the Degrees and Programs Available at MSC section of this bulletin.
Health and Safety Education
Minor in Health and Safety
The emphasis in health education is indended to prepare students to teach health education at either the secondary, elementary, or both levels. This is an excellent area of emphasis for the student who is obtaining a teaching major in another area or for those nurses who are interested in the area of school health nurse.
Health Education Area of Emphasis
CJC 351 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues
and Treatment...........................3
97


School of Professional Studies
HPS 202 Community Health ............................3
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition....................3
HPS 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary
Resuscitation...............................2
HPS 300 Health Programs in Human Performance
and Sport ..................................3
HPS 391 Safety Education.............................3
PSY 325 Child Psychology
or
PSY 326 Psychology of Adolescence .................._3
Total.................................................20
Leisure Studies
The major in leisure studies is intended to prepare students to enter recreation-related jobs that are available at both local and national levels. The major consists of a common core of courses deemed essential for all recreation personnel and emphasizes field work with various types of recreation, parks, conservation, and other social service agencies.
In conjunction with the core course selections, the student will select one area of emphasis. The areas of emphasis provide the student with specialized knowledge and skills related to particular job functions provided by the various recreation-related service agencies. The areas of emphasis from which the student may select are:
1. Therapeutic Recreation Services
2. Recreation and Park Administration
In summary, leisure studies majors have the following degree
requirements or options:
A. Core Courses....................................18 hours
B. Emphasis Area..........................................27
C. Internship (required for state registration)...........12
D. MSC General Studies Requirements*....................36
Total....................................................57
'Students should consult with an advisor for guidance in the selection of general studies courses.
Other requirements include (1) a passing grade of C or better is required in all HPSL courses included for major/minor programs or (2) the approval of the HPSL Proficiency Screening Committee for those courses in which adequate verification of proficiency or challenge can be established. Proficiency application forms can be obtained at the HPSL office.
Leisure Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses for All Students Semester
A. Core Courses (18 hours) Hours
LES 187 Introduction to Recreation and
Leisure Services ...........................2
LES 211 Leadership Techniques in Leisure Services ....3
LES 235 Leisure Education and Recreation
for Special Populations.....................3
HPS 346 Evaluation and Measurement in Human
Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies......3
LES 387 Recreation Internship Seminar.................1
LES 411 Recreation Program Construction
and Control Processes.......................3
LES 413 Administration of Recreation and
Leisure Resources.........................._3
Total Credits............................................18
NOTE: First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take HPS 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation cards from the American Red Cross.
B. Emphasis Area (27 hours)
Students will be required to select one of two areas of special emphasis courses designed to provide the student with high degree of specialization in a chosen area of interest. These
emphasis areas consist of 27 hours of course work offered by the department and other disciplines within the college.
C. Internship
LES 489 Internship.........................................12
This practical learning experience is designed primarily to help students make the transition from the classroom to the practical situation. Opportunity is provided for students to assume normal responsibilities involved in the delivery of services commensurate with degree emphasis. This experience is also required for state registration.
Total hours................................................57
Areas of Emphasis
A. Therapeutic Recreation Services (select 27 hours)
Select six hours from the professional activities courses listed below. Students may also substitute HPS 480 omnibus (activity related) courses as approved by their advisor and chair of the
department.
HSL 150 Activity and Fitness Programs for
the Elderly .................................2
HSL 150 Rhythmic Activities for Special Populations..2
HSL 150 Camping for Special Populations...............2
HSL 150 Sports Programs for Special Populations......_2
Total Credits..............................................6
Theory Courses:
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology .......................3
LES 333 Introduction to Therapeutic
Recreation Services..........................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise .......................3
LES 337 Group Leadership in Therapeutic
Recreation...................................3
LES 359 Teaching the Handicapped to Swim..............2
LES 437 Techniques in Therapeutic Recreation........._3
Total Credits.............................................17
Electives Select four hours from the following:
HSL 150 Stress Management ............................2
LES 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts....................2
HPS 380 Fitness Programs for Special Populations......2
LES 463 Recreation Programs for the Elderly.........._3
Total Credits..............................................4
Total Hours Required for Emphasis.........................27
Total Hours Required for Core.............................18
Total Hours Required for Internship.......................12
Total Hours Required......................................57
NOTE: Areas of study recommended for minor for students with a therapeutic emphasis of study include: physical disabilities: psychiatric disorders; corrections, drug and alcohol; special education; early childhood development; and gerontology. Consult with advisor in leisure studies.
B. Recreation and Park Administration (select 27 hours)
HSL 150 Methods of Teaching Physical Education
(Select six hours from 150 series) .........6
LES 215 Maintenance of Recreation
Facilities and Equipment.....................3
LES 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation................2
LES 383 Open Space and Leisure Resource
Development..................................3
LES 455 Management of Aquatic Resources...............3
LES 481 Grants and Financial Aid Programs
in Recreation................................3
Electives Select six hours from the following:
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
98


School of Professional Studies
MGT 353 Personnel Management ......................3
MKT 330 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations .....3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems........._3
Total Hours Required for Emphasis.......................27
Total Hours Required for Core...........................18
Total Hours Required for Internship.....................12
Total Hours Required....................................57
Leisure Studies Minor
The leisure studies minor emphasis areas are for non-leisure studies majors, but are open to all other disciplines of study within the college. The primary objective is to provide instructional studies in a liberal arts institution in leisure studies and resource development thereby enhancing one's knowledge, understanding and skillful utilization of recreational to pursue a better quality of life.
Other requirements include (1) a passing grade of C or better is required in all HPSL courses included in major/minor programs or (2) the approval of HPS Proficiency Screening Committee for those courses in which adequate verification of proficiency or challenge can be established. Proficiency application forms can be obtained from HPSL office.
A. Recreation and Park Administration Area of Emphasis
LES 211 Leadership Techniques in Leisure Service ....3
LES 215 Maintenance of Recreation Facilities
and Equipment...............................3
LES 383 Open Space and Leisure Resource
Development.................................3
LES 411 Recreation Program Construction and
Control Processes...........................3
LES 413 Administration of Recreation and Leisure
Resources...................................3
LES 455 Management of Aquatic Resources..............3
LES 465 Urban Recreation Program Services............3
LES 481 Grants and Financial Aid Programs in
Recreation................................._3
Total Hours Required....................................24
B. Therapeutic Recreation Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Professional Activity Courses................4
(select in consultation with departmental advisor.)
Select four hours from the following:
HSL 150 Rhythmic Activities for Special
Populations...................................2
HSL 150 Camping for Special Populations................2
HSL 150 Sports Programs for Special Populations........2
HSL 150 Fitness Programs for the Elderly.............._2
Total Credits..............................................4
LES 235 Leisure Education and Recreation for
Special Populations...........................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ........................3
LES 333 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation
Services .....................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise ........................3
LES 337 Group Leadership in Therapeutic
Recreation....................................3
LES 359 Teaching the Handicapped to Swim...............2
LES 437 Techniques in Therapeutic Recreation.........._3
Total Hours Required.......................................24
C. General Recreation Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Professional Activity Courses
(select four hours in consultation
with advisor).................................4
LES 187 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure
Services .....................................2
LES 211 Leadership Techniques in Leisure Services .....3
LES 215 Maintenance of Recreation Facilities
and Equipment............................. 3
LES 235 Leisure Education and Recreation for
Special Populations..........................3
LES 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation................2
LES 411 Recreation Program Construction and
Control Processes............................3
LES 413 Administration of Recreation and Leisure
Resources..................................._3
Total Hours Required......................................23
D. Aquatic Recreation Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Professional Activity Courses.................6
Select six hours from the following:
HSL 150 Swimming .....................................2
HSL 150 Advanced Lifesaving...........................2
HSL 150 Competitive Swimming and Diving...............2
HSL 150 Synchronized Swimming ........................2
HSL 150 Water Polo ................................. 2.
Total Credits.............................................10
LES 187 Introduction to Recreation and
Leisure Services ............................2
LES 215 Maintenance of Recreation Facilities
and Equipment................................3
HPS 316 Water Safety Instructor Certification.........3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology .......................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise .......................3
LES 359 Teaching the Handicapped to Swim..............2
LES 455 Management of Aquatic Resources.............._3
Total Hours Required......................................25
E. Gerontology Activity Specialist Area of Emphasis
HSL 150 Professional Activity Courses.................6
Select six hours from the following:
HSL 150 Activity and Fitness Program for
the Elderly .................................2
HSL 150 Camping for Special Populations ..............2
HSL 150 Sports Programs for Special Populations.......2
HSL 150 Rhythmic Activities for Special
Populations................................._2
Total Credits..............................................6
LES 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts....................2
LES 233 Advocacy and Social Action Program
for the Aged ................................3
LES 307 Health and Movement Problems in the
Aging Adult..................................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ..................... 3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise .......................3
LES 463 Recreation Programs for the Elderly.........._3
Total Hours Required......................................23
NOTE: Minor programs will not meet requirements for professional registration with the Colorado Parks and Recreation Society or the National Recreation and Park Association or the National Council for Therapeutic Recreation Certification.
Human Services
The term, human services, has been applied to a family of occupations whose purpose is to help people with special problems. Human services has become one of the country's major industries.
The Human services worker developed through this curriculum provides a core service in programs of rehabilitation and training which emphasizes client self-help. Such programs conducted by local, state, and federal institutions and private agencies have created expanded opportunities for a variety of interesting new and existing careers. There are rapidly increasing demands for specialized manpower in rehabilitation, corrections, welfare, mental health, mental retardation, employment, drug and alcohol
99